# Exec Mode Commands

The Exec Mode is the initial entry point into the command line interface system. Exec mode commands are useful in troubleshooting and basic system monitoring.

aaa test

This command tests AAA functionality between the system and a remote server.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, SGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    aaa test { accounting
    username
    username
    | authenticate
    username
    password
    | session
    username
    password }

accounting username username

Tests RADIUS or GTPP accounting functionality for the specified user.

username is the name of a user configured on the RADIUS or CFG server.

IMPORTANT:

GTPP is used only in conjunction with the GGSN or SGSN product.
authenticate username password

Tests RADIUS authentication functionality for the specified user.

username is the name of a user configured on the RADIUS server. password is the user’s password.
session username password

Tests both RADIUS authentication and RADIUS or GTPP accounting functionality for the specified user.

username is the name of a user configured on the RADIUS server. password is the user’s password.

IMPORTANT:

GTPP is used only in conjunction with the GGSN or SGSN product.
Usage:

This command is used to test RADIUS-based authentication and RADIUS or GTPP accounting. This command may be useful for diagnosing problems with subscribers and access to the system and/or billing data.
Example:
The following command verifies accounting for a user called user1:

    aaa test accounting
    username user1

The following tests authentication for a user called user1 with a password of abc123:

    aaa test authentication user1 abc123

The following command will test both accounting and authentication for the user called user1 with a password of abc123:

    aaa test session user1 abc123

active-charging service

This command creates an active charging service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    active-charging service service_name [ -noconfirm ]

service_name

Specifies the active charging service name.

service_name must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.

If the named service does not exist, it is created, and the CLI mode changes to the Active Charging Service Configuration mode wherein the service can be configured.

If the named service already exists, the CLI mode changes to the Active Charging Service Configuration mode wherein the service can be reconfigured.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Use this command to create an active charging service on the system. This command can be used directly in Exec-mode after issuing the require active-charging command in the Global Configuration mode.

This command allows an operator (rather than security administrators and administrators) to configure the Enhanced charging service functionality only.

IMPORTANT:

Operator needs the special CLI privilege for Enhanced charging service functionality to be able to use this CLI command.
Example:
The following command creates an active charging service named test:

    active-charging service test

alarm

This command is used to disable the internal audible alarm on the SPC/SMC.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    alarm cutoff

Usage:

Alarm cutoff disables the audible alarm. The alarm may be enabled following this command if an event within the system results in the audible alarm being enabled.
Example:

    alarm cutoff

autoconfirm

This command disables or enables confirmation for certain commands. This command affects the current CLI session only.

IMPORTANT:

Use the autoconfirm command in the Global Configuration Mode to change the behavior for all future CLI sessions.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    autoconfirmno autoconfirm

Usage:

When autoconfirm is enabled, certain commands ask you to answer yes or no to confirm that you want to execute the command. When autoconfirm is disabled, the confirmation questions never appear. Disabling autoconfirm is active for the current session only.

By default autoconfirm is enabled.
Example:
The following command enables command confirmation:

    autoconfirm

The following command disables command confirmation for the duration of the current CLI session:

    no autoconfirm

bulkstats force

This command is used to manage the system statistics for collection and delivery to the configured server.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    bulkstats force { gather | transfer }

gather

Immediately collects the system statistics.
transfer

Immediately send the currently collected statistics to the configured server.
Usage:

When the current system statistics are desired immediately as opposed to the normal scheduled collection and delivery intervals issue this command.

Troubleshooting the system may require the review of statistics at times when the scheduled delivery is not timely.
Example:
The following causes the chassis to immediately collect system statistics. This would be in anticipation of a transfer command.

    bulkstats force gather

The following command causes the chassis to immediately send all collected statistics to the configured server.

    bulkstats force transfer

card halt

This command halts a card. A card reboot must be issued to bring the card back into service after it is halted.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card halt
    slot_num [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]

slot_num

Indicates the slot number of the card of interest.
-force

Over-rides any warnings to force the card to be halted.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Halt a card to stop the card for maintenance or emergency situations.

CAUTION:

Caution should be taken in using this command as halting a card which has no redundancy card available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.

CAUTION:

The -force and -noconfirm options should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will cause an immediate halt regardless of warnings and no confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command temporarily stops the card in slot 1.

    card halt 1

The following commands force the card to halt and indicate no confirmation is to take place, respectively.

    card halt 17 -force -noconfirm

    card halt 17 -noconfirm

card lc switch

This is the command for managing the line cards and their active/standby status.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card lc switch to target_slot [ -noconfirm ]

switch to target_slot

Indicates the card which is to become the active card specified as target_slot.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Line card switch overs change the active/standby status of a line card. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

CAUTION:

Caution should be taken in using this command. Depending on the amount of bandwidth/traffic being switched, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command switches the active/standby status of the line cards where one of the cards is in slot 17. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    card lc switch to 17

The following switches the active/standby status of the line cards where one of the cards is in slot 17. This command executes immediately with no additional user confirmation.

    card lc switch to 17 -noconfirm

card lc upgrade

This command upgrades the programmables on the line card.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    card lc upgrade
    slot_number

upgrade

Upgrades programmables on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card to upgrade.

CAUTION:

This command should only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:

This command upgrades the linear flash on the line card.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command initiates a lc upgrade:

    card lc upgrade

card pac

This command moves processes from the source PAC to the destination PAC or disables the PAC from accepting any new calls.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card pac { migrate
    from
    src_slot
    to
    dst_slot | busy-out }  [ -noconfirm ]no card pac busy-out

no card pac busy-out

Disables busy-out. The PAC is re-enabled to accept new calls.
migrate from src_slot to dst_slot

This keyword moves processes from the specified source PAC to the specified destination PAC. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated. The card migration is completed in background.

src_slot indicates the source slot number of the card whose processes will be migrated from. dst_slot indicates the destination slot number of the card processes will be migrated to.
busy-out

When busy-out is enabled on a PAC, the PAC stops receiving new calls but continues to process calls it currently has until they are completed. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated. The busy-out procedure is completed in background.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

card pac migrate: Migrating a packet accelerator card changes the active/standby status of a packet accelerator card. This results in the active sessions/processes being moved to the newly active PAC. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

The destination slot specified must contain a packet accelerator card which is in the standby state for the command to complete successfully.

CAUTION:

Caution should be taken in using this command. Depending on the number of active sessions being migrated, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.

card pac busy-out: Using busy-out to refuse new calls on a PAC allows you to take a card out of service without any interruptions to the end user. An individual system can be taken completely out of service gracefully by enabling busy-out on all PACs and waiting for current calls to complete. The show card info command shows if busy-out is enabled.

IMPORTANT:

When a PAC fails, is migrated, or is restarted for any reason busy-out is reset to disabled, the default behavior.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command migrates the active processes from the PAC card in slot 12 to the card in slot 14. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation about the request.

    card pac migrate from 12 to 14

The following command sets the PAC in slot 1 to stop accepting new calls:

    card pac busy-out 1

card psc

This command moves processes from the source PSC to the destination PSC or disables the PSC from accepting any new calls.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card psc { migrate
    from
    src_slot
    to
    dst_slot | busy-out }  [ -noconfirm ]no card psc busy-out

no card psc busy-out

Disables busy-out. The PSC is re-enabled to accept new calls.
migrate from src_slot to dst_slot

This keyword moves processes from the specified source PSC to the specified destination PSC. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated. The card migration is completed in background.

src_slot indicates the source slot number of the card whose processes will be migrated from. dst_slot indicates the destination slot number of the card processes will be migrated to.
busy-out

When busy-out is enabled on a PSC, the PSC stops receiving new calls but continues to process calls it currently has until they are completed. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated. The busy-out procedure is completed in background.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Migrating a packet accelerator card changes the active/standby status of a packet accelerator card. This results in the active sessions/processes being moved to the newly active PSC. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

The destination slot specified must contain a packet accelerator card which is in the standby state for the command to complete successfully.

CAUTION:

Caution should be taken in using this command. Depending on the number of active sessions being migrated, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.

Using busy-out to refuse new calls on a PSC allows you to take a card out of service without any interruptions to the end user. An individual system can be taken completely out of service gracefully by enabling busy-out on all PSCs and waiting for current calls to complete. The show card info command shows if busy-out is enabled.

IMPORTANT:

When a PSC fails, is migrated, or is restarted for any reason busy-out is reset to disabled, the default behavior.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command migrates the active processes from the PSC card in slot 12 to the card in slot 14. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    card psc migrate from 12 to 14

The following command sets the PSC in slot 1 to stop accepting new calls:

    card psc busy-out 1

card psc upgrade

This command upgrades the programmables on the PSC card.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    card psc upgrade
    slot_number

upgrade

Upgrades programmables on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card to upgrade.

CAUTION:

This command should only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:

You can only initiate an upgrade if:

- there is no migration occurring
- the card is active or standby
- there is no online upgrade in progress

IMPORTANT:

The following operations are not allowed while a card is upgrading: change pac edc requirement (config) change card [no] shutdown (config) change card active (config) change card redundancy (config) card halt (exec) card reboot (exec) start an online upgrade

IMPORTANT:

Level unlock operations are ignored while a card is upgrading.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command initiates a PSC upgrade:

    card psc upgrade

card reboot

This performs a reset of the target card. Rebooting a PAC/PSC or line card will result in the card downloading the image from the SPC/SMC.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card reboot
    target_slot [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]

target_slot

Indicates the slot number of the card which is the target of the reboot.
-force

Indicates the reboot is to take place ignoring any state or usage warnings that might be generated.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

A reboot is used to reset the card and receive a new download. This may be useful when a card is not responding or when it is necessary to cause the card to reload its image and restart.

IMPORTANT:

Caution should be taken in using this command as rebooting a card which has no redundancy card available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.

CAUTION:

The -force and -noconfirm options should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will cause an immediate reboot regardless of warnings and no confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following will cause the card in slot 8 to reboot without any confirmation from the user. The card will not reboot if there are any warnings generated.

    card reboot 8 -noconfirm

The following command will cause the card in slot 8 to reboot regardless of any warnings. The user must provide confirmation prior to this command executing.

    card reboot 8 -force

The following command will cause the card in slot 8 to reboot regardless of any warnings with no additional user confirmation.

    card reboot 8 -force -noconfirm

card restart

This performs a soft-reset of the target card causing all application processes to restart.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card restart
    target_slot [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]

target_slot

Indicates the slot number of the card which is the target of the restart.
-force

Indicates the restart is to take place ignoring any state or usage warnings that might be generated.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Restarting a card may be useful when a card is not performing as expected (performance drop, increased response delays, etc.). A restart may be preferred to a reboot as the card becomes available in less time than a reboot.

When this command is issued for an active card, the user is prompted for confirmation unless the -force and/or -noconfirm keywords are used. Because the reboot of standby or redundant cards is non-service impacting, the reboot proceeds immediately after the command execution without user confirmation.

IMPORTANT:

Caution should be taken in using this command as restarting a card which has no redundant card available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.

CAUTION:

The -force and -noconfirm options should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will cause an immediate restart regardless of warnings and no confirmation from the user.
Example:
The following will cause the card in slot 8 to restart without any confirmation from the user. The card will not reboot if there are any warnings generated.

    card restart 8 -noconfirm

The following command will cause the card in slot 8 to restart regardless of any warnings. The user must provide confirmation prior to this command executing.

    card restart 8 -force

The following command will cause the card in slot 8 to restart regardless of any warnings with no additional user confirmation.

    card restart 8 -force -noconfirm

card smc

This is command is for managing the switch processor cards and their active/standby status and synchronizing the filesystem between the active device and the standby device.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card
    smc { switchover | synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /hd | /pcmcia1 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ] } [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Executes the command without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
switchover

Switches control from the active SMC to the defined standby SMC.
synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /hd | /pcmcia1 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ]

/flash: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s /flash device.

/hd: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s hard drive.

/pcmcia1: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s /pcmcia1 device.

all: Synchronizes file systems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1).

checkonly: Displays a list of files that could be synchronized, without executing any synchronization actions.

reverse: When used, the specified operation is performed from the standby SMC to the active SMC.
Usage:

The switch over of an SMC changes the active/standby status of an SMC card. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

Each SMC contains independent local devices, namely a CompactFlash (/flash) and a PCMCIA card slot (/pcmcia1). Either of these devices may contain system files such as binary software images, configuration text files, boot system files, and others used to control and manage the system. This command allows the files contained on the active (currently managed) SMC to be synchronized, or mirrored, on the like local device(s) contained on the standby SMC.

IMPORTANT:

Only filesystems on matching local devices are synchronized. For example, if the active SMC contains two local devices (/flash and /pcmcia1) and the standby SMC contains only one local device (/flash), then synchronization only occurs on the matching local device (i.e. /flash).

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command switches the active/standby status of the switch processor cards. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    card smc switchover

The following command switches the active/standby status of the SMCs and executes immediately with no additional user confirmation:

    card smc switchover
    -noconfirm

The following command synchronizes the filesystems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1):

    card smc synchronize
    filesystem all

The following command checks to see what files could be synchronized but no synchronization is performed:

    card smc synchronize
    filesystem checkonly

card smc upgrade

This command updates the programmables on the SMC.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    card smc upgrade
    slot_number

upgrade

Upgrades programmables on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card to upgrade.

CAUTION:

This command should only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:

You can only initiate an upgrade if:

- there is no migration occurring
- the card is active or standby
- there is no online upgrade in progress

IMPORTANT:

The following operations are not allowed while a card is upgrading: change pac edc requirement (config) change card [no] shutdown (config) change card active (config) change card redundancy (config) card halt (exec) card reboot (exec) start an online upgrade

IMPORTANT:

Level unlock operations are ignored while a card is upgrading.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command initiates a PSC upgrade:

    card psc upgrade

CAUTION:

This command should only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
card spc

This is command is for managing the switch processor cards and their active/standby status and synchronizing the filesystem between the active device and the standby device.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card
    spc { switchover | synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ] }  [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Executes the command without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
switchover

Switches control from the active SPC to the defined standby SPC.
synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ]

/flash: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /flash device.

/pcmcia1: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /pcmcia1 device.

/pcmcia2: Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /pcmcia2 device.

all: Synchronizes file systems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1, /pcmcia2).

checkonly: Displays a list of files that could be synchronized, without executing any synchronization actions.

reverse: When used, the specified operation is performed from the standby SPC to the active SPC.
Usage:

The switch over of an SPC changes the active/standby status of an SPC card. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

Each SPC contains independent local devices, namely a CompactFlash (/flash) and two PCMCIA card slots (/pcmcia1 and /pcmcia2). Any of these devices may contain system files such as binary software images, configuration text files, boot system files, and others used to control and manage the system. This command allows the files contained on the active (currently managed) SPC to be synchronized, or mirrored, on the like local device(s) contained on the standby SPC.

IMPORTANT:

Only filesystems on matching local devices are synchronized. For example, if the active SPC contains two local devices (/flash and /pcmcia1) and the standby SPC contains only one local device (/flash), then synchronization only occurs on the matching local device (i.e. /flash).

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command switches the active/standby status of the switch processor cards. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    card spc switchover

The following command switches the active/standby status of the switch processor cards and executes immediately with no additional user confirmation;

    card spc switchover
    -noconfirm

The following command synchronizes the filesystems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1, /pcmcia2);

    card spc synchronize
    filesystem all

The following command checks to see what files could be synchronized but no synchronization is performed;

    card spc synchronize
    filesystem checkonly

card spio

This is the command for managing the switch processor I/O cards and their active/standby status.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    card spio switch to
    slot# [ -noconfirm ]

slot#

The slot number of the SPIO card that you want to switch to be the active card. The currently active SPIO card is put in standby mode and the SPIO card in the specified slot number is made active.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Switch over changes the active/standby status of a SPIO card. This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing the card from service.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command switches the active/standby status of the switch processor I/O cards. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    card spio switch

The following switches the active/standby status of the switch processor I/O cards. This command executes immediately with no additional user confirmation.

    card lc switch -noconfirm

cdr-push

This command initiates manual push of CDR files to L-ESS.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    cdr-push { all | local-filename file_name }

all

Specifies to push all CDR files to the configured URL.
local-filename file_name

Specifies to push the specified file to the configured URL.

file_name must be the absolute path of local file name to push, and must be a string of 1 through 1023 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to manually push CDR files to the configured L-ESS.

For information on configuring the L-ESS, see the cdr command in the EDR Module Configuration Mode Commands/UDR Module Configuration Mode Commands chapters.

On ST16 chassis, this command must be run only from the context where the EDR/UDR module is configured. Running in any other context would fail with the following reason: “Failure: Manual PUSH of CDRs supported in the context where EDR/UDR module is configured”

On ST40 chassis, this command must be run only from the local context. Running in any other context would fail with the following reason: “Failure: Manual PUSH of CDRs supported only in the local context”
Example:
The following command pushes all CDR files to the URL:

    cdr-push all

clear

The following commands clear a variety of items including statistics, conditions, alarms, sessions, and files:
clear aaa

This command is used to clear all AAA statistics in the current context.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear aaa local counters

Usage:

Clearing the AAA statistics which may be useful when monitoring the statistics manually. Clearing resets the counters to zero.

The keyword local is not intended to imply the local context defined for all systems. Rather, the keyword local indicates the statistics within the current context are to be cleared.
Example:
The following command zeroes out all the AAA statistics in the current context.

    clear aaa local counters

clear active-charging analyzer statistics

This command is used to clear protocol analyzer statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    analyzer statistics [ name protocol_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

name protocol_name

Clears detailed information for specific protocol analyzer.

If this keyword is not specified all statistics are cleared.
protocol_name must be one of the following:

- dns: DNS analyzer
- file-transfer: File analyzer
- ftp: FTP analyzer
- http: HTTP analyzer
- icmp: ICMP analyzer
- icmpv6: ICMPv6 analyzer
- imap: Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) analyzer
- ip: IP analyzer
- ipv6: IPv6 analyzer
- mms: MMS analyzer
- p2p: Peer-to-peer analyzer. The supported applications are:
  - actsync
  - aimini
  - applejuice
  - ares
  - battlefld
  - bittorrent
  - ddlink
  - directconnect
  - edonkey
  - fasttrack
  - feidian
  - filetopia
  - freenet
  - fring
  - gadu_gadu
  - gnutella
  - halflife2
  - hamachivpn
  - iax
  - imesh
  - iptv
  - irc
  - iskoot
  - jabber
  - manolito
  - msn
  - mute
  - nimbuzz
  - openft
  - orb
  - oscar
  - paltalk
  - pando
  - pandora
  - popo
  - pplive
  - ppstream
  - qq
  - qqgame
  - qqlive
  - quake
  - rdp
  - secondlife
  - skinny
  - skype
  - slingbox
  - sopcast
  - soulseek
  - steam
  - tvants
  - tvuplayer
  - uusee
  - vpnx
  - vtun
  - warcft3
  - winmx
  - winny
  - wofwarcraft
  - xbox
  - yahoo
  - zattoo

- pop3: POP3 analyzer
- rtcp: RTCP analyzer
- rtp: RTP analyzer
- rtsp: RTSP analyzer
- sdp: SDP analyzerl
- secure-http: Secure HTTP analyzer
- sip: SIP analyzer
- smtp: SMTP analyzer
- tcp: TCP analyzer
- udp: UDP analyzer
- wsp: WSP analyzer
- wtp: WTP analyzer

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear active charging analyzers.
Example:
The following command clears active charging service analyzer information for analyzer named tcp:

    clear active-charging
    analyzer statistics name tcp

clear active-charging charging-action statistics

This command is used to clear charging action statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    charging-action statistics [ name
    string
    ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

name string

Clears detailed information for specific protocol analyzer.

string must be the name of an existing charging action.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear active charging action statistics.
Example:
The following command clears active charging action statistics information for charging action named pre-paid:

    clear active-charging
    charging-action statistics name pre-paid

clear active-charging content-filtering category statistics

This command is used to clear category-based content filtering statistics for the specified rulebase.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    content-filtering category statistics [ rulebase name
    rulebase_name
    | all ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Clears the statistics of each and every configured rulebase.
rulebase_name

rulebase_name must be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to category-based content filtering statistics.
Example:
The following command clears category-based content filtering statistics information for Rulebase named cf_rule1:

    clear active-charging
    content-filtering category statistics rulebase name cf_rule1

clear active-charging credit-control statistics

This command clears credit control statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    credit-control statistics [ group
    group_name
    ]

group group_name

Clears statistics for the specified credit control group. group_name must be the name of a credit control group, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to clear credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command clears statistics information for credit control:

    clear active-charging
    credit-control statistics

clear active-charging edr-format statistics

Clears the statistics for the specified EDR format.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    edr-format statistics [ name edr_format]

name edr_format

Specifies name of the EDR format for which you want to clear the statistics.

edr_format must be the name of a configured EDR format, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.

IMPORTANT:

If an EDR format name is not specified statistics for all EDR formats are cleared.
Usage:

Use this command to clear the accumulated statistics for the specified EDR format.
Example:
The following command clears the statistics for all EDR formats:

    clear active-charging
    edr-format statistics

clear active-charging edr-udr-file statistics

This command is used to clear EDR/UDR file related statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    edr-udr-file statistics

Usage:

Use this command to clear EDR and UDR file statistics.
Example:
The following command clears statistical information for EDR and UDR files:

    clear active-charging
    edr-udr-file statistics

clear active-charging firewall statistics

This command clears Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Product:

FW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    firewall statistics [ callid call_id | domain-name domain_name | nat-realm nat_realm | protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp } | username user_name ] [ acsmgr
    instance instance_id ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

acsmgr instance instance_id

Specifies an ACS Manager instance ID.

instance_id must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
callid call_id

Specifies a Call Identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
domain-name domain_name

Specifies a domain name for the statistics.

domain_name must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
nat-realm nat_realm

Specifies a NAT realm name for the statistics.

nat_realm must be a string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp }
Specifies protocol for the stats.

- icmp: ICMP protocol
- ip: IP protocol
- other: Protocols other than TCP, UDP, and ICMP
- tcp: TCP protocol
- udp: UDP protocol

username user_name

Specifies a user name for the statistics.

user_name must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates that the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Example:
The following command clears all Stateful Firewall statistics:

    clear active-charging
    firewall statistics

clear active-charging firewall track-list

This command clears the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any Denial-of-Service (DOS) attacks.
Product:

FW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    firewall track-list attacking-servers

Usage:

Use this command to clear the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any DOS attacks.
Example:

The following command clears the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any DOS attacks:

    clear active-charging
    firewall track-list attacking-servers

clear active-charging fw-and-nat policy statistics

This command clears statistics for all or a specific firewall-and-NAT policy.
Product:

FW, NAT
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    fw-and-nat policy statistics { all | name policy_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all firewall-and-NAT policies configured.
name policy_name

Displays information for the specified firewall-and-NAT policy.

policy_name must be the name of a firewall-and-NAT policy, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics for all or a specific firewall-and-NAT policy.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for the firewall-and-NAT policy named test123:

    clear active-charging
    fw-and-nat policy statistics name test123

clear active-charging group-of-ruledefs statistics

This command clears statistical information related to Active Charging Service group of ruledefs.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    group-of-ruledefs statistics [ name group_of_ruledefs ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

name group_of_ruledefs

Specifies name of the group of ruledefs for which statistics must be cleared. group_of_ruledefs must be the name of an existing group of ruledefs, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistical information related to all or specified Active Charging Service group of ruledefs.
Example:
The following command clears statistical information related to the group of ruledefs named ruldef_group12:

    clear active-charging
    group-of-ruledefs statistics name ruledef_group12

clear active-charging nat statistics

This command clears NAT realm statistics.
Product:

NAT
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    nat statistics [ nat-realm nat_realm ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

clear active-charging nat statistics

This command when issued in the local context clears statistics for all NAT realms in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command clears statistics for all NAT realms in that context.
clear active-charging nat statistics nat-realm nat_realm

This command when issued in the local context clears statistics for the specified NAT realm in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command clears statistics for the specified NAT realm in that context.
nat-realm nat_realm

Specifies the NAT realm’s name.

nat_realm must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that the command’s output be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear NAT realm statistics.
Example:
The following command when issued in the local context, clears NAT realm statistics for NAT realms named test135 in all contexts:

    clear active-charging
    nat statistics nat-realm test135

clear active-charging rulebase statistics

This command clears ACS rulebase statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    rulebase statistics [ name
    rulebase_name ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

rulebase_name

Clears statistics for specified ACS rulebase.

rulebase_name must be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear ACS rulebase statistics.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for the ACS rulebase named postpaid:

    clear active-charging
    rulebase statistics name postpaid

clear active-charging ruledef statistics

This command clears ACS rule definition statistics.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    ruledef statistics [ charging | firewall | name ruledef_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

charging

Clears statistics for all Charging rule definitions configured.
firewall

Clears statistics for all Firewall rule definitions configured.
name ruledef_name

Clears statistics for the specified active charging service rule definition.

ruledef_name must be the name of an existing rule definition, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear ACS ruledef statistics.
Example:
The following command clears all ruledef statistics:

    clear active-charging
    ruledef statistics

clear active-charging subsystem

This command is used to clear all Active Charging service information.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging subsystem

Usage:

Use this command to clear all Active Charging subsystem information.
Example:
The following command clears all Active Charging service information:

    clear active-charging subsystem

clear active-charging url-blacklisting statistics

This command clears URL Blacklisting feature related statistics.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear active-charging
    url-blacklisting statistics [ rulebase name rulebase_name ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

rulebase name rulebase_name

Clears URL Blacklisting information for the specified rulebase.

rulebase_name must be the name of a rulebase, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that the output of the command must be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear URL Blacklisting feature related statistics, optionally for a specific rulebase.
Example:
The following command clears URL Blacklisting feature related statistics for rulebase12:

    clear active-charging
    url-blacklisting statistics rulebase name rulebase12

clear administrator

This command ends the session of an administrative user specified by either user name or session ID.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear administrator { name
    user_name
    | session
    id
    id_num}

name user_name

Identifies the user name of the administrative user.
session id id_num

Identifies the ID number of the administrative user session as displayed in the show administrators session id command output.
Usage:

This command is used to terminate command line interface sessions for other administrative users.
Example:
The following command ends the session of the administrative user identified as user1:

    clear administrator
    name user1

The following command ends the session of the administrative user with the session ID of 3:

    clear administrator
    session id 3

clear alarm

Clears outstanding alarm conditions
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear alarm { all | chassis | id
    num | port
    slot/port |  slot
    slot }

all

Clear all outstanding alarms
chassis

Clears chassis-wide and fan tray alarms
id num

Clears a specific alarm by its internal alarm ID. num is the internal alarm identification number.
port slot/port

Clears alarms for the specified port. slot/port is the port to clear alarms for.slot is the slot that the card is installed in and port is the port on that card.
slot slot

Clears alarms for the specified slot. slot is the slot to clear alarms for.
Usage:

Use this command to clear outstanding alarm conditions.
Example:
To clear all outstanding alarms, use the following command:

    clear alarm all

To clear all alarms for slot 7, enter the following command:

    clear alarm slot 7

clear asngw-service

This command clears the service session statistics of an ASN GW service specified by either service name or trusted peer address.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear
    asngw-service statistics [name
    svc_name
    |  peer-address
    ip_address]

name svc_name

Identifies the name of the ASN GW service to clear all service statistics.
peer-address ip_address

Identifies the IP address of the ASN GW peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:

This command is used to terminate command line interface sessions for ASN GW services.
Example:
The following command clears the service session statistics of ASN GW service named as asn_svc1:

    clear asngw-service
    statistics name asn_svc1

clear asnpc-service

This command clears the service session statistics of an ASN paging controller service specified by either ASN PC service name or trusted paging controller peer address.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear
    asnpc-service statistics [name
    svc_name
    |  peer-address
    ip_address]

name svc_name

Identifies the name of the ASN PC service to clear all service session statistics.
peer-address ip_address

Identifies the IP address of the ASN PC peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:

This command is used to terminate command line interface sessions for ASN PC services.
Example:
The following command clears the service session statistics of ASN PC service named as asnpc_svc1:

    clear asnpc-service
    statistics name asnpc_svc1

clear apn statistics

Deletes all previously gathered statistics for either a specific APN or all APNs configured with the given context.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear apn statistics [ name
    apn_name
    ]

name apn_name

Specifies the name of a specific APN configured in the context for which to clear statistics.

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Statistics for a single APN can be cleared using the name keyword. Statistics for all APNs in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be cleared for every APN configured on the system regardless of context. In addition, if the name keyword is used when executing from within the local context, statistics for all APNs configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for an apn called isp1:

    clear apn statistics isp1

clear bcmcs statistics

Clears BCMCS statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear bcmcs statistics [ pdsn-service service_name ]

pdsn-service service_name

Defines a specific PDSN service for which to clear BCMCS-specific statistics. This value must be a string consisting of up to 63 characters.
Usage:

Use this command to clear accumulated BCMCS statistics. You may specify an individual PDSN or peer to selectively clear statistics.
Example:

    clear bcmcs statistics

    clear bcmcs statistics
    pdsn-service service_name

clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address

Clears the GTP-U loopback address blacklisted by a specific RNC as defined for a specific IuPS Service configuration.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address
    ip_address rnc-id rnc-id mcc mcc_num mnc mnc_num iups-service name

ip_address

Specifies the IP loopback address that has been blacklisted. This loopback address was originally defined with the associate-gtpu-bind-addfress command in the Radio-Network-Controller configuration mode of the IuPS Service.

ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command enables this loopback address to be used for future RAB-assignment requests.
Example:

    clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address 1.1.1.1 rnc-id 2 mcc 123 mnc 321 iups-service iups1

clear bssap+ statistics

Clears/deletes the statistics for Base Station System Application Part plus in a Gs service sessions.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    clear bssap+ statistics [ gs-service gs_svc_name ]  [ vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num } ]

gs-service gs_svc_name

Specifies the name of a specific Gs service to clear the BSSAP+ information.

gs_svc_name is the name of a configured Gs service for which BSSAP+ is applied and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num }

Specifies the name of the VLR or SS7 address in E.164 ISDN format to clear the BSSAP+ information.

name vlr_name is name of the VLR must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to 63 characters.

E164_VLR_num is an ISDN number for VLR per E.164 number plan and must be an numerical string of 1 to 15 digits.
Usage:

Use this command to delete or clear the statistics of BSSAP+ application on a system.
Example:
The following command clears the information about BSSAP+ in a Gs service named gssvc1.

    clear bssap+ statistics
    gs-service gssvc1

clear bulkstats

Clears counters and accumulated bulk statistics related information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear bulkstats { counters | data }

counters

Clears the counters maintained by the system’s “bulkstats” facility.
data

Clears any accumulated data that has not been transferred. This includes any “completed” files that haven't been successfully transferred.
Usage:

Once bulk statistics collection is enabled, the system stores the information until the specified transfer criteria is met or until a manual transfer is initiated. The system maintains counters for the “bulkstats” software facility. (Refer to the data keyword for the show bulkstats command for information on viewing the counters.)

This command can be used to delete bulk statistics information that has been collected but not transferred and/or to clear the counters that have been maintained.
Example:
The following command clears bulk statistics-related counters:

    clear bulkstats counters

clear config

This command replaces the active configuration source file with an empty configuration where possible.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear config [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Clear the current configuration when a complete over right is desired or if it is necessary to start from an empty configuration.

IMPORTANT:

Clearing the configuration will cause the active configuration source file to be empty and of no use in configuring the system to an active state providing service.

IMPORTANT:

It is suggested that this command only be performed on configurations which have been backed up for easy restoration.
Example:
The following command clears the active configuration after the user provides confirmation of the request.

    clear config

The following command clears the active configuration source file immediately with no user confirmation.

    clear config -noconfirm

clear congestion-control statistics

Clears the congestion control statistics for all instances of the specified manager type.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear
    congestion-control
    statistics  {  a11mgr
    | asngwmgr | asnpcmgr
    | hamgr | gtpcmgr  | l2tpmgr
    | imsimgr}

a11mgr

Clears the statistics for all A11 Manager instances.
asngwmgr

Clears the statistics for all ASN GW Manager instances
asnpcmgr

Clears the statistics for all ASN PC-LR Manager instances
hamgr

Clears the statistics for all HA Manager instances.
gtpcmgr

Clears the statistics for all GTPC Manager instances.
l2tpmgr

Clears the statistics for all L2TP Manager instances.
imsimgr

Clears the statistics for all IMSI Manager instances.
Usage:

Use this command to statistics for all instances of the specified manager.

IMPORTANT:

When this command is issued in any context other than the local context, only instances of the specified manager for the current context have the statistics cleared. When the current context is the local context, all instances of the specified manager type in all contexts have the statistics cleared.
Example:
Clear the statistics for all instances of the A11 manger, by entering the following command:

    clear congestion-control
    statistics a11mgr

clear content-filtering category statistics

This command clears the Category-based Content Filtering application statistics.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear content-filtering
    category statistics [ facility srdbmgr instance
    instance_value
    ]

facility srdbmgr instance instance_value

Clears logged events for the specified SRDB Manager instance.

instance_value must be an integer from 1 through 8.

In StarOS 9.0 and later, instance_value must be an integer from 1 through 10000.
Usage:

Use this command to clear all Category-based Content Filtering application statistics, or statistics for a specific SRDB Manager instance.
Example:
The following command clears all Category-based Content Filtering application statistics:

    clear content-filtering
    category statistics

clear crash

The clear crash command removes a specific crash file or all crash files.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear crash [ list | number
    crash_num ]

list | number crash_num

list: removes all crash files.

number crash_num: removes only the crash file specified as crash_num which must be within the range of 1 through 30.
Usage:

CLear crashes for general maintenance activities in cleaning out old, unused, or files which are of no importance.
Example:
The following will remove all crash files.

    clear crash list

The following command will remove only crash file 27.

    clear crash number 27

clear credit-control statistics

This command is used to clear credit control statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear credit-control
    statistics cc-service cc_service_name

cc-service cc_service_name

Specifies the credit control service name.

cc_service_name must be an existing Credit Control service, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to clear active credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command clears the configured credit control statistics for a service named service1:

    clear credit-control
    statistics cc-service service1

clear crypto

The clear crypto command clears crypto associations or crypto statistics.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, PDG/TTG, PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear crypto { isakmp [ tag
    map_name | peer
    peer_ip ] | security-association { counters tag
    map_name [ tx | rx ] |  tag
    map_name | peer
    peer_ip } | statistics { ikev2 | ipsec-3gpp-cscf } [service-ip-address ip-address | service-name name ] }

isakmp [ tag map_name | peer peer_ip ]

When no keywords are specified, this command clears all of the ISAKMP security associations for the current context.

tag map_name: Clears the ISAKMP SAs for the specified crypto map. map_name is the name of an existing crytpo map.

peer peer_ip: Deletes the ISAKMP SAs for the specified peer. peer_ip must be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
security-association { counters map map_name [ tx | rx ] | tag map_name | peer peer_ip }

counters tag map_name [ tx | rx ]: Resets the counters for the specified crypto map. map_name is the name of an existing crypto map. tx specifies that only the transmit SA counters are reset. rx specifies that only the receive SA counters are reset. If neither tx or rx are specified, both transmit and receive SA counters are reset.

tag map_name: Tears down a Security Association (SA) for the specified crypto map. map_name is the name of an existing crytpo map.

peer peer_ip: Clears the SAs for all tunnels who have the peer at the specified IP address. peer_ip must be entered in standard IPv4 notation.

CAUTION:

Modification(s) to an existing crypto map and/or ISAKMP policy configuration will not take effect until the related security association has been cleared.
statistics { ikev2 | ipsec-3gpp-cscf } [ service-ip-address ip-address | service-name name ]

ikev2: Clears global IKEv2 statistics for the current context.

ipsec-3gpp-cscf: Clears global CSCF IPSec statistics for the current context.

service-ip-address ip-address: Clears statistics for the specified service-ip address. service-name name: Clears statistics for the specified service name.
Usage:

Clear SAs and apply changes to the crypto map or clear the crypto statistics for this context.
Example:
The following clears all IKEv2 crypto statistics for the current context:

    clear crypto statistics ikev2

clear cscf service

Resets statistics counters for a specific CSCF service, all CSCF services, or for all services within a specified context (VPN).
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear cscf service { diameter { location-info | policy-control} statistics [ service-name service_name | vpn-name name ] | li-packet-cable
    statistics | performance-counters name service_name | statistics
    name service_name { all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name } }

diameter { location-info | policy-control } statistics [ service-name service_name | vpn-name name ]

Clears Diameter (DPECA) statistics on the CSCF Rx interface with the configuration information.

service-name service_name: Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the statistics will be reset. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

vpn-name name: Specifies the name of a context in which all statistics for all services will be reset. name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
li-packet-cable statistics

Clears Lawful Intercept statistics.
performance-counters name service_name

Clears all CSCF performance counters for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
statistics name service_name { all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name }

Clears service statistics for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

all: Clears all CSCFservice statistics.

calls: Clears statistics related to CSCF calls.

ip-security: Clears statistics related to CSCF IPSec.

message: Clears statistics for the SIP method MESSAGE.
package-name: Clears statistics for the associated event package.

- message-summary: Clears statistics for the “message-summary” event package.
- presence: Clears statistics for the “presence” event package.
- reg: Clears statistics for the “reg” event package.
- winfo: Clears statistics for the “watcher-info” event package.

registrations: Clears statistics related to CSCF registrations, re-registrations, and de-registrations.

sigcomp: Clears statistics related to CSCF sigcomp.

tcp: Displays session statistics related to CSCF TCP.

vpn-name name: Clears statistics for a specific CSCF service configured in a specific context on this system. name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword must be followed by another statistics-related keyword.
Usage:

Use this command to reset statistics counters for CSCF services. This command will reset the counters in the output of the show cscf service statistics command.

IMPORTANT:

This command will not clear current registered users and current CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command resets all statistics for a service named cscf1:

    clear cscf service
    statistics name cscf1 all

clear cscf sessions

Clears statistics for CSCF sessions on this system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear cscf sessions { counters { calls | subscription } service service_name | service service_name { all | session-id id |  aor aor }

counters { calls | subscription } service service_name

Clears counters for all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.

calls: Counters associated with calls in CSCF service.

subscription: Counters associated with subscriptions in CSCF service.

service service_name: Counters on specific CSCF service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
service service_name { all | session-id id | aor aor }

Clears session information for all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
service service_name: Session statistics on specific CSCF service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

- all: Specifies that session statistics are to be cleared for all sessions on this service.
- session-id id: Specifies that session statistics are to be cleared for sessions with this ID. id must be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- aor aor: Specifies that session statistics are to be cleared for sessions at this specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

Usage:

Use this command to clear session information for CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command resets all session statistics for a service named cscf1:

    clear cscf sessions
    service cscf1 all

clear cscf sip

Resets SIP statistics counters for a specific CSCF service, all CSCF services, or for all services within a specified context (VPN) or interface.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear cscf sip statistics [ name service_name [ interface
     { domain name domain_name | ip address ip_address } |
    vpn-name name ]

name service_name

Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the SIP statistics will be reset. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
interface { domain name domain_name | ip address ip_address }

SIP statistics will be reset in this interface.

domain name domain_name: Specifies the domain associated with the CSCF service. domain_name must be an existing domain and be from 1 to 64 alpha and/or numeric characters.

ip address ip_address: Specifies the destination or source ip address associated with the CSCF service.
vpn-name name

Specifies the name of a context in which all SIP statistics for all services will be reset. name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to reset SIP counters found in the output of the show cscf sip command.
Example:
The following command resets the SIP statistics for a service named cscf1:

    clear cscf sip statistics
    name cscf1

clear cscf subscription

Clears all subscriptions for a named service or for individual subscribers within the service.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear cscf subscription
    service service_name  { all | from-aor subscriber_aor to-aor resource_aor }

service service_name

Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the subscription(s) will be cleared. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
all | from-aor subscriber_aor to-aor resource_aor

all: Removes all CSCF subscriptions for the specified service.

from-aor subscriber_aor: Removes all CSCF subscriptions for a specified subscriber in a specified service.

subscribed-to resource_aor: Removes all CSCF subscriptions for a specified subscriber in a specified service with a specified subscribed-to resource AoR.
Usage:

Use this command to clear subscriptions to enforce policies. This command initiates a SUBSCRIBE request with Expires as 0 in the corresponding subscription dialog.
Example:
The following command clear all subscriptions for a CSCF service named cscf1:

    clear cscf subscription
    service cscf1 all

clear diameter aaa-statistics

This command clears Diameter AAA statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear diameter aaa-statistics [ all | [ group aaa_group ] server diameter_server ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Clears all Diameter server statistics.
group aaa_group

Clears Diameter server statistics for the specified AAA group.

aaa_group must be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.
server diameter_server

Clears Diameter server statistics for the specified Diameter server.

diameter_server must be the name of a Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear Diameter AAA statistics.
Example:
The following command clears Diameter server statistics for the specified AAA group:

    clear diameter aaa-statistics
    group <aaa_group>

clear diameter statistics

This command clears Diameter statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear diameter statistics [ [ proxy ] endpoint endpoint_name  [ peer-host host_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

endpoint endpoint_name

Clears endpoint related statistics.

endpoint_name must be the name of an endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
proxy

Clears proxy related statistics.
peer-host host_id

Clears statistics for the specified Diameter peer host ID.

host_id must be the Diameter peer host ID, and must be a string 1 through 255 characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id

Clears statistics for the specified Diameter peer realm.

realm_id must be the Diameter peer realm ID, and must be a string 1 through 127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear Diameter statistics.
Example:
The following command clears all Diameter statistics for the specified endpoint:

    clear diameter statistics
    endpoint <endpoint_name>

clear dhcp statistics

Deletes all previously gathered statistics for either a specific DHCP server or all DHCP servers configured within the given context.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear dhcp statistics [ dhcp-service
    svc_name
    |  server
    ip_address
    ]

dhcp-service svc_name

The name of a specific DHCP service for which to clear statistics.

svc_name is the name of the DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
server ip_address

Specifies the IP address of a specific DHCP server configured in the context for which to clear statistics.

ip_address must be entered in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Statistics for a single server can be cleared using the server keyword. Statistics for all DHCP servers in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

This command can be executed from any context configured on the system.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be cleared for every DHCP server configured on the system regardless of context. In addition, if the server keyword is used when executing from within the local context, statistics for all DHCP servers configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for all configured DHCP servers within the context:

    clear dhcp statistics

clear dns-client

Clears DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear dns-client name { cache [ query-name name | query-type
     { A | SRV } ] | statistics }

dns-client name

Defines the name of the DNS client whose cache and/or statistics are being cleared. name must be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
cache [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ]

Specifies that the cache for the defined DNS client is to be cleared.

query-name name: Filters DNS results based on the domain name. name must be from 1 to 255 characters in length. name is the domain name used to perform the DNS query. name is different from the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to resolve the SIP server for service.com, the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and the query type is SRV.
query-type:

- A: Filters DNS results based on domain IP address records (A records).
- SRV: Filters DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).

statistics

Specifies that statistics for the defined DNS client are to be cleared.
Usage:

Use this command to clear DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for a DNS client named domain1.com:

    clear dns-client domain1.com statistics

clear egtpc

Clears enhanced GPRS Tunneling Protocol control plane statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all eGTP-C-related services or those defined by the parameters in this command.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear egtpc statistics [ egtp-service name | interface-type { interface-mme | interface-pgw-ingress | interface-sgw-egress | interface-sgw-ingress } | mme-address ipv4_address | pgw-address ipv4_address | sgw-address ipv4_address ]

egtp-service name

Clears all statistics and counters associated with a specific eGTP service name. name must be an existing eGTP service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
interface-type { interface-mme | interface-pgw-ingress | interface-sgw-egress | interface-sgw-ingress }

interface-mme: Clears statistics and counters derived from all MME interface types associated with this system.

interface-pgw-ingress: Clears statistics and counters derived from all P-GW ingress interface types associated with this system.

interface-sgw-egress: Clears statistics and counters derived from all S-GW egress interface types associated with this system.

interface-sgw-ingress: Clears statistics and counters derived from all S-GW ingress interface types associated with this system.
mme-address ipv4_address

Clears all statistics and counters derived from a specific MME IP address. ipv4_address must be an existing MME IP address and be specified in dotted decimal notation.
pgw-address ipv4_address

Clears all statistics and counters derived from a specific P-GW IP address. ipv4_address must be an existing P-GW IP address and be specified in dotted decimal notation.
sgw-address ipv4_address

Clears all statistics and counters derived from a specific S-GW IP address. ipv4_address must be an existing S-GW IP address and be specified in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Use this command to clear running statistics and counters found in show command and bulk statistics outputs for all eGTP-C-related services or for specific interfaces, services, or IP addresses as specified by parameters in this command.
Example:
The following command clears eGTP-C statistics and counter associated with all P-GW ingress interfaces configured on this system:

    clear egtpc statistics
    interface-type interface-pgw-ingress

The following command clears eGTP-C statistics and counter associated with all MME interfaces configured on this system:

    clear egtpc statistics
    interface-type interface-mme

clear firewall flows

This command is obsolete.
clear firewall ruledef

This command is obsolete.
clear firewall statistics

This command is obsolete.
clear fng-service statistics

Deletes all previously gathered statistics for a specific FNG service or all FNG services configured within a context.
Product:

FNG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear fng-service statistics {nameservice_name}

name service_name

Specifies the name of a specific FNG service configured in the context for which to clear statistics.

service_name is the name of the FNG service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Statistics for a single FNG service can be cleared using the name keyword. Statistics for all FNG services in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be cleared for every FNG service configured on the system regardless of context. In addition, if the name keyword is used when executing from within the local context, statistics for all FNG services configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for an FNG service named fng1:

    clear fng-service statistics fng1

clear gmm-sm statistics

Deletes all previously gathered GMM-SM statistics within the given context based on the specified criteria.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear gmm-sm statistics [ gmm-only | sm-only ] [ gprs-service
    srvc_name [ nsei nse_id | routing-area
    mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] | [ sgsn-service srvc_name [ rnc mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id rnc-id rnc_id | routing
    area mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ]

gmm-only

Enter this keyword to display only GPRS mobility management (GMM) information for other specified keyword parameters for the current context.
sm-only

Enter this keyword to display only session management (SM) information for other specified keyword parameters for the current context.
gprs-service srvc_name

Enter this keyword to display the statistics for the specified GPRS service. The display request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.

srvc_name must be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
nsei

Enter this keyword to display the GMM/SM session statistics for the identified network service entity (NSEI).
sgsn-service srvc_name

Enter this keyword to display the statistics for the specified SGSN service. The display request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.

srvc_name must be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
rnc

Enter this keyword to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics just for the specified ( rnc-id) radio network controller (RNC).
rnc-id rnc_id

Enter this keyword to identify the specific RNC.

rnc_id must be an integer from 0 through 4095.
routing-area mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id

Enter the routing-area keyword to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics for a specified routing area (RA) identified by the MCC, MNC, LAC and RAC.
mcc mcc_id

Enter this keyword to specify the mobile country code (MCC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

mcc_id must be an integer from 100 through 999.
mnc mnc_id

Enter this keyword to specify the mobile network code (MNC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

mnc_id must be an integer from 00 through 999.
lac lac_id

Enter this keyword to specify the location area code (LAC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

lac_id must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rac rac_id

Enter this keyword to specify the routing area code (RAC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

rac_id must be an integer from 1 through 255.
Usage:

Use this command to delete statistics for the GMM/SM session configurations for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command deletes GMM/SM statistics for a specific routing area defined for the GPRS service:

    clear gmm-sm statistics
    gprs-service gprs1 routing-area mcc 123 mcc 131 lac 24 rac 11

The following command clears all collected information for GMM/SM statistics:

    clear gmm-sm statistics verbose

clear gtpc statistics

Deletes all previously gathered GTPC (GTPv0, GTPv1-C, GTPv1-U) statistics within the given context based on the specified criteria.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear gtpc statistics [ apn
    apn_name
    ] [custom1 ] [ ggsn-service
    ggsn_name
    ] [ sgsn-address
    sgsn_address
    ]

apn apn_name

Specifies the name of an APN configured in the context for which to delete GTPC statistics.

apn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
custom1

Clears the statistics of GTP-C messages for preservation mode and free of charge service.

This keyword is customer-specific license enabled and used for Preservation-Mode and Free-of-Charge Service which are enabled under customer-specific license. For more information on this support, contact your local representative.
ggsn-service ggsn_name

Specifies the name of a GGSN service configured in the context for which to delete GTPC statistics.

ggsn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
sgsn-address sgsn_address

Specifies the IP address of an SGSN for which to delete GTPC statistics.

sgsn_address must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

GT-C statistics can be cleared for a single APN, GGSN service, or SGSN. All GTPC statistics in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

This command can be executed from any context configured on the system.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, all GTPC statistics will be cleared regardless of context.

GTPP statistics are not affected by this command.
Example:
The following command clears all GTPC statistics within the context:

    clear gtpc statistics

clear gtpp statistics

Deletes all previously gathered GTPP statistics within the given context based for either single or all charging gateway functions (CGFs).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear gtpp statistics [ cgf-address
    ip-address
    ]

cgf-address cgf_address

Deletes statistics for a particular CGF.

cgf_address is the IP address of the CGF for which statistics are to be deleted. It must be expressed in dotted decimal notation
Usage:

Statistics for a single CGF can be cleared using the cgf-address keyword. Statistics for all CGFs in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

This command can be executed from any context configured on the system.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be cleared for every CGF configured on the system regardless of context. In addition, if the cgf-address keyword is used when executing from within the local context, statistics for all CGFs configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command deletes all GTPP statistics for a CGF with an IP address of 192.168.1.42:

    clear gtpp statistics
    cgf-address 192.168.1.42

clear gtpp storage-server local file statistics

This command clears AAAproxy GTPP group level statistics for CDRs stored on the local SMC hard disk.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear gtpp storage-server
    local file statistics [ group name name ]

Usage:

If executed from the local context, this command clears statistics for all GTPP groups configured on the system. If executed from the context within which the storage servers (SMC hard disk) is configured, statistics are deleted for only that context.
clear gtpp storage-server statistics

Clears statistics for configured GTPP storage servers (GSS).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear gtpp storage-server statistics

Usage:

If executed from the local context, this command clears statistics for all GTPP storage servers configured on the system. If executed from the context within which the servers are configured, statistics are deleted for only those servers.
clear hd-storage-policy

Clears statistic information for HD storage policies configured on the system.
Product:

HSGW, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear hd-storage-policy
    statistics { all | name name }

statistics { all | name name }

all: Specifies that ACR statistic information for all HD storage policies configured on the system is to be cleared.

name name: Specifies that ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy with the specified name is to be cleared.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics for HD storage policies configured on the system.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for an HD storage policy named pgwsgw:

    clear hd-storage-policy
    statistics name pgwsgw

clear hsgw-service

Clears statistic information for HSGW services configured on the system.
Product:

HSGW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear hsgw-service
    statistics { all | name name }

statistics { all | name name }

all: Specifies that HSGW service statistic information for all HSGW services configured on the system is to be cleared.

name name: Specifies that HSGW service statistic information for an HSGW service with the specified name is to be cleared.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics for HSGW services configured on the system.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for an HSGW service named hsgw3:

    clear hsgw-servicey
    statistics name hsgw3

clear ims-authorization

This command clears statistics for all or for a specified IMS Authorization Service.
Product:

GGSN, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear ims-authorization { policy-control statistics [ ims-auth-service service_name ] | service
    statistics [ name service_name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

ims-auth-service service_name

Clears statistics for the specified IMSA service.

service_name must be the name of an IMSA service, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to clear IMSA Service statistics.
Example:
The following command clears IMSA policy-control statistics for an IMSA service named test_service:

    clear ims-authorization
    policy-control statistics ims-auth-service test_service

clear ip access-group statistics

This command clears all interface ACL statistics and the context level ACL statistics that have been configured in the current context. Be aware that updating an access list also causes all ip access-groups utilizing the list to be cleared.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN. ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear ip access-group statistics

Usage:

Use this command to clear all interface ACL statistics and the context level ACL statistics that have been configured in the current context.
The following command clears the ACL statistics:

    clear ip access-group statistics

clear ip arp

Clears the address resolution protocol cache for a given IP address.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear ip arp
    ip_address

ip_address

Specifies the IP address for which to clear the ARP cache. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Clear the ARP cache when network changes have occurred for the case where the cached data may cause undue overhead in routing of packets.
Example:
The following command clears the ARP cache for the IP address 1.2.3.4:

    clear ip arp 1.2.3.4

clear ip bgp peer

Resets BGP connections for all peers or for specified peers in the current context.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear ip bgp peer {ip_address
    | all | as
    as_num}  [in | out | soft | vpnv4 ]

ip_address

The IP address of the neighbor for which BGP connections should be reset. ip_address is an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
all

Reset BGP connections for all peers.
as as_num

Reset BGP connections for all peers in the specified AS. as_num must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
in

Soft reconfigure inbound updates.
out

Soft reconfigure outbound updates.
soft

Soft reconfigure inbound and outbound updates.
vpnv4

Clears bgp sessions with the vpnv4 address family.
Usage:

Use this command to BGP information for the current context.
Example:
The following command resets BGP connections for all neighbors:

    clear ip bgp peer all

clear ip localhosts

This command removes the host specified from the current context’s local host list for IP address mappings.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear ip localhosts [ host_name ]

host_name

Specifies the name of the host to be removed. Value must be a string from 1 to 1023 characters. When omitted, all local host name mappings will be removed.
Usage:

Clear a host name when it is no longer valid for the current context to access. The host name specified will be unrecognized by the current context once the command is performed.
Example:

    clear ip localhostsclear ip localhosts 1.2.3.4clear ip localhosts remoteABC

clear ip ospf process

Clears OSPF database information for the current context and re-establishes neighbor adjacency.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear ip ospf process

Usage:

Use this command to clear the OSPF database information for the current context and re-establishes neighbor adjacency.
Example:
The following command clears the OSPF database information for the current context and re-establishes neighbor adjacency:

    clear ip ospf process

clear ipv6 neighbors

Clears an ipv6 address from the neighbor cache.
Product:

PDIF
Privilege:

Administrator, Security Administrator
Syntax

    clear ipv6 neighbors ipaddress

Usage:

Clears a specific address from the neighbor cache.
Example:
Use the following example to clear 3ffe:ffff:101::230:6eff:fe04:d9aa/48:

    clear ipv6 neighbors 3ffe:ffff:101::230:6eff:fe04:d9aa/48

clear l2tp

Clears all or specific L2TP statistics or clears and disconnects all or specified sessions or tunnels.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, LNS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax
statistics [ lac-service service_name | lns-service service_name | peer-address ip_address ]

With no optional keywords specified, this command clears all L2TP statistics for the current context.

lac-service service_name: Clears all L2TP statistics for the specified LAC service in the current context.

lns-service service_name: Clears all L2TP statistics for the specified LNS service in the current context.

peer-address ip_address: Clears all L2TP statistics for the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The IP address is specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
tunnels { all [ clear-sa] | callid call_id | lac-service service_name [ clear-sa ] | peer-address ip_address [ clear-sa ] }

all: Clears all tunnels in the current context.

lac-service service_name: Clears all tunnels in the current context that belong to the specified LAC service and closes the tunnels.

lns-service service_name: Clears all tunnels in the current context that belong to the specified LNS service and closes the tunnels.

peer-address ip_address: Clears all tunnels in the current context whose destination (peer LNS) is the system at the specified IP address. The IP address is specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

callid call_id: Uses the unique identifier that specifies a particular tunnel in the system to clear that tunnel and disconnect it. The output of the command show l2tp tunnels contains a field labeled Callid Hint which lists the call id information to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte Hexadecimal number.

clear-sa: If any security associations have been established they are cleared.
Usage:

Clear L2TP all or specific L2TP statistics or clear sessions in a tunnel and disconnect the tunnel.
Example:
To clear all L2TP statistics for the current context, use the following command:

    clear l2tp statistics

To clear all L2TP statistics for the LAC service named lac1, use the following command:

    clear l2tp statistics
    lac-service lac1

Use the following command to clear L2TP statistics for the LNS peer at the IP address 10.10.10.100:

    clear l2tp statistics
    peer-address 10.10.10.100

The following command clears and closes all tunnels in the current context:

    clear l2tp tunnels all

The following command clears and closes all tunnels for the LAC service named lac2:

    clear l2tp tunnels
    lac-service lac2

The following command clears and closes all tunnels the peer at the IP address 10.10.10.110:

    clear l2tp tunnels
    peer-address 10.10.10.110

clear lawful-intercept

Clears information pertaining to lawful interception capability.
Product:

PDSN, HA, LNS, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear lawful-intercept statistics

statistics

Clears lawful-intercept statistics.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics pertaining to Lawful Intercept functionality.

IMPORTANT:

You must log in to the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
The following clears all statistics for the Lawful Intercept functionality.

    clear lawful-intercept statistics

clear lma-service statistics

Clears Local Mobility Anchor statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all LMA services or a specific service defined by the parameter in this command.
Product:

P-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear lma-service
    statistics [ name servie_name ]

name servie_name

Clears statistics and counters for a specific LMA service name. name must be an existing LMA service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics for all LMA services or for a specific LMA service.
Example:
The following command clears statistics and counters for an LMA service named lma3:

    clear lma-service
    statistics name lma3

clear local-user

Clears information pertaining to local-user administrative accounts.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator
Syntax

    clear local-user { database [ -noconfirm ] | statistics |
    username name lockout }

database [ -noconfirm ]

Clears the local-user database. This command deletes all information for all local-user accounts.

CAUTION:

Use this command only in the event of security concerns or to address concerns of the local-user account database integrity.
statistics

Clears statistics pertaining to local-user accounts.
userame name lockout

Removes lockouts associated with specific local-user accounts.

name is the name of the local-user account and can consist of from 3 to 16 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

This command can be used to remove local-user account lockouts, reset local-user-related statistics to 0, or to delete the local-user database.
Example:
The following command removes the lockout placed on a local-user account named SecureAdmin:

    clear local-user username SecureAdmin lockout

clear mag-service statistics

Clears Mobile Access Gateway statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all MAG services or a specific service defined by the parameter in this command.
Product:

HSGW, S-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear mag-service
    statistics [ name servie_name ]

name servie_name

Clears statistics and counters for a specific MAG service name. name must be an existing MAG service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to clears statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics for all MAG services or for a specific MAG service.
Example:
The following command clears statistics and counters for a MAG service named mag1

    clear mag-service
    statistics name mag1

clear maximum-temperatures

Clears information pertaining to component maximum temperatures.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear maximum-temperatures

Usage:

Reset the timestamp to the current time and clear previous maximum temperatures for all temperature monitored components. This may be useful when preparing to study system performance, monitor usage, or trouble shoot the administrative interfaces.
Example:
The following command resets the maximum temperature statistics for all monitored chassis components.

    clear maximum-temperatures

clear mipfa statistics

This command clears the statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent. The statistics for a specific foreign agent service may be cleared by explicit command.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN. ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear mipfa statistics [ fa-service
    name |  peer-address
    ip_address ]

fa-service name | peer-address ip_address

fa-service name: Indicates the statistics for a specific service are to be cleared where the service is as specified by name. “Total sessions” counters for all peers associated with the service are also reset. name must be an existing FA service name.

peer-address ip_address: Indicates the statistics for the specific IP address, ip_address, are to be cleared. “Total sessions” counter for the specified peer is also reset. The IP address is specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Clear all statistics for the MIP foreign agent or for a specific service. This may be useful in monitoring performance and troubleshooting as the statistics may be cleared at a well known time and then collected and transferred for review.
Example:
The following clears all statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent.

    clear mipfa statistics

The following command clears the statistics for the example service only.

    clear mipfa statistics fa-service sampleServiceclear mipfa statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4

clear mipha statistics

This command clears the statistics for the mobile IP home agent. The statistics for a home agent service may be cleared by explicit command.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear mipha statistics [ ha-service
    name |  peer-address
    ip_address ]

ha-service name | peer-address ip_address

ha-service name: indicates the statistics for a specific service are to be cleared where the service is as specified by name. “Total sessions” counters for all peers associated with the service are also reset. name must be an existing HA service name.

peer-address ip_address: indicates the statistics for the specific IP address, are to be cleared. “Total sessions” counter for the specified peer is also reset. The IP address is specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Clear all statistics for the MIP home agent or for a specific service. This may be useful in monitoring performance and troubleshooting as the statistics may be cleared at a well known time and then collected and transferred for review.
Example:
The following clears all statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent.

    clear mipha statistics

The following command clears the statistics for the example service only.

    clear mipha statistics ha-service sampleService

    clear mipha statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4

clear mme-service db statistics

This command clears the MME database statistics for MME sessions for all or specific session instances on this system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    clear mme-service
    db statistics [instance smgr_instance]

instance smgr_instance

This keyword specifies that MME database statistics are to be removed for a specific instance of session manager running for MME service.

smgr_instance must be specified as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295. If instance is not specified database statistics of all instances will be removed.
Usage:

Use this command to clear/remove database statistics for all or a particular instance of session manager for MME services on this system.
Example:

The following command removes/clears the database statistics of all instances of the MME service on a system:

clear mme-service db statistics
clear mme-service db record

This command clears the MME database records all instances of session manager running for MME service filtered with IMSI or GUTI as criteria.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    clear mme-service
    db record {imsi imsi_identifier | callid call_id | guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value} [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

imsi imsi_identifier

This keyword specifies the filter criteria as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) imsi_identifier to clear the database records of a session instance.

imsi_identifier is a 15 character IMSI field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
callid call_id

This keyword specifies the filter criteria as call id call_id to clear the database records of a session instance.

call_id must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value

This set of keyword specifies the filter criteria as Globally Unique Temporary Identifier (GUTI) to clear the database records for MME service.

The GUTI is constructed from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI where GUMMEI is constructed from PLMN (MMC and MNC) plmn_id and MME Identifier is constructed from an MME Group ID (MMEGI) mme_grp_id and an MME Code (MMEC) mme_code.

Within the MME, the mobile is identified by the M-TMSI mtmsi_value
Usage:

Use this command to clear/remove database records for all or a particular instance of session manager for MME services on this system with IMSI or GUTI as filter criteria.
Example:

The following command clears the summary database records of a session instance for subscriber having IMSI as 123455432112345 in the MME service:

    clear mme-service
    db record imsi 123455432112345

clear mme-service statistics

This command clears the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear mme-service
    statistics [emm-only [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier]] | esm-only [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier] | s1ap [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier] | sctp [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    ]]

emm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to clear all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to clear all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to clear all S1-AP statistics.
sctp

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to clear all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name to clear all service statistics.
peer-id peer_identifier

This keyword sets the filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:

This command is used to clear the statistical information of an MME service based on various filter criteria.
Example:
The following command clears the service session statistics of all MME service on a system:

    clear mme-service statistics

clear mme-service statistics

This command clears the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear mme-service
    statistics [emm-only [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier]] | esm-only [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier] | s1ap [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier] | sctp [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    ]]

emm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to clear all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to clear all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to clear all S1-AP statistics.
sctp

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to clear all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name to clear all service statistics.
peer-id peer_identifier

This keyword sets the filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:

This command is used to clear the statistical information of an MME service based on various filter criteria.
Example:
The following command clears the service session statistics of all MME service on a system:

    clear mme-service statistics

clear multicast-sessions

Disconnects broadcast-multicast sessions based on specified criteria.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator Operator
Syntax

    clear
    multicast-sessions [ -noconfirm ] [ keywords ] [ verbose ]

-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
all

Disconnects all multicast sessions.
callid call_id

Clears the call specified by call_id. The call ID must be specified as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
card-num pac_num

The slot number of the PAC/PSC by which the multicast session is processed. pac_num is a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16
flowid id

Clears calls for a specific BCMCS flow, defined by id. The flow ID must be a hexidecimal number
flowid-type [ flow | program ]

Clears multicast sessions according to the type of flow.

flow: Clears all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “flow”.

program: Clears all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “program”.
mcast-address ipv4_address

Clear multicast sessions for a specific multicast address. Must be followed by the IP address of an interface, using dotted decimal notation.
pcf ipv4_address

Clears multicast sessions connected via the packet control function defined by ipv4_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdsn_service name

Clears multicast sessions connected to the packet data service name. The packet data service must have been previously configured.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is the standard level which is the concise mode.
Usage:

Clear multicast sessions to aid in troubleshooting the system when no additional subscribers may connect or when a specific service or remote address may be having connection problems. This command may also be useful when preparing for maintenance activities such that connects may be cleared to perform any necessary procedures.

The keywords are filters that modify or filter the criteria for deciding which sessions to clear and are described below. Multiple keywords can be entered on a command line.

When multiple keywords are specified, the multicast sessions deleted must meet the specifications of all of the keywords.
Example:
The following command clears the broadcast-multicast sessions having multicast address 1.2.3.4:

    clear multicast-sessions
    mcast-address 1.2.3.4

The following command clears the broadcast-multicast session(s) having call id 00004e22:

    clear multicast-sessions
    callid 00004e22

clear orbem statistics

Clears the CORBA element manager interface related statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear orbem statistics

Usage:

Clear the statistics to reset them to zero for the object request broker element manager interface. This may be useful when preparing to study system performance, monitor usage, or trouble shoot the administrative interfaces.
Example:
The following command resets the statistics for the ORB element manager.

    clear orbem

clear pdg-service statistics

Deletes all previously gathered statistics for a specific PDG service or all PDG services configured within a context.
Product:

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear pdg-service statistics [ name service_name ]

name service_name

Specifies the name of a specific PDG service configured in the context for which to clear statistics.

service_name is the name of the PDG service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Usage Statistics for a single PDG service can be cleared using the name keyword. Statistics for all PDG services in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.

If this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be cleared for every PDG service configured on the system regardless of context. In addition, if the name keyword is used when executing from within the local context, statistics for all PDG services configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
Example(s) The following command clears statistics for a PDG service named pdg1:

    clear pdg-service
    statistics pdg1

clear pgw-service

Clears PDN Gateway statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all P-GW services or a specific service defined by the parameter in this command.
Product:

P-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear pgw-service
    statistics { all | name service_name }

all

Clears statistics and counters for all P-GW services on the system.
name service_name

Clears statistics and counters for a specific P-GW service name. name must be an existing P-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to clear statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics for all P-GW services or for a specific P-GW service.
Example:
The following command clears statistics and counters for an P-GW service named pgw5:

    clear lma-service
    statistics name pgw5

clear port

Clears port related statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear port { datalink counters { all | slot/port } |  npu
    counters { all | slot/port [ untagged | vlan
    tag_id ] }

datalink

Clear the data link port statistics.
npu

Clear statistics for the network processing unit port.
all

Clear counters for all datalink or NPU ports.
slot/port

Clear the statistics for the specified slot and port number.
untagged

Clear NPU statistics for all ports that do not have a VLAN tag.
vlan tag_id

Clear NPU statistics for the port that has the specified VLAN tag ID. tag_id must be a previously configured VLAN tag id.
Usage:

Manually clear the statistics for a specified port. This is useful when preparing to trouble shoot or monitor the system.
Example:
The following command clears the data link related statistics for port 1 in slot 17.

    clear port datalink counters 17/1

The following command clears the network processing unit related statistics for port 1 in slot 17.

    clear port npu counters 17/1

clear ppp statistics

Clears point-to-point protocol related statistics. All PPP statistics may be cleared or just those for a specific packet data service may be cleared.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear ppp statistics [
    ggsn-service
    ggsn_name
    |
    lns-service
    lns_name
    | pcf-address [
    pcf_ip_addr
    | all ] | pdsn-service
    pdsn_name

     ]

ggsn-service ggsn_name

Display statistics only for the time the session is connected to the specified ggsn_name.
lns-service lns_name

Display statistics only for the time the session is connected to the specified lns_name.
pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ]

Display statistics only for the time the session is connected to the specified PCF (Packet Control Function) or for all PCFs. pcf_ip_addr must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdsn-service pdsn_name

Specifies the service as pdsn_name which is to have only its statistics cleared.
Usage:

Allows you to manually reset PPP statistics when it is desired to have counts begin again from a specific point in time.
Example:
The following clears the statistics for all PPP counters and services.

    clear ppp statistics

The following clears only the point-to-point protocol statistics for the service named sampleService.

    clear ppp statistics pdsn-service sampleService

clear prepaid 3gpp2 statistics

This command clears all of the statistics counters for 3GPP2 Pre-paid accounting. Statistics may be cleared for all services or for an individual service.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear prepaid 3gpp2
    statistics { all | {
    ggsn-service |
    ha-service | lns-service | pdsn-service

    } {all | name
    service_name
    } }

all

This keyword clears prepaid statistics for all services.
ggsn-service

Clear statistics for GGSN service(s).
ha-service

Clear statistics for HA service(s).
lns-service

Clear statistics for LNS service(s).
pdsn-service

Clear statistics for PDSN service(s).
{ all | name service_name }

all: Clear statistics for all services of the specified type.

name service_name: Clear statistics for the service named service_name of the specified service type.
Usage:

Use this command to clear Pre-paid statistics for a particular named service or for all services.
Example:
To clear statistics for a PDSN service name PDSN1, enter the following command:

    clear prepaid 3gpp2
    statistics pdsn-service name PDSN1

clear prepaid wimax

This command clears all of the statistics counters for WiMAX prepaid accounting. Statistics may be cleared for all services or for an individual service.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear prepaid wimax
    statistics { all | asngw-service { all | name
    service_name
    } | ha-service { all | name
    service_name
    } }

all

This keyword clears prepaid statistics for all services.
asngw-service

Clears prepaid statistics for ASN GW service(s).
ha-service

Clears prepaid accounting statistics for HA service(s).
{ all | name service_name }

all: Clears statistics for all services of the specified type.

name service_name: Clears statistics for the service named service_name of the specified service type.
Usage:

Use this command to clear prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for named service or for all services.
Example:
The following command clears prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for an ASN GW service name asn1:

    clear prepaid wimax
    statistics asngw-service name asn1

clear qos npu stats

Clears information pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation and sharing.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear qos npu stats
    inter-subscriber traffic slot
    slot_num

inter-subscriber traffic slot slot_num

Clears inter-subscriber traffic statistics for the application or line card installed in the specified slot.

slot_num indicates the number of the chassis slot in which the card is installed and can be configured to any integer value from 1 through 48.
Usage:

Allows you to manually reset statistics pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation.
Example:
The following command clears statistics for a card installed in chassis slot 4:

    clear qos npu stats
    inter-subscriber traffic slot 4

clear radius accounting archive

This command clears archived RADIUS accounting messages associated with a AAA group, or all the archived RADIUS accounting messages in the context in which the command is executed depending on the option chosen. The scope of the command is limited to the context in which it is executed including for local context.

IMPORTANT:

This command is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later. For more information, please contact your local service representative.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clear radius accounting
    archive { all | radius group group_name } [ -noconfirm ]

all

Clears all archived RADIUS accounting messages in the context.
radius group group_name

Clears all archived RADIUS accounting messages for the specified group.

group_name must be the name of a RADIUS group, and must be a string of 0 through 64 characters in length.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Use this command to clear the archived RADIUS accounting messages associated with a AAA group, or all the archived RADIUS accounting messages in the context in which the command is executed.
Example:
Use the following command to clear all archived RADIUS accounting messages for the group named test12.

    clear radius accounting
    archive radius group test12

clear radius counters

Clears statistics for RADIUS servers and server group. The statistics for all RADIUS servers or server group may be cleared or only a specified server.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear radius counters { all | radius
    group
    group_name
    |  server
    ip_address [ port
    number ] }

all | radius group group_name | server ip_address [ port number ]

all: Clears statistics for all servers.

server ip_address [ port number ]: Clears statistics only for the server specified by ip_address. Optionally specify the port which is to have its RADIUS statistics cleared, where port number must be an integer from 0 through 65535. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

radius group group_name: Clears all configured authentication / accounting servers in the specified RADIUS group. group_name must be name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Clear the statistics to reset them to zero prior to logging or monitoring the system for troubleshooting, performance measurements, etc.
Example:
The following command clears the statistics for all RADIUS servers.

    clear radius counters all

The following command resets the statistics only for the server 1.2.3.4.

    clear radius counters server 1.2.3.4

The following command resets the statistics only for the server group named star1.

    clear radius counters
    radius group star1

clear rohc statistics

This command clears statistics and counters collected since the last reload or clear command was issued for ROHC IP header compression.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Administrator, Config-administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    clear rohc statistics [ pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name ]

pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name

Clear ROHC statistics and counters for the specified PDSN service.
Usage:

Use this command to clear ROHC statistics for all services or for a specific PDSN.
Example:
The following command clears ROHC statistics and counters for the PDSN service named pdsn1:

    clear rohc statistics
    pdsn-service pdsn1

clear rp service-option

Clears the R-P interface service option statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear rp service-option statistics [ number
    option_num | pdsn-service
    pdsn_name ]

number option_num | pdsn-service pdsn_name

Default: clear the statistics for all service options and all packet data services.

number option_num: specifies the R-P service option number for which the statistics are to be cleared. option_num must be a value in the range 0 through 1000.

pdsn-service pdsn_name: specifies the service as pdsn_name which is to have only its statistics cleared.
Usage:

Clear the R-P service option statistics prior to monitoring the system for bench marking or for detecting areas of further research.
Example:
The following resets the service option statistics for service option 23 and packet data service sampleService, respectively.

    clear rp service-option
    statistics number 23clear rp service-option
    statistics pdsn-service sampleService

clear rp statistics

Clears the R-P interface statistics. The statistics for a specific packet data server or peer node may be cleared if specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear rp statistics [ pdsn-service
    name | peer-address  [ peer_address | all ] ]

pdsn-service name | peer-address [ peer_address | all ]

Default: clear all R-P associated statistics.

pdsn-service name: specifies the packet data service specified by name is to have its statistics reset.

peer-address [ peer_address | all ]: specifies that statistics for the specified peer, or all peers, are to be cleared. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Clear the statistics to prepare for monitoring the system.
Example:
The following command resets all the associated statistics for the R-P interfaces.

    clear rp statistics

The following clears the statistics for the packet data service sampleService.

    clear rp statistics pdsn-service sampleService

The following command resets the statistics associated with peer node with IP address 1.2.3.4.

    clear rp statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4

clear session disconnect-reasons

Clears the session disconnect reason statistics for all sessions on the system.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear session disconnect-reasons

Usage:

Sets the counters for session disconnect reasons to zero (0) in preparation for a monitoring or troubleshooting session.
Example:

    clear session disconnect-reasons

clear session setuptime

Clears the session setup time statistics for PCFs or SGSNs. If no keyword is specified the summary statistics displayed by the show session setuptime command are cleared.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear
    session
    setuptime { pcf { pcf_addr | all } |  sgsn { sgsn_addr | all } }

pcf { pcf_addr | all }

pcf_addr: Clear the setup time counters for the PCF at the specified IP address. pcf_addr must ba an IP v4 addresses expressed in dotted decimal notation.

all: Clear the setup time counters for all PCFs.
sgsn { sgsn_addr | all }

sgsn_addr: Clear the setup time counters for the SGSN at the specified IP address. sgsn_addr must ba an IP v4 addresses expressed in dotted decimal notation.

all: Clear the setup time counters for all SGSNs.
Usage:

Sets the counters for session disconnect reasons to zero (0) in preparation for a monitoring or troubleshooting session.
Example:
To clear the statistics for the PCF at IP address 192.168.100.10, enter the following command:

    clear session setuptime
    pcf 192.168.100.10

clear session subsystem

Clears all session subsystem statistics for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear session subsystem

Usage:

Clear the statistics in preparation for a troubleshooting or monitoring session so that the counters are at a well known values.
Example:

    clear session subsystem

clear sgtpu statistics

Clears all SGTPU statistics for the current context.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear sgtpu statistics [ ggsn-address ipv4_address | iups-service iups_srvc_name | rnc-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name |
    gprs-service
    gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id ]

Usage:

Clear the statistics in preparation for a troubleshooting or monitoring session so that the counters.
Example:

    clear sgtpu statistics
    gprs-service SGSN1Gprs1 nsei 2445

clear sgw-service statistics

Clears Serving Gateway statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all S-GW services or a specific service defined by the parameter in this command.
Product:

S-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    clear sgw-service
    statistics { all | name service_name }

all

Clears statistics and counters for all S-GW services configured on the system.
name service_name

Clears statistics and counters for a specific S-GW service name. service_name must be an existing S-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to clears statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics for all S-GW services or for a specific S-GW service.
Example:

The following command clears statistics and counters for an S-GW service named
sgw3:

    clear sgw-service
    statistics name sgw3

clear snmp trap

Clears all SNMP event trap notifications from the buffer.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear snmp trap { history | statistics }

history

Clears all SNMP historical trap information from system buffer.
statistics

Clears all SNMP event trap information from system buffer.
Usage:

Use this command to empty the buffer of all SNMP trap notifications.
Example:

Following command clears the all historical SNMP traps from the system buffer:

clear snmp trap history
clear srp checkpoint statistics

Clears the SRP checkpoint interface statistics.
Product:

HA, GGSN PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear srp checkpoint statistics

Usage:

Clears the srp checkpoint statistics to prepare for srp monitoring.
Example:
The following command resets all the associated statistics for srp checkpoint.

    clear srp checkpoint statistics

clear srp statistics

Clears the SRP statistics.
Product:

HA, GGSN PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear srp statistics

Usage:

Clears the srp statistics to prepare for srp monitoring.
Example:
The following command resets all the associated statistics for srp.

    clear srp statistics

clear subscribers

Disconnects subscribers based on specified criteria.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    clear subscribers [ keywords ] [ verbose ] [ -noconfirm ]

The keywords are filters that modify or filter the criteria for deciding which subscriber sessions to clear and are described below. Multiple keywords can be entered on a command line.

When multiple keywords are specified, the subscriber sessions deleted must meet the specifications of all of the keywords.
For example; if you enter the following command:

    clear subscribers
    ip-pool pool1 card-num 1

Only subscriber sessions that were assigned an IP address from the IP pool named pool1 and are also being processed by the PAC/PSC in slot 1 are cleared. All other subscriber sessions that do not meet these criteria remain and are not cleared.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

The Operator privilege does not have access to this keyword.
active

Only disconnects subscribers who currently have active sessions.
all

Disconnects all subscribers.

IMPORTANT:

The Operator privilege does not have access to this keyword.
apn name

Clears all PDP contexts accessing a specific access point name (APN).

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
asn-peer-address ip_address

Clears information for subscribers on an ASN GW trusted peer.

ip_address is the IPv4 address of the ASN GW peer server in dotted decimal notation.
asngw-service service_name

Clears counters for subscribers accessing the ASN GW service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
asnpc-service service_name

Clears counters for subscribers accessing the ASN PC service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
callid id

Clears the call specified by call_id. The call ID must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num

The slot number of the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. card_num is a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
ccoa-only

This option clears the subscribers that registered a MIP co-located COA directly with the HA.

This option is only valid when MIPHA session license is enabled.
configured-idle-timeout [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscribers whose idle timeout matches the specified criteria. A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the subscribers idle timeout is disabled.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscribers who have been connected for the specified length of time.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
cscf-service service_name

Clears all subscribers from the specified CSCF service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
css-delivery-sequence name

IMPORTANT:

This is a restricted keyword. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
css-service name

IMPORTANT:

This is a restricted keyword. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
dhcp-server address

Clears all PDP contexts that currently possess an IP address assigned from a specific DHCP server.

dhcp_address is the IP address of the DHCP server expressed in dotted decimal notation.
dormant

Only disconnect subscriber sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
fa address

Disconnects all subscribers connected to the foreign agent specified by fa_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
fa-service name

Disconnects all subscribers connected to the foreign agent specified by fa_name. The foreign agent name must have been previously defined.
firewall { not-required | required }

Clears all subscriber information for the specified subscribers:

not-required: Subscribers for whom firewall processing is not-required.

required: Subscribers for whom firewall processing is required.
firewall-policy fw_policy_name

This keyword is obsolete.
fng-service service_name

Clears subscriber sessions connected to the FNG service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
ggsn-service name

Clears all PDP contexts accessing a specific GGSN service.

ggsn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
gsm-traffic-class { background | conversational | interactive { priority } | streaming }
Subscribers whose traffic matches the specified 3GPP traffic class.

- background: 3GPP QoS background class.
- conversational: 3GPP QoS conversational class.
- interactive: 3GPP QoS interactive class. Must be followed by a traffic priority. priority can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 3.
- streaming: 3GPP QoS streaming class.

gtp-version

Displays the specific GTP version number. Must be followed by one of the supported GTP versions (0 or 1).

The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active-charging-service, apn, asngw-service, asnpc-service, asn-peer-address, bearer-establishment, callid, card-num, coaa-only, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, cscf-service, dhcp-server, fa, fa-service, firewall, ggsn-service, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, gtp-version, ha, ha-ipsec-service, ha-service, idle-time, ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address, ip-alloc-method, ip-pool, ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr, lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mip-udp-tunnel-only, mipv6ha-service, msid, msisdn, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdg-service, pdif-service,, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rulebase, rx-data, session-time-left, sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data, username, grep, more
ha address

Disconnects all subscribers connected to the home agent specified by ha_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
ha-ipsec-only

Disconnects all MIP HA sessions with IPsec tunnels.
ha-service name

Disconnects all subscribers connected to the home agent specified by ha_name. The home agent name must have been previously defined.
hsgw-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) service configured on this system. name must be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscribers whose idle time matches the specified length of time.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ims-auth-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this IMS Authorization Service configured on this system. name must be an existing IMS Authorization Service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
imsi id

Disconnects the subscriber with the specified id. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID is a 50-bit field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
ip-alloc-method {aaa-assigned | dhcp [ relay-agent | proxy-client ] | dynamic-pool | l2tp-lns-assigned | mip-ha-assigned | ms-provided-static | not-ms-provided-static | static pool }
Displays the specific IP Allocation Method. Must be followed by one of the IP Allocation Methods:

- aaa-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by AAA.
- dhcp: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by DHCP.
- relay-agent: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP Relay Agent
- proxy-client: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP Proxy Client
- dynamic-pool: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a dynamic IP address pool.
- l2tp-lns-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol Network Server.
- mip-ha-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Mobile IP Home Agent.
- ms-provided-static: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were provided by the Mobile Station.
- not-ms-provided-static: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were not provided by the Mobile Station.
- static-pool: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a static IP address pool.

ip-address address

Disconnects all subscribers connected to the specified ip_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
ip-pool name

Disconnects all subscribers assigned addresses from the IP address pool pool_name. pool_name must be the name of an existing IP pool or IP pool group.
ipv6-address address

Clears all subscribers connected to the specified IPv6 address.
ipv6-prefix prefix

Clears subscribers from a specific IPv6 address prefix.
lac address

Disconnects all calls to the peer LAC (L2TP access concentrator) specified by address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
lac-service name

Disconnects all calls for this LAC service. name is a string of 1 to 63 characters.
lma-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this LMA service configured on this system. name must be an existing LMA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
lns address

Disconnects calls to the peer LNS (L2TP network server) specified by address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
lns-service name

Disconnects calls associated with the LNS service named name. name is a string of 1 to 63 characters.
long-duration-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscriber sessions whose time left for the maximum duration of their session matches the length of time specified.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
mag-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this Mobile Access Gateway (MAG) service configured on this system. name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
mip-udp-tunnel-only

This option clears the subscribers that negotiated MIP-UDP tunneling with the HA.

This option is only valid when MIP NAT Traversal license is enabled.
mme-address ipv4_addr

Disconnects subscribers using this peer Mobility Management Entity (MME). ipv4_addr must be an existing peer MME IPv4 address and be specified in dotted decimal notation.
mme-only

Disconnects all MME subscriber sessions on the system.
mme-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this MME service configured on this system. name must be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
msid id

Disconnects the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.

In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this filter will clear subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.

clear subscribers msid 111110123456789 or

clear subscribers msid 0123456789

will clear any subscriber with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 0123456789.
msisdn msisdn

Clears information for the mobile user identified by Mobile Subscriber ISDN Number (MSISDN). msisdn must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address | nat-realm nat_realm ] }

Clears all subscriber information for the specified subscribers:

not-required: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is not required.

required: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is required.

IMPORTANT:

The nat-ip keyword is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.

nat-ip nat_ip_address: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address specifies the NAT IP address and must be a standard IPv4 address.

nat-realm nat_realm: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the specified NAT realm. nat_realm specifies the NAT realm name and must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
network-requested

Disconnect subscriber sessions that were initiated by the GGSN network requested create PDP context procedure.
network-type { gre | ipv4 | ipv6 | ipip | l2tp | mobile-ip | proxy-mobile-ip }
Disconnects subscriber sessions based on the network type. The following network types can be selected:

- gre : Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) per RFC 2784
- ipv4 : Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4)
- ipv6 : Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)
- ipip : IP-in-IP encapsulation per RFC 2003
- l2tp: Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol encryption per RFC 2661
- mobile-ip : Mobile IP
- proxy-mobile-ip : Proxy Mobile IP

pcf [ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address [ [ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address ]
Displays information for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a specific or range of IP address ipv4_ddress. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

- <: Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- >: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- less-than:Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.

Note: It is possible to define a limited range of IP addresses by using the less-than and greater-than options to define minimum and maximum values.
pdsn-service name

Disconnect all subscribers connected to the packet data service pdsn_name. The packet data service must have been previously configured.
pdg-service service_name

Disconnects subscriber sessions that are using the PDG service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pdif-service service_name

Clears counters for subscribers accessing the Packet Data Interworking Function (PDIF) service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pgw-only { all | imsi id ebi id | pgw-service name | sgw-address ipv4_addr }

all: Disconnects all subscribers for all P-GW services on this system.

imsi id ebi id: Disconnects subscribers based on their International Mobile Subscriber Identification (IMSI). id must be the 3 digit MCC (Mobile Country Code), follow by the 2 or 3 digits of the MNC (Mobile Network Code) and the MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification Number). id should not exceed 15 digits.

Example: 123-45-678910234 must be entered as 12345678910234

The EBI (EPS Bearer Identity) id must be a valid EBI and be an integer value from 5 to 15.

pgw-service name: Disconnects all subscribers using this P-GW service. name must be an existing P-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

sgw-address ipv4_addr: Disconnects all subscribers using this S-GW IP address. ipv4_addr must be an existing IPv4 address and be specified in dotted-decimal notation.
plmn-type { home | roaming |visiting }

For GGSN, disconnect subscribers whose subscriber type matches the specified type.
qci { number }

Disconnects subscribers based on their QCI identity. number must be an integer value from 0 to 9.
rx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscribers who have received the specified number of bytes of data.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
s5-proto { gtp | pmip }

Disconnects subscribers based on their S5 interface protocol type.

gtp: Indicates that the GTP protocol is used on the S5 interface for the subscribers being disconnected.

pmip: Indicates that the PMIP protocol is used on the S5 interface for the subscribers being disconnected.
session-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

The amount of time left for the subscriber session.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
sgsn-address address

Clears all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by a specific SGSN.

address is the IP address of the SGSN expressed in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-service name

Clears all PDP contexts associated with SGSN. This keyword can be used with filtering keywords that are part of the clear subscriber command set.

Using this keyword can trigger a network-initiated service request (paging) procedure.

name is the identity of a specific SGSN-service configuration. The name consists of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
sgw-only

Disconnects all S-GW subscriber sessions on the system.
sgw-service name

Disconnects subscribers using this Serving Gateway (S-GW) service configured on this system. name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
tx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Disconnects subscribers who have transmitted the specified number of bytes of data.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is cleared.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.

value: If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is cleared. If value is not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
username name

Disconnect the subscriber with the specified username

name is the username of the subscriber to be cleared. name must be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example; ‘$’.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is the standard level which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Clear subscribers sessions to aid in troubleshooting the system when no additional subscribers may connect or when a specific service or remote address may be having connection problems. This command may also be useful when preparing for maintenance activities such that connects may be cleared to perform any necessary procedures.
Example:

The following examples illustrate the basic command usage as well as the redirection of the command output. Not all options are exemplified as all options follow the same basic constructs.
The following are basic subscriber clearing examples.

    clear subscribers username user1

    clear subscribers ha sampleService

    clear subscribers ip-pool poolName verbose

The following command disconnects users connected to the foreign agent with IP address 1.2.3.4.

    clear subscribers
    fa 1.2.3.4

The following redirects the output of the command to the more command for paging of the output to allow easier viewing of all output by the user. This example highlights the use of the verbose option as well.

    clear subscribers
    all verbose | more

clear super-charger

Deletes the subscriber’s backed-up subscription data.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Administrator, Security Administrator
Syntax

    clear super-charger { imsi | all }

imsi

Defines a specific subscriber’s international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) number.

imsi - up to 15 digits. This number includes the MCC (mobile country code), the MNC (mobile network code) and the MSIN (mobile station identification number),
all

Instructs the SGSN to delete subscription data for all super charger subscribers.
Usage:

Use this command to clear (delete) the subscription data records for one or all subscribers with super charger subscription configuration
Example:
The following command deletes the backed up records for the subscriber identified by the IMSI 90121882144672.

    clear super-charger
    imsi 90121882144672

cli

This command specifies command line interface (CLI) session behavior
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, inspector
Syntax

    cli { history | stop-on-first-error }no cli { history | stop-on-first-error }

no

Disables the specified keyword functionality.
history

Default: Enabled

Enables command line history for the current command line session.
stop-on-first-error

Default: Disabled

When this is enabled, when a configuration file is loaded, on the first syntax error the system stops loading the configuration file.
Usage:

This command controls CLI settings pertaining to the maintenance of a per-session command history and syntax error monitoring during configuration file loading.

By default, the system maintains a list of commands executed during each CLI session. This list is referred to as a history.

In addition, the system can be configured to stop loading a configuration if a syntax error is detected. By default, the system identifies the error but continues to process the configuration file.
Example:
The following command disables the keeping of a CLI history for the current session:

    no cli history

clock set

Sets the system time.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    clock set
    date_time

date_time

Specifies the date and time to set the system clock. Specified as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month in the range 01 through 12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range 01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit hour in the range 00 through 23, mm is a 2-digit minute in the range 00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit second in the range 00 through 59.
Usage:

Set the clock to adjust the system clock for such things as timing drift, day-light savings adjustment, etc. New settings are immediately applied to all CPUs in the system.

IMPORTANT:

This command should only be used if there is no NTP server enabled for any context. If NTP is running on the system, this command returns a failure.
Example:
The following commands set the system clock where one sets the exact second as well.

    clock set 2003:08:23:02:30clock set 2003:08:23:02:30:30

configure

Sets the mode to the global configure mode. May also be used to set the mode to the configure mode and pre-load the configuration referred to by the options.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    configure [ url [ verbose ] ]

url
Specifies the location of a configuration file to pre-load. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]// [ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
verbose

Displays each the line number and actual line content from the configuration as it is processed.
Usage:

If no URL is specified, executing this command causes the CLI to enter the Global Configuration Mode.

If a URL is specified, executing this command loads the specified configuration file.
Example:
The following simply changes the mode to the command line interface global configuration mode.

    configure

The following command loads a configuration file from the node sampleNode given the path specified and a local file, respectively.

    configure ftp://sampleNode/pub/glob.cfg

    configure /pcmcia1/pub/glob.cfg verbose

context

Sets the current context to the context specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    context
    name

name

Specifies the context of interest. Must be a previously defined context.
Usage:

Change the current context when it is desired to configure and/or manage a specific context.
Example:
The following sets the current context to the sampleContext context.

    context sampleContext

copy

Copies files from one location to another. Allows files to be copied to/from locally as well as from one remote location to another.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    copy
    from_url
    to_url [ passive ] [ -noconfirm ]

from_url
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
to_url
Specifies the destination of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ] /file_name
  - tftp:// { host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ] / / [ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
passive

Indicates the file copy is to use the passive mode.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

Use of the -noconfirm option allows the over writing of an existing file if the destination file already exists.
Usage:

Copy configuration files, log files, etc.,to provide backups of data through the network.
Example:
The following copies files from the local /flash/pub directory to remote node remoteABC’s /pcmcia2/pub directory with and without confirmation respectively.

    copy http://remoteABC/pub/june.cfg /flash/pub/june.cfgcopy tftp://remoteABC/pub/june.cfg /pcmcia2/pub/june.cfg
    -noconfirm

The following copies files from remote node remoteABC to remote node remote123.

    copy ftp://remoteABC/pub/may.cfg
    ftp://remote123/pub/may.cfg

crash copy

Copies individual crash files (one-at-a-time) and optionally the core dump file from the stored crash records on the chassis to a user-specified location.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    crash copy number
    number
    url
    to_url
    [ core ]

number number

The identification number of the crash record. number must be an integer representing a valid record number selected from a range of 1 to 120. To determine the numeric identity of a specific crash file, use the show crash list command in Exec mode.
url to_url
Specifies the destination of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ] /
  - tftp:// { host [ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /

- ST40:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ /directory ] /
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory: the name of the target directory.

username: the username to be authenticated to provide access to targeted server.

password: the username’s password to be authenticated.

host: the IP address or host name of the targeted server.

port#: the number of the target server’s logical port used for the selected communication protocol.

IMPORTANT:

Do not specify a target filename as this will prevent the file from writing to the target server. The system generates and provides a timestamp-based filename that appears at the destination when the copy command completes.
core

Including this keyword as part of the command instructs the system to copy the core dump to the targeted storage server. The core cannot be copied alone; it must be part of a crash copy action included when copying a crash file.
Usage:

Copy crash files of core dump to another location for backup or analysis.
Example:
The following uses ftp to copy stored record number 5 and the core dump from the crash record list to a targeted remote node directory called crasharchive through port 22 of the targeted server remoteABC with access through user homeboy whose password is secret.7.word.

    crash copy number
    5 url ftp://homeboy:secret.7.word@ remoteABC:22/crasharchive/ core

crypto-group

Allows the manual switchover of redundant IPSec tunnels belonging to a specific crypto group.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    crypto-group name
    group_name
    activate { primary | secondary }

group_name

group_name is the name of the crypto group to which the tunnels to be switched are associated.
activate { primary | secondary }
Allows you to specify which tunnel to activate (i.e. is to facilitate user traffic):

- primary : Switch traffic to the primary tunnel in the group.
- secondary : Switch traffic to the secondary tunnel in the group.

Usage:

This command is used in conjunction with the Redundant IPSec Tunnel Fail-over feature.

Use this command to manually switch traffic to a specific tunnel in a crypto group if the automatic switchover options have been disabled. Refer to the switchover command in the Crypto Group configuration mode for more information.
Example:
The following command manually switches user traffic to the secondary tunnel in the crypto group called group1:

    crypto-group group1 activate secondary

debug

The following commands send information to the logging facility for review:
debug ip

Enables/disables the debug options for IP debugging. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug ip { arp | interface | route }no debug ip { arp | interface | route }

no

Indicates the IP debugging is to be disabled for the IP interfaces/function specified.
arp | interface name | route

Specifies which IP interfaces/function to debug.

arp: indicates debug is to be enabled for the address resolution protocol.

interface: indicates debug is to be enabled for the IP interfaces.

route: indicates debug is to be enabled for the route selection and updates.
Usage:

The debug IP command is valuable when troubleshooting network problems between nodes. The debugging is stopped by using the no keyword.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command could negatively impact system performance depending on system configuration and/or loading.
Example:
The following commands enable/disable debugging for ARP.

    debug ip arpno debug ip arp

The following enables disables debugging for IP interfaces.

    debug ip interface

    no debug ip interface

The following enables/disables debugging for routing.

    debug ip routeno debug ip route

debug ip bgp

This command enables BGP debug flags. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    bgp {all | event | filters | fsm | keepalives | updates { inbound | outbound } }no debug
    ip
    bgp { all | event | filters | fsm | keepalives | updates { inbound | outbound } }

no

Disable the specified BGP debug flags.
all

Enable all BGP debug flags.
event

Enable debugging of all BGP protocol events.
filters

Enable debugging of all BGP filters.
fsm

Enable debugging of BGP Finite State Machine
keepalives

Enable debugging of all BGP keepalives.
updates {inbound | outbound}

Enable debugging of BGP updates.

inbound: Debug all BGP inbound updates.

outbound: Debug all BGP outbound updates.
Usage:

Use this command to enable or disable BGP debug flags.
Example:
The following command disables all BGP debug flags enabled by any of the debug ip bgp commands:

    no debug ip bgp all

The following command enables all BGP debug flags:

    debug ip bgp all

debug ip ospf all

This command enables all OSPF debug flags. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf allno debug
    ip
    ospf all

no

Disable all OSPF debug flags.
Usage:

Use this command to enable or disable all OSPF debug flags.
Example:
The following command disables all OPSF debug flags enabled by any of the debug ip ospf commands:

    no debug ip ospf all

The following command enables all OSPF debug flags:

    debug ip ospf all

debug ip ospf event

This command enables debugging of OSPF protocol events. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system. If no keywords are specified, all events are enabled for debugging.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf
    event [ abr | asbr | vl | lsa | os | router ]no debug
    ip
    ospf
    event [ abr | asbr | vl | lsa | os | router ]

no

Disable debugging the specified OSPF event. If no keywords are specified, all events are disabled.
abr

Specifies debugging of ABR events.
asbr

Specifies debugging of ASBR events.
vl

Specifies debugging of VL events.
lsa

Specifies debugging of link state advertisement (LSA) events.
os

Specifies debugging of OS events.
router

Specifies debugging of router events.
Usage:

Use this command to output debug information for OSPF events.
Example:
To enable all event debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf event

To disable all event debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf event

debug ip ospf ism

This command enables OSPF Interface State Machine (ISM) troubleshooting, based on ISM information type. If no keywords are specified all ISM information types are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip spf
    ism [ events | status | timers ]no debug
    ip
    ospf
    ism [ events | status | timers ]

no

Disable debugging the specified ISM information. If no keywords are specified, all information is disabled.
events

Enable debugging ISM event information.
status

Enable debugging ISM status information.
timers

Enable debugging ISM timer information.
Usage:

Use this command to output ISM debug information.
Example:
To enable all ISM debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf ism

To disable all ISM debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf ism

debug ip ospf lsa

This command enables troubleshooting on OSPF Link State Advertisements (LSAs), based on the specific LSA option. If no keywords are specified, all options are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf
    lsa [ flooding | generate | install | refresh | maxage | refresh ]no debug
    ip
    ospf
    lsa [ flooding | generate | install | refresh | maxage | refresh ]

no

Disables the specified LSA debug information. If no keyword is specified, all LSA debug information is disabled.
flooding

Enable LSA flooding information.
generate

Enable LSA generation information.
install

Enable LSA install information.
maxage

Enable LSA maxage information in seconds. The maxage is equal to 3600 seconds.
refresh

Enable LSA refresh information.
Usage:

Use this command to output debug information for LSAs.
Example:
To enable all LSA debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf lsa

To disable all LSA debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf lsa

debug ip ospf nsm

This command enables troubleshooting OSPF Neighbor State Machines (NSMs), based on the specific NSM information type. If no keyword is specified, all NSM information types are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf
    nsm [ status | events | timers ]no
    debug
    ip
    ospf
    nsm [ status | events | timers ]

no

Disables the debugging the specified NSM information type. If no keyword is specified, all information types are disabled.
events

Enables debugging NSM event information.
status

Enables debugging NSM status information.
timers

Enables debugging NSM timer information.
Usage:

Use this command to output debug information for OSPF NSMs
Example:
To enable all NSM debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf nsm

To disable all NSM debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf nsm

debug ip ospf packet

This command enables troubleshooting of specific OSPF packet information. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf
    packet { all | dd | hello | ls-ack | ls-request | ls-update } [ send | recv ] [ detail ]no
    debug
    ip
    ospf
    packet { all | dd | hello | ls-ack | ls-request | ls-update } [ send | recv ] [ detail ]

no

Disable debugging of the specified packet information.
all

Enable debugging all OSPF packet information.
dd

Enable debugging database descriptions.
hello

Enable debugging hello packets.
ls-ack

Enable debugging link state acknowledgements.
ls-request

Enable debugging link state requests.
ls-update

Enable debugging link state updates.
send

Enable debugging only on sent packets.
recv

Enable debugging only on received packets.
detail

Enable detailed information in the debug output.
Usage:

Use this command to output specific OSPF packet information.
Example:
To enable all packet debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf packet all

To disable all route debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf packet all

debug ip ospf route

This command sets the route calculation method to use in debugging OSPF routes. If no route calculation method is specified, all methods are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug
    ip
    ospf
    route [ ase | ia | install | spf ]no
    debug
    ip
    ospf
    route [ ase | ia | install | spf ]

no

Disables debugging of route information. If no keyword is specified all information types are disabled.
ase

Enables debugging information on external route calculations.
ia

Enables debugging information on Inter-Area route calculations.
install

Enables debugging information on route installation.
spf

Enables debugging information on SPF route calculations.
Usage:

Use this command to output debug information for OSPF routes.
Example:
To enable all route debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf route

To disable all route debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf route

debug ip ospf router

This command sets the debug option for OSPF router information. If no keyword is specified, all router information is enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    debug ip ospf router [ interface | redistribute ]no debug ip ospf router [ interface | redistribute ]

no

Disables the specified router debug information. If no keyword is specified, all router information is disabled.
interface

Enables router interface information.
redistribute

Enables router redistribute information.
Usage:

Use this command to output debug information for the OSPF router.
Example:
To enable all router debug information, enter the following command;

    debug ip ospf router

To disable all router debug information, enter the following command;

    no debug ip ospf router

default terminal

Restores the system default value for the terminal options.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    default terminal { length | width }

length | width

length: reset the terminal length to the system default.

width: restores the system default terminal width.
Usage:

Restore the default terminal settings when the current paging and display wraps inappropriately or pages to soon.
Example:
The following sets the default length then width in two commands.

    default terminal length

    default terminal width

delete

Removes the specified file(s) permanently from the local.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    delete
    filepath [ -noconfirm ]

filepath

Specifies the location of the file to delete. The path must be formatted according to the following format:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

Use of the -noconfirm option should be done with extra care to ensure the file is specified accurately as there is no method of recovering a file that has been deleted.
Usage:

Deleting files is a maintenance activity which may be part of periodic routine procedures to reduce system space utilization.
Example:
The following removes files from the local /flash/pub directory.

    delete /flash/pub/june03.cfg

dhcp force

Tests the lease-renewal for DHCP-assigned IP addresses for a particular subscriber.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    dhcp force lease-renewal { callid
    id | imsi
    imsi  [ nsapi
    nsapi ] | msid
    msid }

callid id

Clears the call specified by call_id. The call ID must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi msid

Disconnects the subscriber with the specified msid. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID is a 50-bit field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
nsapi nsapi

A specific Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI).

nsapi is an integer value from 5 to 15.
msid id

Disconnects the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
Usage:

Use this command tests a forced IP address lease renewal for a specific subscriber.
Example:
The following command tests DHCP lease renewal for a subscriber with an MSID of 1234567:

    dhcp force lease-renewal msid 1234567

dhcp test

Tests DHCP functions for a particular DHCP service.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    dhcp test dhcp-service
    svc_name [ all | server
    ip_address ]

dhcp-service svc_name

The name of the DHCP service. It can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
all

Tests DHCP functionality for all servers.
server ip_address

Tests DHCP functionality for the server.

ip_address is the IP address of the DHCP server in dotted-decimal notation.
Usage:

Once DHCP functionality is configured on the system, this command can be used to verify that it is configured properly and that it can successfully communicate with the DHCP server.

Executing this command causes the system to request and allocate an IP address and then release it.

If a specific DHCP server is not specified, then each server configured in the service is tested.
Example:
The following command tests the systems ability to get an IP address from all servers a DHCP service called DHCP-Gi is configured to communicate with:

    dhcp test dhcp-service DHCP-Gi all

The following displays a sample of this command’s output showing a successful DHCP test.

    DHCP test status for
    service <DHCP-Gi>:  Server address: 192.168.16.2
                Status: Tested    Lease address: 192.168.16.144
              Lease Duration: 600 secs.

diameter disable endpoint

This command disables a diameter peer without removing the peer’s configuration.
Product:

PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    diameter disable endpoint endpoint_name peer peer_id

endpoint endpoint_name

Specifies the endpoint in which the peer is configured.

endpoint_name must be the endpoint name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id

Specifies the peer to be disabled.

peer_id must be the diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to administratively disable a diameter peer without removing the peer configuration. This command will tear down all connections on the specified peer (by sending a DPR if the configuration demands the same at peer level configuration). The peer will remain in disabled state until it is enabled again. Also see the diameter enable endpoint command.
Example:
This command disables the diameter peer peer12:

    diameter disable endpoint endpoint1 peer peer12

diameter enable endpoint

This command enables a diameter peer that is disabled.
Product:

PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    diameter enable endpoint endpoint_name peer peer_id

endpoint endpoint_name

Specifies the endpoint in which the peer is configured.

endpoint_name must be the endpoint name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id

Specifies the peer to be enabled.

peer_id must be the diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to administratively enable a diameter peer. Also see the diameter disable endpoint command.
Example:
This command enables the diameter peer peer12:

    diameter enable endpoint endpoint1 peer peer12

diameter reset connection

This command resets individual TCP/SCTP connections.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    diameter reset connection { endpoint endpoint_name  peer peer_id }

endpoint endpoint_name

Resets connection to the specified endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the endpoint name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id

Resets connection to the specified peer.

peer_id must be the Diameter peer host name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to reset the TCP/SCTP connections for the specified endpoint/peer. With this command, the connection will be closed temporarily after DPR/DPA. If there is any traffic to be sent to the particular peer, then the connection will be re-established.

This command overrides the endpoint configured in any other configuration mode.

This command is applicable only when the specified peer is enabled.
Example:
This command resets connection to the specified endpoint:

    diameter reset connection
    endpoint <endpoint_name>

diameter reset route failure

This command resets the failed route status of Diameter destination-host combination via peer to AVAILABLE status.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    diameter reset route
    failure [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ host host_name ] [ peer peer_id ]

endpoint endpoint_name

Resets paths to the specified endpoint.

endpoint_name must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
host host_name

Resets the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via peer for every Diameter client within the chassis having a specific host name to AVAILABLE.

host_name must be the Diameter host name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id

Resets the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via a peer having specific peer-Id for every Diameter client within the chassis to AVAILABLE.

peer_id must be the Diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to reset the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via peer for every Diameter client within the chassis to AVAILABLE status.

This command also resets the failure counts used to determine the AVAILABLE/FAILED status of destination-host combination.

When executed from local context, this command matches all contexts. If an optional keyword is not supplied, a wildcard is used for the value.

The status of every matching combination of destination-host via peer for every matching Diameter client within the chassis will be reset to AVAILABLE. The failure counts that are used to determine AVAILABLE/FAILED status will also be reset.

Also see the route-entry and route-failure CLI commands in the Diameter Endpoint Configuration Mode.

Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command resets the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via peer for every Diameter client within the chassis for specified endpoint name to AVAILABLE.

    diameter reset route
    failure endpoint endpoint_name

directory

Lists the files in a specified location.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    directory
    filepath [ -size ] [ -reverse ] [ -time ]

filepath

Specifies the directory path to list the contained files. The path must be formatted according to the following format:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ] /file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
-size

Indicates the size of each file should be displayed in the output.
-reverse

Indicates the order of files listed should be in descending order (z-aZ-A9-0). Default is to sort in ascending order (0-9A-Za-z).
-time

Indicates the last modification timestamp of each file should be displayed in the output.
Usage:

Lists such things as log and crash files from multiple nodes within the network.

The optional arguments may be specified individually or in any combination.
Example:
The following command will list the files in the local /flash/pub directory sorted in reverse order.

    directory /flash/pub
    -reverse

disable

Prevents the system from making requests of a selected RADIUS server.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    disable radius [ accounting | charging [ accounting ] ]
    server address [ port num ] [ group name ]

accounting | charging | charging accounting

Specifies the type of RADIUS server to disable.
server address

Identifies the RADIUS server by IP address.

address is specified using the standard IPv4 or IPv6 dotted decimal notation.
port num

Default: 1812 (authentication) 1813 (accounting)

Specifies the port number of the RADIUS server being disabled.

num must be the configured port number of the RADIUS server being disabled and be 0 to 65535 numeric characters in length.
group name

Default: default

Specifies the RADIUS group to which the server belongs. Use this option in the event that the RADIUS server belongs to multiple groups and you only want to disable the server within the specific group.

name must be the name of a configured RADIUS Server group and be 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to gracefully stop the system from making requests of a specific RADIUS server.
Example:
The following command disables a RADIUS accounting server with an IP address of 1.2.3.4, the default accounting server port number, and that resides in the “Group5” server group:

    disable radius accounting
    server 1.2.3.4 group Group5

dns-client

This command performs DNS query on the basis of specified DNS client name, DNS query domain name, and type of query criteria.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    dns-client dns_client_name [ query-type
     { A | AAAA | NAPTR | SRV }] query-name query_domain_name

dns-client dns_client_name

Defines the name of the DNS client whose cache and/or statistics are to be queried. dns_client_name is an existing DNS client and must be from alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 64 characters.
query-type { A | NAPTR | SRV } ]

Default: A
This keyword specifies that the type of query to perform for the defined DNS client is to be displayed.

- A: Filters DNS results based on domain IPv4 address records (A records). This is the defualt query type.
- AAAA: Filters DNS results based on domain IPv6 address records (AAAA records)..
- NAPTR: Filters DNS results based on Naming Authority Pointer records (NAPTR).
- SRV: Filters DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).

query-name query_domain_name

This keyword filters the DNS results based on the query domain name.

query_domain_name must be from 1 to 255 characters in length. query_domain_name is the domain name used to perform the DNS query and is different from the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to resolve the SIP server for service.com, the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and the query type is SRV.
Usage:

Use this command to perform DNS query on the basis of DNS Client name and filters the query results based on query type and query name. This command also populates the result into DNS Cache. This command used the current context to DNS request.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for a DNS client named test_dns with query type for IP address as A and query name as domain1.com:

    dns-client test_dns query-type A query-name domain1.com

enable

Allows the system to start making requests of a selected RADIUS server.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    enable radius [ accounting | charging | [ accounting ] ]
    server address [ port num ] [ group name ]

accounting | charging | charging accounting

Specifies the type of RADIUS server to enable.
server address

Identifies the RADIUS server by IP address.

address is specified using the standard IPv4 or IPv6 dotted decimal notation.
port num

Default: 1812 (authentication) 1813 (accounting)

Specifies the port number of the RADIUS server being enabled.

num must be the configured port number of the RADIUS server being enabled and must be 0 to 65535 numeric characters in length.
group name

Default: default

Specifies the RADIUS group to which the server belongs. Use this option in the event that the RADIUS server belongs to multiple groups and you only want to disable the server within the specific group.

name must be the name of a configured RADIUS Server group and be 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to allow the system to start making requests of a specific RADIUS server.
Example:
The following command enables a RADIUS accounting server with an IP address of 1.2.3.4, the default accounting server port number, and that resides in the “Group5” server group:

    enable radius accounting
    server 1.2.3.4 group Group5

exit

Exits the current CLI session.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    exit

Usage:

Use this command to close the current CLI session.
filesystem format

Used to format the PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash on the SPC/SMC.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax
ST16:

    filesystem format { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ otherspc ]

ST40:

    filesystem format { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ othersmc ]

{/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2} or { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }

Format the file system on the specified device.

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.
[ otherspc ] or [ othersmc ]

Format the file system on the standby SPC or on the standby SMC.
Usage:

Clear all directories and files from the PCMCIA card(s) and/or the Compact Flash and re-establish the file system.
Example:
The following command formats the PCMCIA card located in slot 1 on the SPC:

    filesystem format /pcmcia1

filesystem repair

Used to repair the file system on a PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash on the SPC/SMC.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax
ST16:

    filesystem repair {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [checkonly]  [ otherspc ]

ST40:

    filesystem repair {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [checkonly]  [ othersmc ]

{/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } or {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }

Repair the file system on the specified device.

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.
[ checkonly ]

Check, but do not repair, the file system.
[ otherspc ] or [ othersmc ]

Repair the file system on the standby SPC or on the standby SMC.
Usage:

Repair the file system on a PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash.
Example:
The following command repairs the file system on the PCMCIA card located in slot 1 on the SPC:

    filesystem format /pcmcia1

gtpc test echo

Tests the ability of a GGSN service to exchange GTP-C echo request messages with the specified SGSN(s).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    gtpc test echo src-address
    gn_address { all |
    sgsn-address ip_address
    }

src-address gn_address

Specifies the IP address of a Gn interface configured on the system.

gn_address must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.

IMPORTANT:

The IP address of the system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN service prior to executing this command.
all

Specifies that GTP-C echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address

Specifies that GTP-C echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.

ip_address is the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command tests the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol control plane (GTP-C) packets with the specified SGSNs which can be useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.

This command must be executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.

Refer also to the gtpu test command.
Example:
The following command issues GTP-C echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.157.32 to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.157.2:

    gtpc test echo src-address 192.168.157.32 sgsn-address 192.168.157.2

The following displays a sample of this command’s output.

    GTPC test echo--------------SGSN: 192.168.157.2
      Tx/Rx:  1/1  RTT(ms): 1    (COMPLETE) Recovery:
    202 (0xCA)

gtpp interim now

Check points current GTPP accounting messages and identifies which types of interim CDRs are to be generated and sent to the external charging/storage servers (e.g., a CFG or a GSS). The impact of this command is immediate.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    gtpp interim now [
    active-charging egcdr
    |
    apn
    apn_name
    | callid
    call_id
    |
    cdr-types { gcdr | mcdr | scdr } |
    dhcp-server
    ip_address
    |
    gprs-service
    svc_name
    | ggsn-service
    svc_name
    | imsi
    imsi
    [ ip-address
    sub_address
    [ username
    name
    ] now | nsapi
    nsapi
    [ ip-address
    sub-address
    [ username
    name
    ] | username
    name
    ] ] | ip-address
    sub_address
    [ username
    name
    ]
    | ip-pool
    pool_name
    |
    mcc
    mcc_number
    mnc
    mnc_number
    |
    msisdn
    msisdn_num
    |
    sgsn-address
    ip_address
    |
    sgsn-service
    svc_name
    |
    username
    name
    ]
    +

active-charging

This feature is specific to the GGSN and is documented separately. See .
apn apn_name

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts accessing the specified APN.

apn_name can be from 1 to 62, case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.
callid call_id

Identifies a specific call.

call_id must be followed by an 8-digit HEX number.
cdr-types { mcdr | scdr }

Specifies the CDR types to be generated by the SGSN:

This keyword is specific to the SGSN.

gcdr - Instructs the GGSN to only generate G-CDRs.

mcdr - Instructs the SGSN to only generate M-CDRs

scdr - Instructs the SGSN to only generate S-CDRs.
dhcp-server ip_address

Identifies the DHCP server where the IP address (defined with the ip address keyword) was allocated. Must be followed by the IP address of the DHCP server.

ip_address: Must be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-address ip_address

This keyword is specific to the GGSN.

Specifies the IP address of the interface to the GGSN.

ip_address: Must be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-service svc_name

This keyword is specific to the GGSN.

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the specified GGSN service.

svc_name can be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.
gprs-service svc_name

This keyword is specific to the SGSN.

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the specified GPRS service.

This keyword is specific to the SGSN.

svc_name can be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.. Must be an already defined GPRS service name.
imsi imsi [ ip-address sub_address [ username name ] | nsapi nsapi [ ip-address sub-address [ username name ] | username name ] ]
Initiates GTPP interim accounting for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) number. The request could be further filtered using any of the following keywords:

- ip-address: Interim accounting will be performed for the address specified by sub_address. The command can be further filtered by specifying a specific username ( name ) with that address.
- nsapi: Interim accounting will be performed for a specific Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI). nsapi is an integer value from 5 to 15. The command can be further filtered by specifying a specific ip address (sub_address) and/or a username ( name ) with that address, or just a specific username.

ip-address sub_address [ username name ]

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for the address specified.

sub_address is the IP address of the subscriber and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.

The command can be further filtered by specifying username with that address.

name is the subscriber’s name and can be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example; ‘$’.
ip-pool pool_name

This keyword is applicable to the GGSN only.

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts that were allocated IP addresses from the specified pool.

pool_name can be from 1 to 31 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
mcc mcc_number mnc mnc_number

mcc_number Specifies the mobile country code (MCC) portion of the PLMN’s identifier and can be configured to any 3-digit integer value between 100 and 999.

mnc_number Specifies the mobile network code (MNC) portion of the PLMN’s identifier and can be configured to any 2 or 3 digit integer value between 00 and 999.
msisdn msisdn_num

This keyword configures the SGSN to include the Mobile Subscribers Integrated Services Digital Network identifier in generated CDRs (M-CDRs and/or the S-CDRs).

This keyword is applicable for SGSN only.

msisdn_number - Must be followed by a valid MSISDN number, consisting of of 1 to 15 digits.
sgsn-address ip_address

This keyword is specific to the GGSN.

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the specified SGSN.

ip_address is the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-service svc_name

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the specified SGSN service.

This keyword is specific to the SGSN.

svc_name can be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.. Must be an already defined SGSN service name.
username name

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts for the subscriber specified.

name is the subscriber’s name and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
+

More than one of the above keywords can be entered within a single command.
Usage:

This command causes GTPP accounting CDRs to immediately be generated for all active sessions that are in the current context. If executed within the local context, CDRs will be generated for all active sessions regardless of context.

The sending of the CDRs is paced so as not to overload the accounting server.
Example:
The following command causes CDRs to immediately be generated:

    gtpp interim now

gtpp interim now active-charging egcdr

Check points current GTPP accounting messages for active charging immediately.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    gtpp interim now active-charging
    egcdr [ callid call_id | imsi imsi | msid msid | rulebase rbase_name | session-id sess_id | username name ]

callid call_id

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for a session with the specific call ID. call_id must be an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
imsi imsi

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) number. imsi must be a sequence of hexadecimal digits and wildcard characters - $ matches a single character and * matches multiple characters
msid msid

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for a specific Mobile Station Identifier (MSID) number. msid must be a sequence of up to 24 digits and wildcard characters - $ matches a single character and * matches multiple characters
rulebase rbase_name

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for sessions that use the named active charging rulebase. rbase_name must be an alpha and/or numeric string of from 1 through 24 characters.
session-id sess_id

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for a specific active charging session. sess_id must be the name of a current active charging session.
username name

Initiates GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts for the subscriber specified.

name is the subscriber’s name and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

This command causes GTPP accounting eG-CDRs to immediately be generated for active charging sessions that meet the specified criteria.

The sending of the CDRs is paced so as not to overload the accounting server.
Example:
The following command causes eG-CDRs to immediately be generated for active charging sessions using the rulebase named rulbase1:

    gtpp interim now active-charging
    egcdr rulebase rulebase1

gtpp storage-server commit

Causes the GTPP storage server to save all buffered packets to the hard drive.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    gtpp storage-server
    commit now

Usage:

Upon execution, this command is relayed by the system to the GTPP Storage Server (GSS) causing the GSS to save all buffered packets to the hard drive. It also causes the GSS to delete all CDRs that have been acknowledged by the CGF. The deleted CDRs are saved in a separate file.

Note that this command must be executed from within the context in which the GSS is configured.

Refer to the gtpp storage-server command in the Context Configuration Mode for more information.
gtpp test

Tests the system’s ability to communicate with configured CGF(s).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Operator, Config-Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    gtpp test [ accounting { all | cgf-servercgf_address } ] | [ storage-server [ address ip-addr port
    udp-port ] ]

all

Tests all CGFs configured within the given context.
cgf-server cgf_address

Tests a specific CGF configured within the given context.

ip_address is the IP address of the CGF expressed in dotted decimal notation.
storage-server [address ip-address port udp-port]

Test the connectivity and provide round trip time for the echo request sent to GTPP Storage-Server configured in the requested context.

ip_address is the IP address of the GSS expressed in dotted decimal notation and udp-port is the port defined for GTPP Storage Server.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of and test the system’s ability to communicate with one or all configured GSS/CGFs for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.

When executed, this command causes the system to send GTPP echo packets to the specified GSS/CGF(s). The command’s response will display whether the GSS/CGF is active or unreachable.
Example:
The following command tests communication with a CGF having an IP address of 192.168.1.5:

    gtpp test accounting
    cgf-server 192.168.1.5

The following command tests communication with a GSS configured in requested context

    gtpp test storage-server

The following command verify communication with a GSS, having IP address 192.156.12.10 and port 50000, without configuring it in a context

    gtpp test storage-server
    address 192.156.12.10 port 50000

gtpu test echo

Tests the ability of a GGSN service to exchange GTP-U echo request messages with the specified SGSN(s).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Operator, Config-Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    gtpu test echo src-address gn_address { all |
    sgsn-address ip_address }

src-address gn_address

Specifies the IP address of a Gn interface configured on the system.

gn_address must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.

IMPORTANT:

The IP address of the system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN service prior to executing this command.
all

Specifies that GTP-U echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address

Specifies that GTP-U echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.

ip_address is the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command tests the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol user plane (GTP-U) packets with the specified SGSNs which can be useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.

This command must be executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.

Refer also to the gtpc test command.
Example:
The following command issues GTP-U echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.157.43 to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.1.52:

    gtpu test echo src-address 192.168.157.43 sgsn-address 192.168.157.2

The following displays a sample of this command’s output.

    GTPU test echo--------------SGSN: 192.168.157.2
      Tx/Rx:  1/1  RTT(ms): 24   (COMPLETE)

gtpv0 test echo

Tests the ability of a GGSN service to exchange GTPv0 echo request messages with the specified SGSN(s).
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    gtpv0 test echo src-address gn_address { all |
    sgsn-address ip_address }

src-address gn_address

Specifies the IP address of a Gn interface configured on the system.

gn_address must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.

IMPORTANT:

The IP address of the system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN service prior to executing this command.
all

Specifies that GTPv0 echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address

Specifies that GTPv0 echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.

ip_address is the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command tests the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol version 0 (GTPv0) packets with the specified SGSNs which can be useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.

This command must be executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.

Refer also to the gtpc test and gtpu test commands.
Example:
The following command issues GTPv0 echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.1.33 to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.1.42:

    gtpv0 test echo src-address 192.168.1.33 sgsn-address 192.168.1.42

The following displays a sample of this command’s output.

    GTPv0 test echo--------------SGSN: 192.168.157.2
      Tx/Rx:  1/1  RTT(ms): 14   (COMPLETE) Recovery: 210
    (0xD2)

hd raid

Performs the RAID management operations on the ST40 hard drive.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    hd raid { check | { create { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { overwrite { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { select { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ]  [ -noconfirm ] } | { insert { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ]  [ -noconfirm ] } | { remove { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ]  [ -noconfirm ] } }

check

Starts a background check on RAID disks unless the RAID is running in degraded mode.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
create local1 | remote1

Overwrites the specified disk to create a new RAID that could run in degraded mode.on the specified drive:

local1: specifies the RAID is to be established on the primary SMC. remote1: specifies the RAID is to be established on the backup SMC.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
overwrite local1 | remote1

Overwrites the specified disk and adds it to the current running RAID to construct a fully mirrored array.

local1: specifies the primary SMC is to be added to the current RAID. remote1: specifies the backup SMC is to be added to the current RAID.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
select local1 | remote1

Selects the specified disk to assemble a RAID when two unrelated RAID disks are present in the system. The resulting RAID runs in degraded mode.

local1: specifies the primary SMC is to assemble the RAID. remote1: specifies the backup SMC is to assemble the RAID.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
insert local1 | remote1

Inserts the specified disk to the running RAID causing it to recover from degraded mode.

local1: specifies the primary SMC is to be inserted into the RAID. remote1: specifies the backup SMC is to be inserted into the RAID.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
remove local1 | remote1

Removes the specified disk from the running RAID causing it to run in degraded mode or to fail.

local1: specifies the primary SMC is to be removed from the RAID. remote1: specifies the backup SMC is to be removed from the RAID.

-noconfirm: instructs system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
Usage:

All commands need confirmation unless the -noconfirm is included in the command. If the result will bring down a running RAID, you have to force the command using -force.
RAID commands are needed to intervene in the following situations:

- the hard disk controller task can not determine the correct operation,
- administrator action is required by policy
- the administrator wants to wipe out an unused disk.

In an automated system, the policies created with this CLI address the possibility of a manually partitioned disk, a disk resulting from a different version of software, a partially constructed disk, or the case of two unrelated disks in the system.

To reduce administrator intervention, a set of policies can be configured to set the default action using the commands in the HD RAID configuration mode. These hd raid commands are described in the HD RAID Configuration Mode chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Example:
The following instructs the system to setup a RAID on the primary SMC hard drive.

    hd raid create local1 -force

host

Used to resolve the IP address or logical host name information via DNS query.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    host { host_name | host_ip_address }

host_name | host_ip_address

Specifies host for which IP information is to be displayed.

host_name: specifies the logical host name for which the IP address is to be displayed (via DNS lookup).

host_ip_address: specifies the IP address for which the associated logical host name(s) are to be displayed (via reverse DNS lookup).
Usage:

Verify DNS information which affects connections and packet routing.
Example:
The following will resolve the host information for remoteABC and 1.2.3.4.

    host remoteABChost 1.2.3.4

interface sent gratuitous-arp

Use this command to configure the system to allow the manual generation of G-ARPs in case of a failure during inter-node online upgrade. If the chassis is not active, an error message displays.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, or Inspector with li-administrator permissions
Syntax

    interface name send gratuitous-arp ip-address

Usage:

This command generates a G-ARP for the IP-ADDR specified and sends it out for the interface.
Example:
The following generate a G-ARP for IP address 192.168.100.10.

    interface interface_1 send gratuitous-arp 192.168.100.10

lawful-intercept

This command provisions/de-provisions the lawful interception of data for the specified subscriber session.
Product:

PDSN, HA, LNS, GGSN, PDIF, SGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, or Administrator, Operator, or Inspector with li-administrator permissions
Syntax

    lawful-intercept { { [ imei imei_value ] [ imsi imsi_value ]  [ ip-addr intercept_ip_addr ] [ msid ms_id ] [ msisdn msisdn_value ] [ username subscriber_name ] + } [ active-only ] [ allow-multiple-match ] [ calltype call_type ] [ intercept-id li_id ] [ li-context ctxt_name
    ] { content-delivery { none | udp-unack-format-1
    dest-addr df_ip_address dest-port df_port_no } event-delivery { none | udp-unack-format-1 | udp-ack-format-1
    dest-addr df_ip_address dest-port df_port_no } } }no lawful-intercept [ all ] { [ imei imei_value ] [ imsi imsi_value ] [ ip-addr intercept_ip_addr ] [ msid ms_id ] [ msisdn msisdn_value ] [ username subscriber_name ] + }  [ calltype call_type ]

no

De-provisions a previously configured lawful-intercept.
all

De-provisions all previously configured lawful-intercept warrant information. This Keyword is used to clear all warrant information in a single command no lawful-intercept all.
imei imei_value

Specifies the unique International Mobile Equipment Identifier (IMEI) which identifies the targeted device being used for a subscriber session to be intercepted.

imei_value: consists of 1 to 16 digits.
imsi imsi_value

Specifies the international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session to be intercepted.

imsi_value is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ip-addr intercept_ip_addr

Specifies the IP address assigned for the subscriber session or to the mobile station to be targeted for interception.

intercept_ip_addr must be an IPv4 address, specified using dotted decimal notation.

Use of this keyword is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
msid ms_id

Specifies the mobile station identification (MSID) number, assigned by the home service provider, to be intercepted.

ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
msisdn msisdn_value

Specifies the unique mobile subscriber ISDN (telephone) number.

msisdn_value: consists of 1 to 15 digits.
username subscriber_name

Specifies the previously configured NAI username of the subscriber to be intercepted.

subscriber_name is an alphanumeric string of 1 to 127 characters.

Use of this keyword is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
+

Indicates that multiple keywords can be specified in a single command entry. When the “+” appears in the syntax, any of the keywords that appear prior to the “+” can be entered in any order.

This functionality is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
active-only

Dictates that the interception applies only to calls currently in progress and not those that have not started.

Use of this keyword is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
allow-multiple-match

When used, interception is provided for up to 10 subscribers matching the specified criteria. This feature is disabled by default.

Use of this keyword is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning.
calltype call_type
The type of call for the specified subscriber session. call_type must be one of the following:

- ggsn
- pdif
- pdsn
- sgsn
- wimax
- ha
- lns

Not that specifying call type is not mandatory while provisioning on SGSN and GGSN targets for any type of event and content delivery format.
content-delivery

Specifies the format in which the intercepted data content data content comprised of GTPU messages CC information is to be delivered to the DF.
event-delivery

Specifies the format in which intercepted control messages control messages (such as attach/detach or RAU messages) IRI event messages are to be delivered to the DF.
intercept-id li_id

This is an arbitrary identification number, assigned by the provisioner, to identify this intercept definition.

li_id must be an integer from 1 to 4294967295.
li-context ctxt_name

Identifies the destination context for intercepted packets. This keyword is mandatory if provisioning is done in a different context.

ctxt_name must be an alpha/numeric string of 1 to 79 characters that specifies the name of an existing context.
none

Indicates that the intercepted data, specified as either delivery-type (content or event), is not to be sent to the DF.

Entering none automatically activates the active-only provisioning method.
udp-unack-format-1

Dictates that the specified information type (content or event) is to be delivered using the udp-unack-format-1 which does not support acknowledgement messages for delivered information.
udp-ack-format-1

Dictates that the event information type is to be delivered using the udp-ack-format-1 which supports acknowledgement messages for delivered information.
dest-addr df_ip_address

The IP address of the DF to which the system sends intercepted data. df_ip_address must be expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
dest-port df_port_no

The port of the DF to which the system sends intercepted data. df_port_no can be any integer value from 1 to 65535.
Usage:

Use this command to initiate a lawful Intercept of data for a subscriber. This command is not available to system accounts that do not have li-administrator privileges.

IMPORTANT:

You must log in to the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to the System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
To lawfully intercept data from a subscriber session with an MSID of 0000100048, assign an intercept ID of 102, set the destination address to 192.168.100.10 and the destination port to 100, enter the following command:

    lawful-intercept msid 0000100048 intercept-id 102 content-delivery udp-unack-format-1
    dest-addr 192.168.100.10 dest-port 100 event-delivery none

logging active

Enables/disables logging for active internal log files.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    logging active [ copy runtime filters ] [ event-verbosity
    event_level] [ pdu-data
    format ] [ pdu-verbosity
    pdu_level ]no logging active

no

Indicates the internal logging is to be disabled.
copy runtime filters

When this command is issued, it makes a copy of the runtime filters and makes that copy the filters for the current logging session.
event-verbosity event_level
Specifies the level of verboseness to use in logging of events as one of:

- min - displays minimal information about the event. Information includes event name, facility, event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays detailed information about the event, but does not provide the event source within the system.
- full - displays detailed information about event, including source information, identifying where within the system the event was generated.

pdu-data format
Specifies output format for packet data units when logged as one of:

- none - output is in raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being displayed in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output being displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.

pdu-verbosity pdu_level

Specifies the level of verboseness to use in logging of packet data units as a value from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
Usage:

Adjust the active logging levels when excessive log file sizes are being generated or, conversely, not enough information is being sent to the active log files for adequate troubleshooting support. The no keyword is used to disable internal logging.

IMPORTANT:

A maximum of 50,000 events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.

IMPORTANT:

Once a log has reached the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new log entries are created.
Example:
The following sets the active logging for events to the maximum.

    logging active event-verbosity full

The following command sets the active logging for packet data units to level 3 and sets the output format to the main-frame style hex-ascii.

    logging active pdu-data hex-ascii pdu-verbosity 3

The following disables internal logging.

    no logging active

logging filter

Sets the logging filtering options for all or individual facilities.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    logging filter active facility
    facility
    level
    severity_level  [ critical-info | no-critical-info ]

active

Indicates only active processes are to have logging options set.
facility facility
Specifies the facility to modify the filtering of logged information for as one of:

- a10: A10 interface facility
- a11: A11 interface facility
- a11mgr: A11 Manager facility
- aaa-client: AAA client facility
- aaamgr: AAA manager logging facility
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy facility
- acl-log: Access Control List logging facility
- acsctrl: Active Charging Service (ACS) Controller facility
- acsmgr: Active Charging Service (ACS) Manager facility
- alarmctrl: Alarm Controller facility
- all: All facilities
- asf: Voice Application Server Framework logging facility
- asfprt: ASF Protocol Task (SIP) logging facility
- asngwmgr: ASN Gateway Manager facility
- asnlrmgr: ASN Paging/Location-Registry Manager facility
- bgp: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) facility
- cli: CLI logging facility
- cscf: IMS/MMD CSCF
- cscfmgr: SIP CSCF Manager facility
- csp: Card Slot Port controller facility
- css: Content Service Selection (CSS) facility
- css-sig: Content Service Selection (CSS) RADIUS Signaling facility
- dcardctrl: IPSEC Daughtercard Controller logging facility (not used at this time)
- dcardmgr: IPSEC Daughtercard Manager logging facility (Not used at this time)
- dhcp: DHCP facility (GGSN product only)
- dhost: Distributed Host logging facility
- diameter: Diameter endpoint logging facility
- diameter-acct: Diameter Accounting
- diameter-auth: Diameter Authentication
- diameter-ecs: ECS Diameter signaling facility
- diameter-svc: Diameter Service
- diamproxy: DiamProxy logging facility
- dpath: IPSEC Data Path facility
- drvctrl: Driver Controller facility
- egtpc: eGTP-C logging facility
- egtpmgr: eGTP manager logging facility
- egtpu: eGTP-U logging facility
- evlog: Event log facility
- famgr: Foreign Agent manager logging facility
- firewall: Firewall logging facility
- gss-gcdr: GTPP Storage Server GCDR facility
- gtpc: GTP-C protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpcmgr: GTP-C protocol Manager logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpp: GTP-PRIME protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpu: GTP-U protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- h248prt: H.248 Protocol logging facility
- hamgr: Home Agent manager logging facility
- hat: High Availability Task (HAT) process facility
- ims-authorizatn: IMS Authorization Service facility
- ip-arp: IP Address Resolution Protocol facility
- ip-interface: IP interface facility
- ip-route: IP route facility
- ipsec: IP Security logging facility
- ipsgmgr: IP Services Gateway facility
- ipsp: IP Pool Sharing Protocol logging facility
- l2tp-control: L2TP control logging facility
- l2tp-data: L2TP data logging facility
- l2tpdemux: L2TP Demux Manager logging facility
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager logging facility
- li: Lawful intercept facility (Logs are visible only to system accounts with li-administrator privileges.)
- magmgr: Mobile Access Gateway manager logging facility
- mme-app: Mobility Management Entity Application logging facility
- mmedemux: Mobility Management Entity Demux Manager logging facility
- mme-hss: Mobility Management Entity logging facility
- mme-misc: Mobility Management Entity Miscellaneous logging facility
- mobile-ip: Mobile IP processes
- mobile-ip-data: Mobile IP data facility
- mobile-ipv6: Mobile IPv6 logging facility
- multicast-proxy: Multicast Proxy logging facility
- nas: Network Access Signaling logging facility
- netwstrg: Network Storage facility
- npuctrl: Network Processor Unit Control facility
- npumgr: Network Processor Unit Manager facility
- nsctrl: Charging Service Controller facility (supported in conjunction with ECSv1)
- nsmgr: Charging Service Manager facility
- nsproc: Charging Service process facility
- orbs: Object Request Broker System logging facility
- ospf: OSPF logging facility
- pdg: PDG logging facility
- pgw: PDN Gateway logging facility
- ppp: PPP link and packet facilities
- radius-acct: RADIUS accounting logging facility
- radius-auth: RADIUS authentication logging facility
- radius-coa: RADIUS change of authorization and radius disconnect
- rct: Recovery Control Task logging facility
- rdt: Redirect Task logging facility
- resmgr: Resource Manager logging facility
- rip: RIP logging facility (RIP is not supported at this time.)
- rohc: RObust Header Compression facility
- rsvp: Reservation Protocol logging facility
- sct: Shared Configuration Task logging facility
- sessctrl: Session Controller logging facility
- sessmgr: Session Manager logging facility
- sft: Switch Fabric Task logging facility
- sgw: Serving Gateway logging facility
- sipcdprt: Sip Call Distributor facility
- sitmain: System Initialization Task main logging facility
- snmp: SNMP logging facility
- srdb: Static Rating Database
- srp: Service Redundancy Protocol (SRP) logging facility
- ssh-ipsec: SSH IP Security logging facility stat: Statistics logging facility
- stat: Statistics logging facility
- system: System logging facility
- tacacsplus: TACACS+ Protocol logging facility
- threshold: threshold logging facility
- ttg: TTG logging facility
- udr: User detail record facility (used with the Charging Service)
- user-data: User data logging facility
- user-l3tunnel: User layer-3 tunnel logging facility
- vpn: Virtual Private Network logging facility
- wimax-data: WiMAX DATA
- wimax-r6: WiMAX R6

level severity_level
Specifies the level of information to be logged from the following list which is ordered from highest to lowest:

- critical - display critical events
- error - display error events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all events

critical-info | no-critical-info

Default: critical-info enabled.

critical-info: specifies that events with a category attribute of critical information are to be displayed. Examples of these types of events can be seen at bootup when system processes and tasks are being initiated.

no-critical-info: specifies that events with a category attribute of critical information are not to be displayed.
Usage:

Apply filters for logged data to collect only that data which is of interest.

IMPORTANT:

A maximum of 50,000 events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.

IMPORTANT:

Once a log has reached the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new log entries are created.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command could negatively impact system performance depending on the amount of system activity at the time of execution and/or the type of facility(ies) being logged.
Example:

The following are selected examples used to illustrate the various options. Not all facilities will be explicitly shown as each follows the same syntax for options.
The following sets the level to log only warning information for all facilities.

    logging filter active
    facility all level warning

The following enables the logging of critical information for the SNMP facility while setting the level to error.

    logging filter active
    facility snmp level error critical-info

logging trace

Enables/disables the logging of trace information for specific calls, mobiles, or network addresses.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    logging trace { callid
    call_id | ipaddr
    ip_address | msid
    ms_id | username
    user_name }no logging trace { callid
    call_id | ipaddr
    ip_address |  msid
    ms_id | username
    user_name }

no

Indicates the logging of trace information is to be disabled.
callid call_id | ipaddr ip_address | msid ms_id | username user_name

callid call_id: specifies the exact call instance ID which is to have trace data logged. call_id is specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

ipaddr ip_address: specifies the IP address for which trace information is to be logged. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

msid ms_id: specifies the mobile subscriber ID for which trace information is to be logged. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.

username user_name: specifies a user who is to have trace information logged. user_name must refer to a previously configured user.
Usage:

A trace log is useful in troubleshooting subscriber problems as well as for system verification by using a test subscriber. The no keyword is used to stop the logging of trace information.

IMPORTANT:

A maximum of 50,000 events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.

IMPORTANT:

Once a log has reached the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new log entries are created.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command could negatively impact system performance depending on the number of subscribers connected and the amount of data being passed.
Example:
The following commands enables/disables trace information for user user1.

    logging trace username user1no logging trace username user1

The following commands will enable/disable trace information logging for the user assigned IP address 1.2.3.4.

    logging trace ipaddr 1.2.3.4no logging trace ipaddr 1.2.3.4

The following enables/disables logging of trace information for call ID FE80AA12.

    logging trace callid fe80aa12no logging trace callid fe80aa12

logs checkpoint

Performs check pointing operations on log data. Check pointing identifies logged data as previously viewed or marked. Check pointing results in log information since the last check point being displayed only, i.e., check pointed log data is not available for viewing.

Individual logs may have up to 50,000 events in the active log. Check pointing the logs will then result in at most 50,000 events being in the inactive log files. This gives a maximum of 100,000 events in total which are available for each facility logged.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    logs checkpoint

Usage:

Check point log data to a set the log contents to a well know point prior to special activities taking place. This command may also be a part of periodic regular maintenance to manage log data.

The check pointing of logs moves the current log data to the inactive logs. Only the most recently check pointed data is retained in the inactive logs. A subsequent check pointing of the logs will result in the prior check pointed inactive log data being cleared and replaced with the newly check pointed data.

The check pointing of log data moves the active log data to be retained as the inactive log data. This results in the active log data, if displayed, having no data earlier than the point in time when the check pointing occurred.

IMPORTANT:

Check pointing of logs should be done periodically to avoid the logs becoming full. Logs which have 50,000 events logged will discard the oldest events first when new events are to be logged.
Example:

    logs checkpoint

mkdir

Creates a new directory in the local file system or in remote locations as specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    mkdir
    filepath

filepath

Specifies the directory path to create. The path must be formatted as follows:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
Usage:

Create new directories as part of periodic maintenance activities to better organize stored files.
Example:
The following creates the directory /flash/pub in the local flash storage.

    mkdir /flash/pub

monitor protocol

Enters the system’s protocol monitoring utility.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    monitor protocol

Usage:

Useful for troubleshooting, this command provides a tool for monitoring protocol transactions between the system and other network nodes including the mobile station(s).
The following protocols can be monitored:

- SNMP
- RADIUS Authentication
- RADIUS Accounting
- A11 (protocol and Manager facility for the R-P interface, PDSN only)
- Mobile IPv4
- A11 Manager
- PPP
- A10 (PDSN only)
- User Layer 3 protocols
- L2TP (protocol, data, and Manager facility)
- GTPC (protocol and Manager facility; for GGSN only)
- GTPU (for GGSN only)
- GTPP (for GGSN only)
- DHCP (for GGSN only)
- GCDR (for GGSN only)
- RADIUS CoA
- MIP Tunnel
- Layer 3 Tunnel Protocols
- CSS Data
- CSS Signaling
- SIP
- IPSEC IKE Only
- EC Diameter (Diameter enhanced charging)
- IPSec IKEv2 (Internet Key Exchange and Data Header)
- IPSG Radius Signal
- ROHC (Robust Header Compression) (PDSN Only)
- WiMax R6
- WiMAX Data
- ASNGWMGR
- ASNPCMGR
- STUN
- SRP
- BCMCS
- RSVP
- Mobile IPv6
- DHCPv6
- CSS GCDR
- SCTP
- TCAP
- MAP
- RANAP
- GMM
- GPRS-NS
- BSSGP
- SSCOP
- SSCFNNI
- MTP3
- LLC
- SNDCP
- BSSAP+
- SMS
- ICAP
- Geographic Redundancy (Session Redundancy Protocol)
- DNS Client
- S1-AP
- NAS

Once the desired protocols have been selected, the utility monitors and displays every relative protocol message transaction.

Protocol monitoring is performed on a context-by-context-basis. Therefore, the messages displayed are only those that are transmitted/received within the system context from which the utility was executed.

CAUTION:

Protocol monitoring can be intrusive to subscriber sessions and could impact system performance. Therefore, it should only be used as a troubleshooting tool.
Example:
The following command opens the protocol monitoring utility:

    monitor protocol

The following displays a sample of this command's output with verbosity level 2 for GTPC:

    *** Verbosity
    Level (  2) ***INBOUND>>>>>  04:39:58:808
    Eventid:47000(3)GTPC
    Rx PDU, from 192.168.35.3:2123 to 192.168.35.1:2123 (190)TEID: 0x00000000, Message
    type: GTP_CREATE_PDP_CONTEXT_REQ_MSG (0x10)INFORMATION ELEMENTS
    FOLLOW:
                         IMSI: 40427000000001ROUTING AREA IDENTITY
    (RAI) FOLLOWS:
                          MCC: 333
       MNC: 444
                          LAC:0
       RAC:0ROUTING
    AREA IDENTITY (RAI) ENDS:                   Recovery:
    0x01 (1)
               Selection Mode: 0x1 (MS provided APN, subscription not verified
    (Sent by MS))
             Tunnel ID Data I: 0x00000400        Tunnel ID Control
    I: 0x00000400
                        NSAPI: 0x05 (5)   Charging Characteristics:
    0x0800 (Normal)
             End User Address: Organisation=IETF, PDP Type=IPv4, Address=10.0.0.1          Access Point
    Name: starent.comPROTOCOL
    CONFIG. OPTIONS FOLLOW:                Protocol
    id: 0xC021 (LCP)
              Protocol length: 0x0E (14)          Protocol contents:
    0103000E05063D38509B0304C023                Protocol
    id: 0xC021 (LCP)
              Protocol length: 0x0E (14)          Protocol contents:
    0203000E05063D38509B0304C023                Protocol
    id: 0xC023 (PAP)
              Protocol length: 0x12 (18)          Protocol contents: 01040012086E626E73757365720461626364PROTOCOL CONFIG. OPTIONS
    END.
              GSN Address I: 0xC0A82303 (192.168.35.3)             GSN Address
    II: 0xC0A82303 (192.168.35.3)
    MSISDN: 9876543210                QOS Profile:
    0x0122720D7396404886074048  USER LOCATION INFORMATION:
    111-22-33333-44444                   IMEI(SV):
    8888888866666622INFORMATION
    ELEMENTS END.

The following displays a sample of this command's output with verbosity level 3 for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP):

    INBOUND>>>>>  23:11:16:593 Eventid:59039(3)SIP PDU Rx from
          : 192.168.32.140:5060           to
          : 192.168.32.120:5060 (868)Message Type
          : RequestMethod
                        : INVITERequest URI
          : tel : 987654321From
          : tel : 123456789To
          : tel : +91987654321;user=phoneCall-Id
          : 21@192.168.32.140Transport Protocol
          : UDPContact
                       : 123456789@192.168.32.140Route Information:
            123@192.168.32.140
            123@192.168.32.141SDP InformationSDP Version
          : 0Orgin
    IP Address           : 192.168.30.150Destination Address
          : 192.168.30.150Media 0Media Type
          : audioProtocol
                      : RTP/AVPPort
          : 46506Media
    Format               : ITU-T G.711 PCMUPacketization period
          : 20 msec<<<<OUTBOUND
     23:11:16:659 Eventid:59040(3)SIP PDU Rx from
          : 192.168.32.120:5060 (868)           to
          : 192.168.32.140:5060Response Message Type
         : 100 TryingFrom
                          : tel : 123456789To
          : tel : +91987654321Call-Id
          : 21@192.168.32.140Transport Protocol
          : UDPNo
    Message Body

monitor subscriber

Enables the system’s subscriber monitoring utility.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    monitor subscriber [ asn-peer-address bs_peer_address  | callid call_id fng-peer-address ipv4_address | imsi imsi_value | ipaddr ip_address  | ipv6addr ipv6_address | ipsg-peer-address ipsg_peer_address | msid ms_id | msisdn msisdn | next-call | pcf pcf_address  | pdif-peer-address pdif_peer_address  | peer-fa peer_fa_address  | peer-lac lac_peer_address | sgsn-address sgsn_address |  type { 1xrtt | asngw | asnpc | closedrp | evdorev0 | evdoreva | interrogating-cscf | ggsn [ Next-Call
    By APN ] | ha | ipsg | lns | mme | pdif | proxy-cscf | rfc3261-proxy | serving-cscf } next-call | type bcmcs { next-call | next-service-request} | username user_name
    | Next-Call
    By APN ]

asn-peer-address bs_peer_address

Specifies the peer ASN Base Station IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
callid call_id

Specifies the call identification number assigned to the subscriber session by the system to be monitored.

call_id is specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
fng-peer-address ipv4_address

The specific FNG WLAN IP address.

ipv4_address must be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
imsi imsi_value

Specifies the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session to be monitored.

imsi_value is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ipaddr ip_address

Specifies the IP address of the subscriber session to be monitored.

ip_address must be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ipv6addr ipv6_address

Specifies the IPv6 address of the subscriber session to be monitored.

ipv6_address must be an IPv6 IP address entered using colon ( : ) separated

notation.
ipsg-peer-address ipsg_peer_address

Specifies the peer IPSG IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id

Specifies the mobile subscriber identification number to be monitored.

ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
msisdn msisdn

Specifies the Mobile Subscriber ISDN number to be monitored.

msisdn must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
next-call

Specifies that the system will monitor the next incoming subscriber session.
pcf pcf_address

Specifies the PCF IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
pdif-peer-address pdif_peer_address

Specifies the peer PDIF IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
peer-fa peer_fa_address

Specifies the peer FA IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
peer-lac lac_peer_address

Specifies the peer LAC IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-address sgsn_address

Specifies the SGSN IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
type { 1xrtt | asngw | asnpc | evdorev0 | evdoreva | | fng |interrogating-cscf | ggsn [ Next-Call By APN ] | ha | ipsg | lns | mme | openrp | | pdif || proxy-cscf | rfc3261-proxy | serving-cscf } next-call
Allows monitoring for specific subscriber types established in the system when next call occurs.

- 1xrtt: Displays logs for cdma2000 1xRTT call session subscriber
- asngw: Displays logs for ASN GW call session subscriber
- asnpc: Displays logs for ASN PC/LR call session subscriber
- evdorev0: Displays logs for cdma2000 EVDO Rev0 call session subscriber
- evdoreva: Displays logs for cdma2000 EVDO RevA call session subscriber
- fng: Displays logs for the FNG session subscriber
- interrogating-cscf: Displays logs for Interrogating CSCF subscriber
- ggsn: Displays logs for UMTS GGSN call session subscriber
- Next-Call By APN: Display logs for next call on APN basis, where APN name can be any of Gi or Gn apn.
- ha: Displays logs for Home Agent call session subscriber
- ipsg: Displays logs for IPSG call session subscriber
- lns: Displays logs for LNS call session subscriber
- mme: Displays logs for MME session subscribers.
- openrp: Displays logs for OpenRP subscriber
- pdif: Displays logs for PDIF call session subscriber
- proxy-cscf: Displays logs for Proxy CSCF subscriber
- rfc3261-proxy-cscf: Displays logs for non-ims-proxy (RFC-3261 proxy) subscriber
- serving-cscf: Displays logs for Serving CSCF subscriber

type bcmcs {next-call | next-service-request}

Specifies the type of BCMCS call for the subscriber.
username user_name

Specifies the username of the subscriber to be monitored.

user_name refers to a previously configured user.
Usage:

The monitor subscriber utility provides a useful tool for monitoring information about and the activity of either a single subscriber or all subscribers with active sessions within a given context.
The following items can be monitored:

- Control events
- Data events
- Event ID information
- Inbound events
- Outbound events
- Protocols (identical to those monitored by R_monitor protocol command)

Once the criteria has been selected, the utility will monitor and display every relative piece of information on the subscriber(s).

IMPORTANT:

Option Y for performing multi-call traces is only supported for use with the GGSN. This option is available when monitoring is performed using the “Next-Call” option. It allows you monitor up to 11 primary PDP contexts for a single subscriber.

Subscriber monitoring is performed on a context-by-context-basis. Therefore, the information displayed will be only that which is collected within the system context from which the utility was executed.

CAUTION:

Subscriber monitoring can be intrusive to subscriber sessions and could impact system performance. Therefore, it should only be used as a troubleshooting tool.
Example:
The following command enables monitoring for user user1.

    monitor subscriber username user1

The following command will enable monitoring for the user assigned IP address 1.2.3.4.

    monitor subscriber ip-address 1.2.3.4

The following enables monitoring for call ID FE80AA12.

    monitor subscriber callid fe80aa12

newcall policy

Configures new call policies for busy-out conditions.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, MME, HA, LNS, P-CSCF, ASN GW, ASN PC/LR
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    newcall policy {asngw-service asnpc-service} {all | name service_name} rejectnewcall policy cscf-service { all | name
    service_name }  { redirect
    target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ipaddress2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ] | reject }newcall policy { fa-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service } { all | name service_name } rejectnewcall policy { ha-service | pdsn-service} { all | name service_name }  { redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ]  [ target_ipaddress2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ] | reject }newcall policy ggsn-service { apn name
    apn_name | all |  name ggsn-service-name } rejectno newcall policy { fa-service | ggsn-service | ha-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service| lns-service } { all | name service_name }newcall policy mme-service {all | name
    service_name } rejectnonewcallpolicy { ha-service | pdsn-service } { all | nameservice_name } redirect target_ip_address [ weightweight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weightweight_num ]no newcall policy ggsn-service { apnnameapn_name | all |  name ggsn-service-name } rejectno newcall policy { asngw-service | asnpc-service }  { all | name service_name }no newcall policy mme-service { all | name service_name}

no

Disables the new call policy for all or specified service of a service type.
newcall policy { asngw-service | asnpc-service } { all | name service_name } reject

Creates a new call policy to reject the calls based on the specified ASN GW or ASN PC/LR service name or all services of this type.

asngw-service: Specifies the type of service as ASN GW for which new call policy is configured.

asnpc-service: Specifies the type of service as ASN PC/LR for which new call policy is configured.

name service_name: Specifies the name of the service for which new call policy is configured. service_name is name of a configured ASN GW or ASN PC/LR service.

reject: Specifies that the policy rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type of service that the policy is applied to, the reason codes are reported as part of the reply to indicate the rejection. For ASN GW and ASN PC/LR service rejection code is 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited).
newcall policy { cscf-service | fa-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service } { all | name service_name } reject

Creates a new call policy that rejects calls based on the specified access point name.
no newcall policy { cscf-service | fa-service | ggsn-service| ha-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service | } { all | name service_name }

Removes a previously configured new call policy for the specified service
no newcall policy { ha-service | pdsn-service } { all | name service_name } redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ]

Deletes up to 16 IP addresses from the redirect policy. The IP addresses must be expressed in IP v4 dotted decimal notation
cscf-service | fa-service | ggsn-service| ha-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service | }
Specifies the type of service for which to configure a new call policy. The following services are supported:

- cscf-service: A Call/Session Control Function service
- fa-service: A Foreign Agent service
- ggsn-service: A Gateway GPRS Support Node service
- ha-service: A Home Agent service
- lns-service: An L2TP Network Server service
- mipv6ha-service: A Mobile IPv6 Home Agent service
- pdsn-service: A Packet Data Serving Node service

{ all | name service_name }
Specifies a filter for the new call policy. Whether the new call policy will be applied to all configured services or a specific one.

- all: Specifies that the new call policy will be applied to all instances of the selected service type.
- name: service_name: Specifies the name of a specific instance of the selected service type. service_name can be between 1 and 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.

redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ]

Configures the busy-out action. When a redirect policy is invoked, the service rejects new sessions and provides the IP address of an alternate destination. This command can be issued multiple times.

address: The IP address of an alternate destination expressed in IP v4 dotted decimal notation. Up to 16 IP addresses can be specified either in one command or by issuing the redirect command multiple times. If you try to add more than 16 IP addresses to the redirect policy the CLI issues an error message. If you specify an IP address and weight that already exists in the redirect policy the new values override the existing values.

weight weight_num: When multiple addresses are specified, they are selected in a weighted round-robin scheme. Entries with higher weights are more likely to be chosen. If a weight is not specified the entry is automatically assigned a weight of 1. weight_num must be an integer from 1 through 10.
Depending on the type of service that the policy is applied to, the following reason codes are reported as part of the reply:

- ha service: 88H (Registration Denied - unknown home agent address)
- pdsn service: 88H (Registration Denied - unknown PDSN address)

IMPORTANT:

The redirect option is not supported for use with FA and GGSN services.
newcall policy mme-service} {all | name service_name} reject

Creates a new call policy to reject the calls based on the specified MME service name or all MME services on the system.

name service_name: Specifies the name of the MME service for which new call policy is configured. service_name is name of a configured MME service.

reject: Specifies that the policy rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type of service that the policy is applied to, the reason codes are reported as part of the reply to indicate the rejection. For MME service rejection code is 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited).
reject
Specifies that the policy rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type of service that the policy is applied to, the following reason codes are reported as part of the reply to indicate the rejection:

- asngw service: 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- fa service: 41H (administratively prohibited)

IMPORTANT:

When the newcall policy is set to reject for the FA service, the Busy Bit is set in the Agent Advertisement. Any further RRQs will be rejected with this code value.

- ggsn service: C7H (Rejected - no resources available)
- ha service: 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- mipv6ha-service: 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- mme service: 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- pdsn service: 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)

Usage:

This command is used to busy-out specific system services prior to planned maintenance or for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command creates a new call policy to re-direct all new calls for all PDSN services to a device having an IP address of 192.168.1.23:

    newcall policy pdsn-service
    all redirect 192.168.1.23

The following command creates a new call policy to reject all new calls for a GGSN service called ggsn1:

    newcall policy ggsn-service
    name ggsn1 reject

The following command creates a new call policy to reject all new calls for an MME service called MME1:

    newcall policy mme-service
    name MME1 reject

password change

Provides a mechanism for local-user administrative users to change their passwords.
Product:

All
Privilege:

All local-user administrative levels except as noted below
Syntax

    password change [ local-user name ]

local-user name

Specifies the name of the local-user administrative user for which to change the password.

name can be from 3 to 16 alpha and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword is only available to local-users with an authorization level of security-administrator.
Usage:

This command provides a mechanism for local-user administrative users to change their passwords. In addition, it also provides a mechanism for security-administrator local-users to change the password for other local-user accounts.

If the local-user keyword is not entered, the system prompts the user for their current password and for the new password. New passwords take effect at the next login. Users that have had their password changed by a security-administrator are prompted to change their passwords at their next login.

New passwords must meet the criteria dictated by the local-user password command options in the Global Configuration Mode.

IMPORTANT:

The system does not allow the changing of passwords unless the time limit specified by the local-user password min-change-interval has been reached.
Example:
The following command, executed by a security-administrator, resets the password for a local-user name operator12:

    password change local-user operator12

ping

Verifies ability to communicate with a remote node in the network by passing data packets between and measuring the response.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector

IMPORTANT:

Inspector privileges are granted for all variables except count. To initiate a ping count, you must have a minimum privilege level of Operator.
Syntax

    ping
    host_ip_address
    [ broadcast ] [ count
    num_packets ]  [ pattern
    packet_pattern ] [ size
    octet_count ]  [ src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address } ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

host_ip_address

Identifies the remote node to which the ability to communicate with is to be verified.

host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
broadcast

Sends ping packets to broadcast addresses.
count num_packets

Default: 5

Specifies the number of packets to send to the remote host for verification. num_packets must be within the range 1 through 10000.
pattern packet_pattern

Default: each octet of the packet is encoded with the octet number of the packet.

Specifies a pattern to use to fill the internet control message protocol packets with. packet_pattern must be specified in hexadecimal format with a value in the range hexadecimal 0x0000 through 0xFFFF. packet_pattern must begin with a ‘0x’ followed by up to 4 hexadecimal digits.
size octet_count

Default: 56

Specifies the number of bytes each IP datagram. octet_count must be a value in the range 40 through 18432.
src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address }

Default: originating system’s IP address

Specifies an IP address to use in the packets as the source node.

src_host_name: specifies the source node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

src_host_ip_address: specifies the source node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is useful in verifying network routing and if a remote node is able to respond at the IP layer.
Example:
The following command is the most basic and will report the results of trying to communication with remote node remoteABC.

    ping remoteABC

The following will verify communication with the remote node 1.2.3.4 using 1000 packets.

    ping 1.2.3.4 count 1000

The following verifies communication with remote node remoteABC while making it appears as though the source is remote node with IP address 1.2.3.4.

    ping remoteABC src 1.2.3.4

IMPORTANT:

It is important to note that the responses from the remote host to the ping packets will be rerouted to the host specified as the source.
ping6

Ping options for IPv6 addresses
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    ping6 { hostname | ipv6
    address } [ count num ] [ flood ]  [ pattern val ] [ size val ] [ src val ] [ interface string ]

hostname

Name of the host to be pinged.
ipv6 address

IPv6 address of host to be pinged.
countnum

Sets the number of ping packets to be sent. num must be an integer between 1 - 10,000.
flood

Configures ping6 to send packets as quickly as possible, or 100 per second, whichever is faster.
pattern val

Specifies hex pattern to fill ICMP packets. val is in the range 0x0 - 0ffff
size val

Size of ICMP datagram in bytes. val is an integer from 40 - 18432. Default is 56.
src val

Specifies the source IP address.
interface string

Specifies the originating source interface name.
Usage:

Ping command for IPv6. Note that the command is just “ping6, and not “pingv6.”
Example:

    Use this command to
    ping the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334ping6 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334

port

Performs a manual switchover to an available redundant/standby line card or SPIO port.

Default: none.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    port switch to slot#/port#

slot#

Identifies the physical chassis slot where the line card or SPIO card is installed.
port#

Identifies the physical port on the line card or SPIO to automatically switch to.
Usage:

This command is used to specify the redundant port on a Line Card (LC). When port redundancy is enabled, if an external network device or cable failure occurs that causes a link down failure on the port, then the redundant port is used.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:

    port switch to 17/1

ppp echo-test

Verifies the point-to-point link by sending link control protocol packets to the targeted users. This command will not
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    ppp echo-test { callid
    call_id | imsi
    imsi_id | ipaddr
    ip_address | msid
    ms_id | username
    user_name } [ num_packets ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

callid call_id

Specifies the exact call instance ID which is to have its PPP link verified. call_id is specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi imsi_id

Specifies the International Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI) which is to have its PPP link verified.
ipaddr ip_address

Specifies the IP address which is to have its PPP link verified. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id

Specifies the mobile subscriber ID which is to have its PPP link verified. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an MIN, or RMI.
username user_name

Specifies a user which is to have its PPP link verified. user_name must refer to a previously configured user.
num_packets

Default 1

Specifies the number of test packets to generate. num_packets must be a value in the range from 1 through 1000000.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use the echo test to verify the point-to-point protocol communications.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command could negatively impact system performance depending on the number of subscribers using the same name and/or if the number of packets used in the test is large.
Example:
The following command tests the PPP link to user user1.

    ppp echo-test username user1

The following command tests the PPP link to the user assigned IP address 1.2.3.4.

    ppp echo-test ipaddr 1.2.3.4

The following tests the PPP link associated with call ID FE80AA12.

    ppp echo-test callid fe80aa12

radius interim

Check points current RADIUS accounting messages immediately
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    radius interim accounting now

Usage:

The interim command may be part of a regiment of periodic activities to maintain the chassis.

This command may also be useful in preparation for system monitoring or troubleshooting to set the list of messages to be displayed at a well known time.
radius test

Verifies the RADIUS servers functions for accounting and authentication.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    radius test { accounting | authentication |  probe
    authentication
    server
    ip_addr
    port
    port_no  [ username
    username
    password
    password ] }  { all |
    [ on ] | off ]
    | radius group
    group_name user_name | server
    server_name
    port
    server_port } user_name password

accounting

Test accounting server functionality.
authentication

Test authentication server functionality.
all | radius group group_name user_name | server server_name port server_port

all: indicates all configured servers are to be tested.

server server_name port server_port: indicates only the server specified as server_name and server_port is to be tested. The server must have been previously configured.

radius group group_name user_name: tests all configured authentication servers in a specific RADIUS group for specific user. Must be followed by the RADIUS group name and user name.

group_name will be a string of size 1 to 63 character and specifies the name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting.
on/off

Allows the user to turn radius test accounting on or off.
user_name

Specifies the RADIUS user who is to be verified. The user must have been previously configured.
password

Specifies the RADIUS user who is to have authentication verified. password is only applicable when the authentication keyword is specified.
Usage:

Test the RADIUS accounting for troubleshooting the system for specific users or to verify all the system RADIUS accounting functions.
Example:
The following verifies all RADIUS servers.

    radius test accounting all

    radius test authentication all

The following verifies the RADIUS accounting and authentication for user user1 for the sampleServer.

    radius test accounting server sampleServer port 5000 user1

    radius test authentication server sampleServer port 5000 user1 dummyPwd

The following commands will verify the RADIUS accounting and authentication for RADIUS server group star1 for the current context:

    radius test accounting server sampleServer port 5000 user1

    radius test authentication server sampleServer port 5000 user1 dummyPwd

    radius test authentication all

The following verifies the RADIUS authentication server group star1 for user user1.

    radius test authentication
    radius group star1 user1

The following displays a sample of the output:

    Authentication from
    authentication server 192.168.65.1, port 1812Authentication Success:
    Access-Accept receivedRound-trip time for
    response was 29.8 ms

The following activates radius test authentication:

radius test accounting on group abc server 134.141.12.1 port 1111.
reload

Invokes a full system reboot.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    reload [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Execute the command without any additional prompts or confirmation from the user.
Usage:

The system performs a hardware reset and reloads the highest priority boot image and configuration file specified in the boot.sys file. Refer to the boot system priority command in the Global Configuration Mode for additional information on configuring boot images, configuration files and priorities.

IMPORTANT:

To avoid the abrupt termination of subscriber sessions, it is recommended that a new call policy be configured and executed prior to invoking the reload command. This sets busy-out conditions for the system and allows active sessions to terminate gracefully. Refer to the newcall command in the Exec Mode for additional information.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command causes the system to become unavailable for session processing until the reboot process is complete.
Example:
The following command performs a hardware reset on the system:

    reload

rename

Changes the name of an existing local file.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    rename
    from_filepath
    to_filepath [ -noconfirm ]

from_filepath

Specifies the path to the file/directory to be renamed. The path must be formatted according to the following format:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
to_filepath

Specifies the new name of file/directory. The path must be formatted according to the following formats:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

Extreme caution should be taken when using the -noconfirm option. The paths to the source and the destination should be verified prior to performing the command.
Usage:

Rename files as part of regular system maintenance in conjunction with the delete command.
Example:
The following renames the directory /pub in the local PCMCIA1 device.

    rename /pcmcia1/pub /pcmcia1/pub_old

reveal disabled commands

Enables the input of commands for features that do not have license keys installed. The output of the command show cli indicates when this is enabled. This command effects the current CLI session only. This is disabled by default.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    reveal disabled commandsno reveal disabled commands

no

Do not show disabled commands.
Usage:

When this is enabled and a disabled command is entered, a message is displayed that informs you that the required feature is not enabled and also lists the name of the feature that you need to support the command.

When this is disabled and a disabled command is entered, the CLI does not acknowledge the existence of the command and displays a message that the keyword is unrecognized.
Example:
Set the CLI to accept disabled commands and display the required feature for the current CLI session with the following command:

    reveal disabled commands

Set the CLI to reject disabled commands and return an error message for the current CLI session:

    no reveal disabled commands

rlogin

Attempts to connect to a remote host.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    rlogin { host_name | host_ip_address } [ user
    user_name ]

host_name | host_ip_address

Identifies the remote node to attempt to connect to.

host_name: specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
user user_name

Specifies a user name to attempt to connect as. user_name must be from to 1023 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Connect to remote network elements using rlogin.

IMPORTANT:

rlogin is not a secure method of connecting to a remote host. ssh should be used whenever possible for security reasons.
Example:
The following connects to remote host remoteABC as user user1.

    rlogin remoteABC user user1

The following connects to remote host 1.2.3.4 without any default user.

    rlogin 1.2.3.4

rmdir

Removes (deletes) a local directory.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    rmdir
    path [ force ]

path

Specifies the directory path to remove. The must be formatted according to the following formats:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name

filename is the actual file of interest
force

Over-rides any warnings to force deletion of the directory and any files contained therein.

IMPORTANT:

Use of the force keyword should be done with care to ensure the directory is specified accurately as there is no method to recover a directory which has been removed.
Usage:

Remove old directories as part of regular maintenance.
Example:
The following removes the local directory /pcmcia1/pub.

    rmdir /pcmcia1/pub

rotate-hd-file

This command rotates the current temp file manually.
Product:

SGW, PGW, HSGW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    rotate-hd-file diameter [ name policy_name ]

[ name policy_name ]

Specifies the hd-storage policy name. policy_name must be and existing HD Storage Policy name and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 0 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to manually rotate the Diameter HD stored files.
Example:
The following command rotates Diameter files in the HD storage drive for files stored using the HD storage policy named CDR1:

    rotate-hd-file diameter
    name CDR1

save configuration

Saves the current contexts configuration to a local or remote location.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    save configuration url [ -redundant ] [ -noconfirm ] [ showsecrets ] [ verbose ]

url

Default: saves to the location of the active configuration currently loaded.

Specifies the location to store the configuration file(s). url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

IMPORTANT:

Configuration files should be named with a .cfg extension.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

IMPORTANT:

hostname can only be used if the networkconfig parameter is configured for DHCP and the DHCP server returns a valid nameserver.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
-bothspcs

IMPORTANT:

This parameter has been replaced by the -redundant keyword.
-redundant

This keyword directs the system to save the CLI configuration file to the local device, defined by the url variable, and then automatically copy that same file to the like device on the standby SPC or SMC, if available.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword will only work for local devices that are located on both the active and standby SPCs/SMCs. For example, if you save the file to the /pcmcia1 device on the active SPC, that same type of device (a PC-Card in Slot 1 of the standby SPC) must be available. Otherwise, a failure message is displayed. If saving the file to an external network (non-local) device, the system disregards this keyword.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword does not synchronize the local file system. If you have added, modified, or deleted other files or directories to or from a local device for the active SPC/SMC, then you must synchronize the local file system on both SPCs/SMCs.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.

IMPORTANT:

Caution should be exercised when using the -noconfirm option as this may cause the accidental over-write of data if the URL refers to an existing file.
showsecrets

This keyword causes the CLI configuration file to be saved with all passwords in plain text, rather than their default encrypted format.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
Usage:

Backup the current configuration as part of periodic maintenance activities in case of emergencies.

IMPORTANT:

The saving of a configuration does not save the boot options as configured via the global configuration mode boot commands.
Example:
The following saves the configuration data to the local file /flash/pub/juneconfig.cfg with no confirmation from the user:

    save configuration /flash/pub/juneconfig.cfg
    -noconfirm

The following saves the configuration data to remote hoist remoteABC as /pub/juneconfig.cfg:

    save configuration tftp://remoteABC/pub/juneconfig.cfg

save logs

Saves the current log file to a local or remote location.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    save logs { url } [ active ] [ inactive ] [ callid
    call_id
    ]  [ event-verbosity
    evt_verboseness
    ] [ facility
    facility
    ]  [ level
    severity_level
    ] [ pdu-data
    pdu_format
    ]  [ pdu-verbosity
    pdu_verboseness
    ] [ since
    from_date_time
     [ until
    to_date_time
    ] ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

url

Specifies the location to store the log file(s). url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

IMPORTANT:

hostname can only be used if the networkconfig parameter is configured for DHCP and the DHCP server returns a valid nameserver.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
active

Indicates output is to display data from active logs.
inactive

Indicates output is to display data from inactive logs.
callid call_id

Specifies a call ID for which log information is to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
event-verbosity evt_verboseness
Specifies the level of verboseness to use in displaying of event data as one of:

- min - displays minimal information about the event. Information includes event name, facility, event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays detailed information about the event, but does not provide the event source within the system.
- full - displays detailed information about event, including source information, identifying where within the system the event was generated.

facility facility
Specifies the facility to modify the filtering of logged information for as one of:

- a10: A10 interface facility
- a11: A11 interface facility
- a11mgr: A11 Manager facility
- aaa-client: AAA client facility
- aaamgr: AAA manager logging facility
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy facility
- acl-log: Access Control List logging facility
- acsctrl: Active Charging Service (ACS) Controller facility
- acsmgr: Active Charging Service (ACS) Manager facility
- alarmctrl: Alarm Controller facility
- all: All facilities
- asf: Voice Application Server Framework logging facility
- asfprt: ASF Protocol Task (SIP) logging facility
- asngwmgr: ASN Gateway Manager facility
- asnpcmgr: ASN Paging/Location-Registry Manager facility
- bgp: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) facility
- cli: CLI logging facility
- cscf: IMS/MMD CSCF
- cscfmgr: SIP CSCF Manager facility
- csp: Card Slot Port controller facility
- css: Content Service Selection (CSS) facility
- css-sig: Content Service Selection (CSS) RADIUS Signaling facility
- dcardctrl: IPSEC Daughtercard Controller logging facility (not used at this time)
- dcardmgr: IPSEC Daughtercard Manager logging facility (Not used at this time)
- dhcp: DHCP facility (GGSN product only)
- dhost: Distributed Host logging facility
- diameter: Diameter endpoint logging facility
- diameter-acct: Diameter Accounting
- diameter-auth: Diameter Authentication
- diameter-ecs: ECS Diameter signaling facility
- diameter-svc: Diameter Service
- diamproxy: DiamProxy logging facility
- dpath: IPSEC Data Path facility
- drvctrl: Driver Controller facility
- evlog: Event log facility
- famgr: Foreign Agent manager logging facility
- firewall: Firewall logging facility
- gss-gcdr: GTPP Storage Server GCDR facility
- gtpc: GTP-C protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpcmgr: GTP-C protocol Manager logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpp: GTP-PRIME protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpu: GTP-U protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- h248prt: H.248 Protocol logging facility
- hamgr: Home Agent manager logging facility
- hat: High Availability Task (HAT) process facility
- ims-authorizatn: IMS Authorization Service facility
- ip-arp: IP Address Resolution Protocol facility
- ip-interface: IP interface facility
- ip-route: IP route facility
- ipsec: IP Security logging facility
- ipsgmgr: IP Services Gateway facility
- ipsp: IP Pool Sharing Protocol logging facility
- l2tp-control: L2TP control logging facility
- l2tp-data: L2TP data logging facility
- l2tpdemux: L2TP Demux Manager logging facility
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager logging facility
- li: Lawful intercept facility (Logs are visible only to system accounts with li-administrator privileges.)
- mme-app: MME application facility
- mme-hss: MME HSS Service facility
- mme-misc: MME miscellaneous logging facility
- mmedemux: MME Demux Manager logging facility
- mmemgr: MME Manager logging facility
- mmgr: SGSN/SS7 Master Manager logging facility
- mobile-ip: Mobile IP processes
- mobile-ip-data: Mobile IP data facility
- multicast-proxy: Multicast Proxy logging facility
- netwstrg: Network Storage facility
- npuctrl: Network Processor Unit Control facility
- npumgr: Network Processor Unit Manager facility
- nsctrl: Charging Service Controller facility (supported in conjunction with ECSv1)
- nsmgr: Charging Service Manager facility
- nsproc: Charging Service process facility
- orbs: Object Request Broker System logging facility
- ospf: OSPF logging facility
- ppp: PPP link and packet facilities
- radius-acct: RADIUS accounting logging facility
- radius-auth: RADIUS authentication logging facility
- radius-coa: RADIUS change of authorization and radius disconnect
- rct: Recovery Control Task logging facility
- rdt: Redirect Task logging facility
- resmgr: Resource Manager logging facility
- rip: RIP logging facility (RIP is not supported at this time.)
- rohc: RObust Header Compression facility
- rsvp: Reservation Protocol logging facility
- sct: Shared Configuration Task logging facility
- sessctrl: Session Controller logging facility
- sessmgr: Session Manager logging facility
- sft: Switch Fabric Task logging facility
- sipcdprt: Sip Call Distributor facility
- sitmain: System Initialization Task main logging facility
- snmp: SNMP logging facility
- srdb: Static Rating Database
- srp: Service Redundancy Protocol (SRP) logging facility
- ssh-ipsec: SSH IP Security logging facility stat: Statistics logging facility
- stat: Statistics logging facility
- system: System logging facility
- tacacsplus: TACACS+ Protocol logging facility
- threshold: threshold logging facility
- udr: User detail record facility (used with the Charging Service)
- user-data: User data logging facility
- user-l3tunnel: User layer-3 tunnel logging facility
- vpn: Virtual Private Network logging facility
- wimax-data: WiMAX DATA
- wimax-r6: WiMAX R6

level severity_level
Specifies the level of information to be logged, severity_level, from the following list which is ordered from highest to lowest:

- critical - display critical events
- error - display error events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all events

pdu-data pdu_format
Specifies output format for the display of packet data units as one of:

- none - output is in raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being displayed in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output being displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.

pdu-verbosity pdu_verboseness

Specifies the level of verboseness to use in displaying of packet data units as a value from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
since from_date_time [ until to_date_time ]

Default: no limit.

since from_date_time: indicates only the log information which has been collected more recently than from_date_time is to be displayed.

until to_date_time: indicates no log information more recent than to_date_time is to be displayed. until defaults to current time when omitted.

from_date_time and to_date_time must be formatted as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month in the range 01 through 12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range 01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit hour in the range 00 through 23, mm is a 2-digit minute in the range 00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit second in the range 00 through 59.

to_date_time must be a time which is more recent than from_date_time.

The use of the until keyword allows for a time range of log information while only using the since keyword will display all information up to the current time.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Backup the current log file as part of periodic maintenance activities.
Example:
The following saves the log to the local file /flash/pub/junelogs.logs with no confirmation from the user:

    save logs /flash/pub/junelogs.logs
    -noconfirm

The following saves the configuration data to remote host remoteABC as /pub/junelogs.logs:

    save logs tftp://remoteABC/pub/junelogs.logs

session trace subscriber

This command enable disables the subscriber session trace functionality based on a specified subscriber device or ID on one or all instance of session on a specified EPS network elements.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    session trace subscriber
    network-element {mme | pgw | sgw}  {imei id} {imsi id} {interface {all | interface}} trace-ref id collection-entity ip_addressno session trace subscriber [network-element {mme | pgw |  sgw}] [trace-ref id]

no

Disables the entire session trace or for a specific network element and/or trace reference.
network-element { mme | pgw | sgw }

Identifies the network element that, in turn, identifies the interfaces where the session trace is to occur. Specific interfaces can be specified using the interface keyword described below.

mme: Specifies that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the MME.

pgw: Specifies that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the P-GW.

sgw: Specifies that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the S-GW.
imei id

Specifies the International Mobile Equipment Identification number of the subscribers UE. id must be the 8 digit TAC (Type Allocation Code) and 6 digit serial number. Only the first 14 digits of the IMEI/IMEISV are used to find the equipment ID.
imsi id

Specifies the International Mobile Subscriber Identification (IMSI). id must be the 3 digit MCC (Mobile Country Code), 2 or 3 digit MNC (Mobile Network Code), and the MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification Number). The total should not exceed 15 digits.
interface { all | interface }

Specifies the interfaces where the session trace application will collect data.

all: Specifies that all interfaces associated with the selected network element
interface: Specifies the interface type where the session trace application will collect trace data. The following interfaces are applicable for the network element type:

- MME:
  - s1mme: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S1-MME interface between the MME and the eNodeB.
  - s3: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S3 interface between the MME and an SGSN.
  - s6a: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S6a interface between the MME and the HSS.
  - s10: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S10 interface between the MME and another MME.
  - s11: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S11 interface between the MME and the S-GW.

- P-GW:
  - gx: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the Gx interface between the P-GW and the PCRF.
  - s2a: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2a interface between the P-GW and the HSGW.
  - s2b: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2b interface between the P-GW and an ePDG.
  - s2c: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2c interface between the P-GW and a trusted, non-3GPP access device.
  - s5: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S5 interface between the P-GW and the S-GW.
  - s6b: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S6b interface between the P-GW and the 3GPP AAA server.
  - s8b: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S8b interface between the P-GW and the S-GW.
  - sgi: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the SGi interface between the P-GW and the PDN.

- S-GW:
  - gxc: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the Gxc interface between the S-GW and the PCRF.
  - s11: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S11 interface between the S-GW and the MME.
  - s4: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S4 interface between the S-GW and an SGSN.
  - s5: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S5 interface between the S-GW and the P-GW.
  - s8b: Specifies that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S8b interface between the S-GW and the P-GW.

trace-ref id

Specifies the trace reference for the trace being initiated. id must be the MCC (3 digits), followed by the MNC (3 digits), then the trace ID number (3 byte octet string).
collection-entity ip_address

Specifies the IP address of the collection entity where session trace data is pushed. ip_address must be a valid IPv4 address and is specified in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Use this command to initiate a session trace for a specified subscriber device or ID on one or all interfaces on a specified network element.

IMPORTANT:

Session trace configuration is performed in the Global Configuration Mode using the session trace command. Refer to the Global Configration Mode Commands chapter in this reference for more information.
Example:
The following command initiates a session trace on a P-GW S5 interface for a subscriber with an IMSI of 322233123456789 and sets the trace reference as 322233987654 and the collection entity IP address as 1.2.3.4:

    session trace subscriber
    network-element pgw imsi 322233123456789 interface s5 trace-ref 322233987654 collection-entity 1.2.3.4

The following command initiates a session trace on an MME S6a interface for a subscriber with an IMSI of 322233123456789 and sets the trace reference as 322233987654 and the collection entity IP address as 1.2.3.4:

    session trace subscriber
    network-element mme imsi 322233123456789 interface s6a trace-ref 322233987654 collection-entity 1.2.3.4

setup

Enters the system setup wizard which guides the user through a series of questions regarding the system basic configuration options such as initial context-level administrative users, host name, etc.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    setup

Usage:

The setup wizard provides a user friendly interface for initial system configuration.

IMPORTANT:

If the configuration script generated by the setup wizard is applied when an existing configuration is in use the options which are common to both are updated and all remaining options are left unchanged.
Example:

    setup

sgsn imsimgr

Enters commands to manage the SGSN IMSIMgr audits.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    sgsn imsimgr { add-record
    imsi sessmgr instance sessmgr# | audit-with sessmgr { all | instance
    sessmgr# } | remove-record imsi }

add-record imsi

Adds a record for an IMSI to the IMSI manager’s audit table and associates a specific Session Manager (SessMgr) with the IMSIMgr for the IMSI audit..

imsi - enter up to 15 digits. An IMSI consists of the 3-digit MCC (mobile country code) + the 2- or 3-digit MNC (mobile network code) + the MSIN (mobile station identification number) for the remaining 10 or 9 digits (depending on the length of the MNC).
sessmgr instance sessmgr#

Identifies a specific Session Manager (SessMgr) to associate with the IMSIMgr for the IMSI audit.

sessmgr# - enter up to 4 digits, 0 to 4095.
audit-with sessmgr { all | instance sessmgr# }

Initiate an IMSI audit with a specific Session Manager (SessMgr) or with all SessMgrs.

sessmgr# - enter up to 4 digits, 0 to 4095.
remove-record

Delete a specific IMSI from the IMSI audit table.

imsi - enter up to 15 digits. An IMSI consists of the 3-digit MCC (mobile country code) + the 2- or 3-digit MNC (mobile network code) + the MSIN (mobile station identification number) for the remaining 10 or 9 digits (depending on the length of the MNC).
Usage:

Use this command to manage the IMSIMgr’s audit functions. Associate one or multiple SessMgrs with the IMSIMgr for the audits.
Example:

    sgsn imsimgr audit-with
    sessmgr instance 245

sgsn offload

This command configures the offloading procedure and actually starts and stops the offloading of subscribers which is part of the SGSN’s Gb flex load redistribution functionality.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    sgsn offload gprs-service srvc_name { activating | connecting } [ nri-value | stop | t3312-timeout seconds]

srvc_name

A unique string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a specific GPRS service.
activating

Instructs the SGSN to offload any subscribers sending an ‘activate request’ message.
connecting

Instructs the SGSN to offload any subscribers sending either an ‘attach request’ or a ‘RAU request’ message.
nri-value nri-value

Instructs the SGSN to check the P-TMSI and use the SGSN matching the configured NRI value to offload subscribers

nri-value:
stop

Instructs the SGSN to stop offloading subscribers from the pool area.
t3312-timeout seconds

Configures the timer for sending period RAUs to the MS. Default is 4 seconds.

seconds: Must be an integer from 2 to 60.
Usage:

Use this command to configured the offloading of subscribers which is a part of the SGSN’s load redistribution operation. This command can be used anytime an SGSN is to be taken out of service.
Example:
The following command instructs the SGSN to notify all MS to detach and reattach.

    sgsn offload gprs-service srvc_name activating nri-value nri_value

show

The following commands provide outputs for a variety of parameters and statistics:
show aaa

Use this command to view AAA statistics for the current context.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show aaa { group { all | name aaa_group } | local
    counters }  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

group { all | name aaa_group }

Displays AAA group configuration parameters.

all: If the exec context is local, all the default AAA groups, and the AAA groups configured in all the contexts are displayed. If the exec context is not local, only the context specific AAA groups are displayed.

name aaa_group: Displays AAA group configuration of the specified group. aaa_group must be the name of an exisitng AAA group, and must be a string of 0 to 64 characters in length.
local counters

Displays information for current context.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to view accounting and authentication statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following command displays AAA statistics for the current context:

    show aaa local counters

The following command displays AAA statistics for the AAA group aaa_group1:

    show aaa group name aaa_group1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging analyzer statistics

This command displays statistic information for protocol analyzers.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    analyzer statistics [ name
    protocol
    [ verbose ] ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

name protocol

Displays detailed information for the specified protocol analyzer.
protocol must be an available analyzer name, and must be one of the following:

- dns
- file-transfer
- ftp
- http
- icmp
- icmpv6
- imap
- ip
- ipv6
- mms
- p2p
- pop3
- rtcp
- rtp
- rtsp
- sdp
- secure-http
- sip
- smtp
- tcp
- udp
- wsp
- wtp

verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is the standard level which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display statistic information for active charging protocol analyzers.
Example:
The following command displays detailed statistic information for all P2P protocol analyzers:

    show active-charging
    analyzer statistics name p2p verbose

The following command displays detailed statistic information for all TCP protocol analyzers:

    show active-charging
    analyzer statistics name tcp verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging bandwidth-policy

This command displays information on bandwidth policies configured in a service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    bandwidth-policy { all | name bandwidth_policy } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all bandwidth policies configured in the service.
name

Displays detailed information for the specified bandwidth policy.

bandwidth_policy must be a bandwidth policy name, and must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information on bandwidth policies configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays detailed information for the bandwidth policy named standard:

    show active-charging
    bandwidth-policy name standard

show active-charging charging-action

This command displays information for charging actions configured in the active charging service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    charging-action { { { all | name action_name } [ service
    name acs_service ] } | statistics [ name action_name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for each configured charging action.
name action_name

Displays detailed information for specific charging action.

action_name must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
statistics

Displays statistical information for all configured charging action.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or specified charging action(s) in the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be the name of an ACS and must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for charging actions configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays a detailed information for all charging actions:

    show active-charging
    charging-action all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging content-filtering category policy-id

This command displays Content Filtering category policy definitions.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not available on StarOS 8.0 and earlier.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    content-filtering category policy-id { all | id policy_id } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays definitions of all Content Filtering category policies.
id policy_id

Displays definitions of a specific Content Filtering category policy.

policy_id must be a CF policy ID, and must be an integer from 1 through 4294967295.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Content-Filtering category definitions for a specific/all Policy IDs.
Example:
The following command displays Content Filtering category definitions for policy ID 3:

    show active-charging
    content-filtering category policy-id id 3

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging content-filtering category statistics

This command displays category-based content filtering statistics.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    content-filtering category statistics [ rulebase { name
    rulebase_name | all } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

rulebase { name rulebase_name | all }

name rulebase_name: Displays category-based content filtering statistics, optionally for a specific or all rulebase.

rulebase_name must be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.

all: Displays category-based content filtering statistics for each configured rulebase in the active charging service separately.
verbose

Specifies that the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is the standard level, which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view category-based content filtering statistics for a specific rulebase, or cumulative statistics for all rulebases in an active charging service.
Example:
The following command displays category-based content filtering statistics for the rulebase named consumer.

    show active-charging
    content-filtering category statistics rulebase name consumer

The following command displays cumulative category-based content filtering statistics for all rulebases in verbose mode:

    show active-charging
    content-filtering category statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging content-filtering server-group

This command displays information for Content Filtering Server Group (CFSG) configured in the service.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    content-filtering server-group [ statistics [ verbose ] ] [ name cfsg_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

name cfsg_name

Displays detailed information for the specified Content Filtering Server Group.

cfsg_name specifies the name of the configured Content Filtering Server Group, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
statistics

Displays statistical information for all configured Content Filtering Server Groups.
verbose

Specifies that the output provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is at the standard level, which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for Content Filtering Server Group configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays information for the CFSG named test12:

    show active-charging
    content-filtering server-group name test12

The following command displays detailed information for all CFSG:

    show active-charging
    content-filtering server-group statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging credit-control

This command displays statistics for Diameter/RADIUS prepaid credit control service in the Active Charging Service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    credit-control { statistics [ all | group group_name ] | session-states [ rulebase rulebase_name ] [ content-id content_id ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

statistics [ all | group group_name ]

Displays prepaid credit control statistics.

all: Displays all available statistics.

group group_name: Displays statistics for the specified credit control group. group_name must be the name of a credit control group, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session-states [ rulebase rulebase_name ] [ content-id content_id ]

Displays prepaid CCA session status based on rulebase and/or content ID.

rulebase rulebase_name: Displays the CCA session state counts for the specified rulebase. rulebase_name must be the name of a rulebase configured for credit control service, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.

content-id content_id: Displays CCA session state counts for the specified content ID. content_id must be the content ID of a credit control service, and must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view statistics for Diameter/RADIUS prepaid credit control service in an Active Charging Service.
Example:
The following command shows active charging statistics of configured Diameter or RADIUS Credit control Application:

    show active-charging
    credit-control statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging edr-format

This command displays information about EDR formats configured in an Active Charging Service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    edr-format [ statistics ] [ all | name
    edr_format_name
    ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all EDR formats.
statistics

Displays statistics for all or the specified EDR format.

If neither all nor name is specified, summarized statistics over all EDR formats is displayed.
name edr_format_name

Displays information for the specified EDR format.

edr_format_name must be the name of an existing EDR format, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for EDR format(s) in an active charging service.
Example:
The following command displays all configured EDR formats in a active charging service.

    show active-charging
    edr-format all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging edr-udr-file

This command displays CDR flow control information. This command also displays the EDR and UDR file related information.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    edr-udr-file { flow-control-counters [ verbose ] | statistics } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

flow-control-counters [ verbose ]

Displays the counters for dropped EDR/UDR records. These counters are for when CDRMOD uses flow control to stop ACSMgrs/SessMgrs from sending the records.

verbose displays detailed information.
statistics

Displays EDR and UDR file statistics.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view CDR flow control information.
Example:
The following command displays EDR and UDR files statistics:

    show active-charging
    edr-udr-file statistics

The following command displays CDR flow control information:

    show active-charging
    edr-udr-file flow-control-counters

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging file-space-usage

This command displays the file space used by CDR/EDR files.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    file-space-usage [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view CDR/EDR file space usage information. The context in which this command is used is not relevant.
show active-charging firewall statistics

This command displays Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Product:

FW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    firewall statistics [ callid call_id | domain-name domain_name | nat-realm nat_realm | protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp } | username user_name ] [ acsmgr
    instance instance_id ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

acsmgr instance instance_id

Specifies an ACS Manager instance ID.

instance_id must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
callid call_id

Specifies a Call Identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
domain-name domain_name

Specifies a domain name for the statistics.

domain_name must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
nat-realm nat_realm

Specifies a NAT realm name for the statistics.

nat_realm must be a string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp }
Specifies a protocol for the statistics:

- icmp: ICMP protocol
- ip: IP protocol
- other: Protocols other than TCP, UDP, and ICMP
- tcp: TCP protocol
- udp: UDP protocol

username user_name

Specifies user name for the statistics.

user_name must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
verbose

Specifies that the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output is the standard level, which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics. If you are in the local context, statistics for all contexts are displayed. Otherwise, only statistics of your current context are displayed.
Example:
The following command displays Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics:

    show active-charging
    firewall statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging firewall track-list

This command displays the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any Denial-of-Service (DOS) attacks.
Product:

FW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    firewall track-list attacking-servers [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view details of servers being tracked for involvement in any DOS attack.
Example:

    The following command
    displays the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any
    DOS attacks:show active-charging
    firewall track-list attacking-servers

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging flows

This command displays information for active charging flows.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    flows { all | [ connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ]
    seconds
    ] [ flow-id
    flow_id
    ] [ full ] [ idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ]
    seconds
    ]  [ ip-address
     [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ]
    address
    ]
    [ nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip
    nat_ip_address
    ] } ]
    [ port-number [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ]
    number
    ] [ rx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
    ]  [ rx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
    ] [ session-id session_id ] [ summary ] [ trans-proto { icmp | tcp | udp } ] [ tx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number ] [ tx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than]
    number ] [ type
    flow_type
    ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all active charging flows.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] seconds
Displays information for flows filtered by connected time period.

- < seconds: Displays flows that have been connected less than the specified number of seconds.
- > seconds: Displays flows that have been connected more than the specified number of seconds.
- greater-than seconds: Displays flows that have been connected more than the specified number of seconds.
- less-than seconds: Displays flows that have been connected less than the specified number of seconds.

seconds must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
flow-id flow_id

Displays information for specified active charging flow ID.
full

Displays all available information for the specified flows.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] seconds
Displays information for flows filtered by idle time period.

- < seconds: Displays flows that have been idle less than the specified number of seconds.
- > seconds: Displays flows that have been idle more than the specified number of seconds.
- greater-than seconds: Displays flows that have been idle more than the specified number of seconds.
- less-than seconds: Displays flows that have been idle less than the specified number of seconds.

seconds must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ip-address [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ] address
Displays information for flows filtered by IPv4 IP address.

- server: Specifies the ip address for a specific server.
- subscriber: Specifies subscriber details for this ip-address. address is an IPv4 IP address in the x.x.x.x format.
- < address: Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is lesser than address.
- > address: Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is greater than address.
- greater-than address: Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is greater than address.
- less-than address: Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is lesser than address.

address must be an IPv4 address in decimal notation.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address [ nat-port nat_port ] ] }

IMPORTANT:

The nat keyword and options are only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
Displays information for flows filtered by Network Address Translation (NAT) required or not required setting.

- not-required: Sessions with NAT processing not required.
- required: Sessions with NAT processing required.
- nat-ip nat_ip_address: Sessions using specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address must be an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.
- nat-port nat_port: Sessions using specified NAT IP address and NAT port number. nat_port must be an integer from 0 through 65535.

port-number [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information on flows filtered by port number.

- server: Specifies the port-number for a specific server.
- subscriber: Specifies subscriber details for this port-number. number must be an integer from 0 through 65535.
- < number: Specifies a port number that is less than the specified port-number.
- > number: Specifies a port number that is greater than the specified port-number.
- greater-than number: Specifies a port number that is greater than the specified port-number.
- less-than number: Specifies a port number that is less than the specified port-number.

rx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information on flows filtered by the number of bytes received in the flow.

- < number: Specifies the number of bytes that is less than the specified rx-bytes.
- > number: Specifies number of bytes that is greater than the specified rx-bytes.
- greater-than number: Specifies number of bytes that is greater than the specified rx-bytes.
- less-than number: Specifies number of bytes that is less than the specified rx-bytes.

number must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
rx-packets [< | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information on flows filtered by the number of packets received in the flow.

- greater-than number: Specifies the number of packets that is greater than the specified rx-packets.
- less-than number: Specifies the number of packets that is less than the specified rx-packets.

number must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
session-id session_id

Displays detailed information for specific active charging session ID.
summary

Displays summary information for defined sessions, based on defined parameters.
trans-proto { icmp | tcp | udp }
Displays information on flows filtered by the transport protocol.

- icmp: ICMP protocol type flow
- tcp: TCP protocol type flow
- udp: User Datagram Protocol (UDP) flows

tx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information on flows filtered by the number of bytes received in the flow.

- < number: Specifies the number of bytes that is less than the specified tx-bytes.
- > number: Specifies number of bytes that is greater than the specified tx-bytes.
- greater-than number: Specifies number of bytes that is greater than the specified tx-bytes.
- less-than number: Specifies number of bytes that is less than the specified tx-bytes.

number must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
tx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information on flows filtered by the number of packets received in the flow.

- greater-than number: Specifies the number of packets that is greater than the specified tx-packets.
- less-than number: Specifies the number of packets that is less than the specified tx-packets.

number must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
type flow_type

Displays information on flows filtered by flow type of application protocol.
flow_type must be one of the following:

- dns: DNS protocol type flow
- ftp: FTP protocol type flow
- http: HTTP protocol type flow
- icmp: ICMP protocol type flow
- icmpv6: ICMPv6 protocol type flow
- imap: Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) protocol type flow
- ip: IP protocol type flow
- ipv6: IPv6 protocol type flow
- mms: MMS protocol type flow
- p2p: P2P protocol type flows including one or more of the following applications:
  - actsync
  - aimini
  - applejuice
  - ares
  - battlefd
  - bittorrent
  - ddlink
  - directconnect
  - edonkey
  - fasttrack
  - feidian
  - filetopia
  - freenet
  - fring
  - gadu_gadu
  - gnutella
  - gtalk
  - halflife2
  - hamachivpn
  - iax
  - imesh
  - iptv
  - iskoot
  - irc
  - jabber
  - manolito
  - msn
  - mute
  - nimbuzz
  - oovoo
  - openft
  - orb
  - oscar
  - paltalk
  - pando
  - pandora
  - popo
  - pplive
  - ppstream
  - qq
  - qqgame
  - qqlive
  - quake
  - rdp
  - secondlife
  - skinny
  - skype
  - slingbox
  - sopcast
  - soulseek
  - steam
  - tvants
  - tvuplayer
  - uusee
  - vpnx
  - vtun
  - warcft3
  - winmx
  - winny
  - wofwarcraft
  - xbox
  - yahoo
  - zattoo

- pop3: POP3 protocol type flow
- rtcp: RTCP protocol type flow
- rtp: RTP protocol type flow
- rtsp: RTSP protocol type flow
- secure-http: Secure HTTP protocol type flow
- sip: SIP protocol type flow
- smtp: SMTP protocol type flow
- tcp: TCP protocol type flow
- udp: User Datagram Protocol (UDP) flows
- unknown: Unknown type of protocol type flow; not listed here.
- wsp-connection-less: Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) connection less flow.
- wsp-connection-oriented: Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) connection oriented flow.

grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display charging flow type information.
Example:
The following command displays a detailed flow information for a session id of test:

    show active-charging
    flows session-id test

The following command displays a detailed flow information for a P2P type session:

    show active-charging
    flows full type p2p

The following command displays a detailed information for a P2P type flow:

    show active-charging
    flows type p2p

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging fw-and-nat policy

This command displays Firewall-and-NAT Policy information.

IMPORTANT:

This command is only available in StarOS 8.1, and in StarOS 9.0 and later. For more information on this command please contact your local service representative.
Product:

ECS, FW, NAT
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    fw-and-nat policy { { { all | name fw_nat_policy } [ service
    name acs_service ] } | { statistics { all | name fw_nat_policy } } } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all Firewall-and-NAT policies configured, optionally all in a specified service.
name fw_nat_policy

Displays detailed information for the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.

fw_nat_policy specifies the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy in the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be the name of an Active Charging Service, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics

Displays statistics for the all/specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Firewall-and-NAT Policy information.
Example:
The following command displays detailed information for the Firewall-and-NAT policy named standard:

    show active-charging
    fw-and-nat policy name standard

show active-charging group-of-prefixed-urls

This command displays information on group of prefixed URLs configured in a service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    group-of-prefixed-urls { all | name prefixed_url_group } [ service
    name acs_service ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all group of prefixed URLs configured in a service.
name prefixed_url_group

Displays detailed information for the specified group of prefixed URLs.

prefixed_url_group must be the name of a group of prefixed URLs, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or the specified group of prefixed URLs within the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information on group of prefixed URLs configured in an Active Charging Service.
Example:
The following command displays for the group of prefixed URLs named test123:

    show active-charging
    group-of-prefixed-urls name test123

show active-charging group-of-ruledefs

This command displays information on group of ruledefs configured in a service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    group-of-ruledefs { { all | name group_of_ruledefs } [ service name acs_service ] | statistics
    name group_of_ruledefs } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all groups of ruledefs configured, optionally all in a specified service.
name group_of_ruledefs

Displays detailed information for the specified group of ruledefs. group_of_ruledefs must be the name of a group of ruledefs, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or the specified group of ruledefs within the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be the name of an Active Charging Service, and must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics name group_of_ruledefs

Displays statistics for the specified group of ruledefs. group_of_ruledefs must be the name of a group of ruledefs, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information on group of ruledefs configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays information on all groups of ruledefs configured:

    show active-charging
    group-of-ruledefs all

show active-charging nat statistics

This command displays NAT realm statistics.
Product:

NAT
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    nat statistics [ nat-realm nat_realm ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

show active-charging nat statistics

This command when issued in the local context displays statistics for all NAT realms in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command displays statistics for all NAT realms in that context.
show active-charging nat statistics nat-realm nat_realm

This command when issued in the local context displays statistics for the specified NAT realm in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command displays statistics for the specified NAT realm in that context.
nat-realm nat_realm

Specifies the NAT realm’s name.

nat_realm must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view NAT realm statistics.
Example:
The following command when issued in the local context, displays NAT realm statistics for NAT realms named test135 in all contexts:

    show active-charging
    nat statistics nat-realm test135

show active-charging p2p-dynamic-rules

This command displays P2P Dynamic signature file information.
Product:

P2P
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    p2p-dynamic-rules [ verbose ] [ acsmgr
    instance instance_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

acsmgr instance instance_id

Specifies an ACS Manager instance ID.

instance_id must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
verbose

Displays P2P Dynamic rule statistics in detail.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view P2P Dynamic signature file statistics/information.
Example:
The following command displays P2P Dynamic rule information:

    show active-charging
    p2p-dynamic-rules

show active-charging packet-filter

This command displays information on packet filters configured in a service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    packet-filter { all | name packet_filter } [ service
    name acs_service ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all packet filters configured, optionally all configured in a service.
name packet_filter

Displays detailed information for the specified packet filter.

packet_filter must be a packet filter’s name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or the specified packet filter within the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be the Active Charging Service’s name, and must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information on packet filters configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays information for the packet filter filter12:

    show active-charging
    packet-filter name filter12

show active-charging rulebase

This command shows information for rulebases configured in a system or service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    rulebase { { { all | name rulebase_name } [ service
    name acs_service ] } | statistics [ name rulebase_name ] } | [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays details of all rulebases configured in the system.
name rulebase_name

Displays details of the specified rulebase.

rulebase_name must be string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays details of all or the specified rulebase configured within the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics

Displays statistical information for all or the a specific rulebase.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view various statistics for a specific charging rulebase.
Example:
The following command displays active charging rulebase statistics.

    show active-charging
    rulebase statistics

The following command displays configurations and statistics for a Rulebase named rulebase_1.

    show active-charging
    rulebase name rulebase_1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging ruledef

This command displays information for rule definitions (ruledefs) configured in the ACS service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    ruledef { all | charging | firewall | name ruledef_name | post-processing | routing | statistics [ all { charging | firewall [ wide ] | post-processing } | name ruledef_name [ wide ] ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
charging

Displays information for all Charging ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
firewall

Displays information for all Firewall ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
name ruledef_name

Displays detailed information for the specified ruledef.

ruledef_name must be the name of an existing ruledef, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
post-processing

IMPORTANT:

This keyword is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.

Displays information for all post-processing ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
routing

Displays information for all Routing ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
service svc_name

This keyword is obsolete.
statistics [ all { charging | firewall [ wide ] | post-processing } | name ruledef_name [ wide ] ]

Displays statistical information for all/specified ruledefs configured in the ACS service. If none of the optional arguments are supplied, statistics totaled for all ruledefs will be displayed.

all: Displays statistics for all ruledefs of the specified type configured in the ACS service.

charging: Displays statistics for all Charging ruledefs configured in the service.

firewall: Displays statistics for all Firewall ruledefs configured in the service.

post-processing: Displays statistics for all Post-processing ruledefs configured in the service.

IMPORTANT:

The post-processing keyword is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.

name ruledef_name: Displays statistics for the specified ruledef. ruledef_name must be the name of an existing ruledef, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.

wide: Displays all available information in a single wide line.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information for ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
Example:
The following command displays active charging ruledef statistics.

    show active-charging
    ruledef statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging service

This command displays Active Charging Service details.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    service { all | name
    acs_service
    } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all configured Active Charging Service.
name acs_service

Displays detailed information for the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Active Charging Service details.
Example:
The following command displays details for the Active Charging Service named test1.

    show active-charging
    service name test1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging sessions

This command displays statistics for specific active charging service sessions.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    sessions [ full [ wide ] | summary | display-dynamic-charging-rules | dynamic-charging ] { [ all ] | [ filter_keyword ] + } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

full [ wide ]

Displays all available information for the specified session.

Optionally all available information can be displayed in a single wide line.
summary

Displays summary information for defined sessions based on defined parameters.
display-dynamic-charging-rules

Displays information for the dynamic-charging rules configured per session under Gx/Ty interface support.
dynamic-charging

Displays information for dynamic charging sessions.
filter_keyword

The following keywords are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords. Not all filters are available for all command keywords. Multiple filter keywords can be entered on a command line.

When multiple filter keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the filter keywords specifications.

For example, if you enter the following command:

show active-charging sessions full active-charging-service acs_1

Counters for active charging sessions active in active charging service acs_1 with full details is displayed. Information for all other services is not displayed.
acsmgr instance instance

Displays session information for a specific ACS Manager instance.
active-charging-service acs_service

Displays session information for the specified Active Charging Service.
all

Displays session information for all active charging sessions.
callid

Specifies the call identification number.
display-dynamic-charging-rules

Displays Dynamic Charging Rules configured.
dynamic-charging

Displays session information for all Dynamic Charging Sessions.
firewall { not-required | required }

Displays session information for sessions with Firewall Processing required or not required, as specified.
fw-and-nat policy fw_nat_policy

Displays information for the specified Firewall-and-NAT Policy.

fw_nat_policy specifies the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
imsi

Specifies the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session.
ip-address

Specifies the IP address for the specific charging service.
msid

Displays active charging session information for a specific subscriber’s Mobile Station Identification (MSID) number.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-realm nat_realm ] }

Displays session information for sessions with NAT required or not required, as specified.

nat-realm nat_realm specifies a NAT realm name. nat_realm must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
rulebase

Displays information for a rulebase that is configured in an active charging session.
rx-data

Displays the bytes received in the session.
session-id

Displays detailed session information for a specific session identification.
tx-data

Displays the bytes sent in the session.
type

- dns: Displays session information for a DNS application type.
- ftp: Displays session information for an FTP application type.
- http: Displays session information for an HTTP application type.
- icmp: Displays session information for an ICMP application type.
- icmpv6: Displays session information for an ICMPv6 application type.
- imap: Displays session information for an IMAP application type.
- ip: Displays session information for an IP application type.
- ipv6: Displays session information for an IPv6 application type.
- mms: Displays session information for an MMS application type.
- p2p: Displays session information for a P2P application type:
  - actsync
  - aimini
  - applejuice
  - ares
  - battlefd
  - bittorrent
  - ddlink
  - directconnect
  - edonkey
  - fasttrack
  - feidian
  - filetopia
  - freenet
  - fring
  - gadu_gadu
  - gnutella
  - gtalk
  - halflife2
  - hamachivpn
  - iax
  - imesh
  - irc
  - iskoot
  - jabber
  - manolito
  - msn
  - mute
  - nimbuzz
  - oovoo
  - openft
  - orb
  - oscar
  - paltalk
  - pando
  - pandora
  - popo
  - pplive
  - ppstream
  - qq
  - qqgame
  - qqlive
  - quake
  - rdp
  - secondlife
  - skinny
  - skype
  - slingbox
  - sopcast
  - soulseek
  - steam
  - tvants
  - tvuplayer
  - uusee
  - vpnx
  - vtun
  - warcft3
  - winmx
  - winny
  - wofwarcraft
  - xbox
  - yahoo
  - zattoo

- pop3: Displays session information for a POP3 application type.
- rtcp: Displays session information for an RTCP application type.
- rtp: Displays session information for an RTP application type.
- rtsp: Displays session information for an RTSP application type.
- secure-http: Displays session information for a secure-http application type.
- sip: Displays session information for a SIP application type.
- smtp: Displays session information for an SMTP application type.
- tcp: Displays session information for a TCP application type.
- udp: Displays session information for an UDP application type.
- unknown: Displays session information for an unknown application type.
- wsp-connection-less: Displays session information for a wsp-connection-less application type.
- wsp-connection-oriented: Displays session information for a wsp-connection-oriented application type.

username

Displays session information for a specific user name.
dynamic-charging

Displays the all sessions having received at least one Gx message from Session Manager/IMS Authorization.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the configuration information for an active charging session.
Example:
The following command displays full information of an active charging session.

    show active-charging
    sessions full all

The following command displays an active charging session summary.

    show active-charging
    sessions summary

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging subsystem

This command shows service and configuration counters for the active charging service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    subsystem { all | facility acsmgr { all | instance
    instance_value
    } } [ rulebase
    name
    rulebase_name
    ] | [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays active charging service subsystem information.
facility acsmgr [ all | instance instance_value ]

Displays logged events for all active charging managers or for a specific instance.

instance_value must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rulebase name rulebase_name

Displays rulebase statistics for a specific rulebase configured in a system.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for active charging service manager.
Example:
The following command displays active charging service subsystem information.

    show active-charging
    subsystem all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging timedef

This command displays the details of timeslots configured in specified time definition(s).

IMPORTANT:

This command is only available in StarOS 8.1 and in StarOS 9.0 and later.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    timedef { all | name timedef_name } [ service
    name acs_service ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all timedefs configured in the service.
name timedef_name

Displays detailed information for the specified timedef.

timedef_name must be the name of a timedef, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service

Displays information for all or a specific timedef configured within the specified Active Charging Service.

acs_service must be the Active Charging Service name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view details of timeslots configured in specified timedef(s) that have been configured for the Time-of-Day Activation/Deactivation of Rules feature.
Example:
The following command displays timeslot details of all timedefs configured in the Active Charging Service:

    show active-charging
    timedef all

show active-charging udr-format

This command displays information about UDR formats configured in an Active Charging Service.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    udr-format { all | name
    udr_fromat_name
    } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information for all UDR formats.
name udr_fromat_name

Displays information for the specified UDR format.

udr_format_name must be the name of an existing UDR format, an must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for UDR format(s) in an active charging service.
Example:
The following command displays all configured UDR formats in a active charging service.

    show active-charging
    udr-format all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging url-blacklisting statistics

This command displays URL Blacklisting statistics.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    url-blacklisting statistics [ rulebase { all | name rulebase_name } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

rulebase { all | name rulebase_name }

Displays information on URL Blacklisting configured in a rulebase.

all: Displays URL Blacklisting statistics for all rulebases.

name rulebase_name: Displays URL Blacklisting statistics for the specified rulebase. rulebase_name must be a rulebase name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
verbose

Displays detailed URL Blacklisting statistics.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view URL Blacklisting hits and misses statistics.
Example:
The following command displays cumulative URL Blacklisting statistics:

    show active-charging
    url-blacklisting statistics

The following command displays URL Blacklisting statistics for the rulebase rulebase_1:

    show active-charging
    url-blacklisting statistics rulebase name rulebase_1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show active-charging xheader-format

This command displays x-header format configurations.

IMPORTANT:

This is a customer-specific command. Please contact your local sales representative for more information.
Product:

ECS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show active-charging
    xheader-format { all | name xheader_format } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all x-header formats configured.
name xheader_format

Displays information for the specified x-header format.

xheader_format must be an x-header format’s name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view details of x-header formats configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays information for the x-header format named test12:

    show active-charging
    xheader-format test12

show administrators

Displays information regarding all CLI users currently connected to the system.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show administrators [ session
    id ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

session id

Indicates the output is to contain additional information about the CLI user session including the assigned session ID.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command displays a list of administrative users that have command line interface sessions active.
Example:

    show administratorsshow administrators
    session id

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show alarm

Displays alarm information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show
    alarm { all | audible | central-office | facility | outstanding [ all | chassis | port
    slot/port | slot
    slot ]  [ verbose ] | statistics } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays the state of all alarms in one screen.
audible

Displays the state of the internal audible alarm buzzer on the SPC/SMC.
central-office

Displays the state of the CO Alarm relays on the SPIO.
facility

Displays the state of the facility (audible and CO) alarms.
outstanding [ all | chassis | port slot/port | slot slot ] [ verbose ]

Displays information on currently outstanding alarms.

all: Displays all alarm information.

chassis: Displays chassis/power/fan alarms.

port slot/port: Shows the alarm information for the specified port.

slot slot: Shows the alarm information for the card in the specified slot.

verbose: Displays more verbose output, including the internal alarm ID
statistics

Displays basic statistics on the alarming subsystem, including the current number of outstanding alarms of different severities and a cumulative total of alarms generated.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View alarms to verify system status or to periodically check the general health of the system.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command displays all alarms that are currently outstanding:

    show alarm outstanding all

The following command displays more detailed information on all alarms that are currently outstanding:

    show alarm outstanding
    all verbose

The following command displays alarm statistics:

    show alarm statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show apn

Displays configuration information for either a specific or all configured APNs.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show apn { all | name
    apn_name
    ]
    [ | { grep
    grep_options
    |  more } ]

all

Displays information on all APNs configured on the system.
name apn_name

Displays information for a specific APN.

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 62 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more options, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of one or all APNs for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of APN parameter settings.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all APNs configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for all APNs:

    show apn all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show apn counter ip-allocation

This command displays the IP allocation method information/statistics counters on per apn basis for all currently active calls.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show apn counter ip-allocation [all | name
    apn_name] [|{grep
    grep_options
    | more}]

all

Displays statistics for all APNs.
name apn_name

Displays statistics for a specific APN.

apn_name is the name of the preconfigured APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
{grep grep_options | more}

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to display the IP allocation counters on per apn basis for all currently active calls. Output of this command gives the user clear idea of how many sessions in each apn are using a particular type of ip-allocation method.

If this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will be cumulative for all APNs configured on the system regardless of context. If no APN name is specified and the command is executed from a context with multiple APNs configured, the output will be cumulative for all APNs in the context.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for all APN on a system:

    show apn counter ip-allocation all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show apn statistics

Displays APN statistics for either a specific or all configured APNs.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show apn statistics [ all | name
    apn_name
    ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays statistics for all APNs.
name apn_name

Displays statistics for a specific APN.

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to view statistics for one or all APNs within a context for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.

If this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will be cumulative for all APNs configured on the system regardless of context. If no APN name is specified and the command is executed from a context with multiple APNs configured, the output will be cumulative for all APNs in the context.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for an APN called isp2:

    show apn statistics
    name isp2

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asngw-service

This command displays information about selected Access Service Network Gateway (ASN GW) calls/services.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service { all | name service_name | session | statistics } [ bs-status [ address ip_addr | filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all configured ASN GW services.
name service_name

Displays information only for the specified ASN GW service.

service_name must be the name of an existing ASN GW service in the current context. The service name must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session

Displays information about configured ASNGW sessions. See the show asngw-service session command
statistics

Total of collected information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.
bs-status { address ip_addr | filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up } }

Displays the ASN BS status based on IP address and various filters.

address ip_addr specifies the IP address of ASN base station whose status is requested. ip_addr must be an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of ASN BS.
filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up }: Filters the requested BS’s staus on the basis of following criteria:

- all: Displays the status of all ASN BS.
- icmp-monitored: Displays the status of ASN BS which are monitored through ICMP ping messages.
- no-calls: Displays the status of ASN BS which has no active calls.
- summary: Displays the summary of status of requested ASN BSs.
- up: Displays the of status of ASN BSs which are in active state.

| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information for selected configured ASN GW services.
Example:
The following command displays available information for all active ASN GW services.

    show asngw-service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asngw-service session

This command displays statistics for specific Access Service Network Gateway sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    session [ all | anchor-only [ full ] | callid call_id | counters | full | ip-address ipv4_address | msid msid_number | non-anchor-only [ full ] | peer-address ipv4_address | summary | username user_name ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all related information for all active ASN GW service sessions.
anchor-only

Displays all available information for all active ASN GW service sessions on an anchor ASN GW only.
callid call_id

Displays available information for the specific call identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
full

Displays all available information for the associated display or filter keyword.
ip-address ipv4_address

IP address of the subscriber.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid_number

Displays available information for the specific mobile station identification number.

msid_number must be an MSID number.
non-anchor-only

Displays all available information for all active ASN GW service sessions on a non-anchor ASN GW only.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
summary

Displays summary of available information for associated display or filter keyword (previous keyword).
username user_name

Name of specific user within current context. Displays available information for the specific user name.

user_name must be followed by an user name.

The user name can an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for an ASN GW session.
Example:
The following command displays all available ASN GW sessions.

    show asngw-service
    session all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asngw-service session counters

This command displays statistics for specific Access Service Network Gateway sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    session counters [ [ function-type  { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operation | ms-state-change | paging | qos } ] |  [ anchor-only | callid call_id | ip-address ipv4_address |  msid msid_number | non-anchor-only | peer-address ipv4_address | username user_name ] [ r4-only | r6-only | verbose ] ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

anchor-only

Displays all available information for all active anchor sessions in an ASN GW service.
callid call_id

Displays available information for the specific call identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operation | ms-state-change | paging | qos }

Displays the counters for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.

auth-relay: Displays information about authentication relay messages.

context-transfer: Displays information about context-transfer messages.

data-path: Displays information about data-path registration messages.

handoff: Displays information about hand-off messages.

im-operations: Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.

ms-state-change: Displays information about MS state change messages.

paging: Displays information about paging messages.

qos: Displays information about RR messages.
ip-address ipv4_address

IP address of the subscriber.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid_number

Displays available information for the specific mobile station identification number.

msid_number must be an MSID number.
non-anchor-only

Displays all available information for all active non-anchor sessions in an ASN GW service.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
r6-only

Displays all available counters for R6 interface in an ASN GW session.
r4-only

Displays all available counters for R4 interface in an ASN GW session.
username user_name

Displays available session information for the specific WiMAX user in ASN GW service session.

user_name must be followed by an user name.

The user name can an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the counters of an ASN GW session.
Example:
The following command displays the counters for data path type function.

    show asngw-service
    session counters function-type data-path

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asngw-service statistics

Displays statistics for all ASN GW sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    statistics { [ function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging | qos} [ r4-only | r6-only ] ] | name service_name | r4-only | r6-only | verbose | peer-address ipv4_address [ verbose ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

function-type

Displays information about selected function type on R4 or R6 interface.
function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging | qos} [ r4-only | r6-only ]

Displays the counters for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.

auth-relay: Displays information about authentication relay messages.

context-transfer: Displays information about context-transfer messages.

data-path: Displays information about data-path registration messages.

handoff: Displays information about hand-off messages.

im-operations: Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.

ms-state-change: Displays information about MS state change messages.

paging: Displays information about paging messages.

qos: Displays information about RR messages.

r4-only: Displays information about selected function on R4 interface.

r6-only: Displays information about selected function on R6 interface.
name service_name

Displays specific service.

service_name must be a service name.

The service name can be one to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters long.
r4-only

Displays statistics of R4 interface in ASN GW services.
r6-only

Displays statistics of R6 interface in ASN GW services.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP Peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display ASN GW statistics.
Example:
The following command displays information about selected MS-State-Change function.

    show asngw-service
    statistics function-type ms-state-change

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service

This command displays information about selected Access Service Network Paging Controller and Location Registry (ASN PC/LR) services.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asnpc-service { all | id | name service_name | session | statistics } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all configured ASN PC services.
paging-group

Displays all the configured paging-groups and associated paging nodes, and the offset count. For a specific paging group, enter the paging group id number.
name service_name

Displays information only for the specified ASN PC service.

service_name must be the name of an existing ASN PC service in the current context. The service name must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session

Displays information about configured ASN PC sessions.
statistics

Total of collected information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information for selected configured ASN PC services.
Example:
The following command displays available information for all active ASN PC services.

    show asnpc-service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service session

This command displays statistics for specific ASN PC service sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asnpc-service
    session [ all | callid call_id | counters | full | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address | summary ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all related information for all active ASN PC service sessions.
callid call_id

Displays available information for the specific call identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
full

Displays all available information for the associated display or filter keyword.
msid msid_number

Displays available information for the specific mobile station identification number.

msid_number must be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
summary

Displays summary of available information for associated display or filter keyword (previous keyword).
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for an ASN PC session.
Example:
The following command displays all available ASN PC session counters in verbose mode.

    show asnpc-service
    session all

The following command displays full ASN PC session counters in verbose mode.

    show asnpc-service
    session full

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service session counters

This command displays session counters for ASN PC service sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    session counters [ all | callid call_id | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address | verbose ] ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all available counters for all ASN PC service sessions.
callid call_id

Displays available information for the specific call identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
msid msid_number

Displays available information for the specific mobile station identification number.

msid_number must be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the counters of an ASN PC session.
Example:
The following command displays the counters for ASN PC service sessions in verbose mode.

    show asnpc-service
    session counters verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service session counters verbose

This command displays session counters for ASN PC service sessions in complete detail.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    session counters verbose [ function-type  { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging } ] [ all | callid call_id | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all available counters for all ASN PC service sessions in verbose mode.
callid call_id

Displays available information for the specific call identification number in verbose mode.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
function-type { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging }

Displays the counters for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.

context-transfer: Displays information about context-transfer messages.

im-operations: Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.

ms-state-change: Displays information about MS state change messages.

paging: Displays information about paging messages.
msid msid_number

Displays available information for the specific mobile station identification number in verbose mode.

msid_number must be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
r4-only

Displays statistics of R4 interface in ASN PC services in verbose mode.
r6-only

Displays statistics of R6 interface in ASN PC services in verbose mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the counters of an ASN PC session in verbose mode.
Example:
The following command displays the counters for data path type function.

    show asnpc-service
    session counters verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service statistics

Displays statistics for all ASN PC service sessions.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asngw-service
    statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address | verbose ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

name service_name

Displays specific service.

service_name must be a service name.

The service name can be one to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters long.
peer-address ipv4_address

Address of specific IP Peer.

ipv4_address must be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display ASN PC statistics.
Example:
The following command displays information about ASN PC service in verbose mode.

    show asnpc-service
    statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show asnpc-service statistics verbose

Displays statistics for all ASN PC service in verbose mode.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show asnpc-service
    statistics verbose [ function-type  { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging } ] | all | r4-only | r6-only ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

function-type { context-transfer | ms-state-change | paging }

Displays the statistics for specific type of functions in an ASN PC service in verbose mode.

context-transfer: Displays information about context-transfer messages.

im-operations: Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.

ms-state-change: Displays information about MS state change messages.

paging: Displays information about paging messages.
all

Displays statistics of all ASN PC services in verbose mode.
r4-only

Displays statistics of R4 interface in ASN PC services.
r6-only

Displays statistics of R6 interface in ASN PC services.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display ASN PC service statistics in verbose mode.
Example:
The following command displays information about selected MS-State-Change function.

    show asnpc-service
    statistics verbose function-type ms-state-change

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show banner

Displays the configured banner message for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show banner { all | charging-service | motd | lawful-intercept | pre-login } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all banners configured for a service in a system including enhanced charging service.
charging-service

Displays banner message configured for a enhanced charging service in current context.
motd

Display the banner message that is configured for the current context.
lawful-intercept

Display the banner message that is configured for users that have Lawful Intercept privileges.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the configured banner to verify the message of the day contents for possible change
Example:

    show banner

show bcmcs counters

Displays BCMCS-specific counters and statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show bcmcs counters { all | callid call_id | flow-id flow_id }

all

Displays BCMCS-specific counters and statistics for all multicast sessions.
callid call_id

Displays BCMCS-specific counters and statistics for a specific call ID.
flow_id flow_id

Displays BCMCS-specific counters and statistics for a specific BCMCS flow, defined by a flow ID.
Usage:

Use this command to view BCMCS-specific statistics. You may narrow the results of the command output by specifying a specific call ID or flow ID.
Example:

    show bcmcs counters all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show bcmcs statistics

Displays BCMCS-specific statistics for the current PDSN-service.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show bcmcs statistics [ pdsn-service
    service_name
    ]

pdsn-service service_name

Defines a specific PDSN service from which to gather BCMCS-specific statistics.
Usage:

Shows several sets of BCMCS-specific statistics, and may be configured to show statistics only for a certain PDSN service.
Example:

    show bcmcs statistics
    pdsn-service service_name

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show boot

Displays information on the current boot image in use.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show boot [ initial-config
    | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

initial-config

Identifies the OS image, configuration file, and boot priority used during the initial start up of the system.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the boot information in preparing for maintenance activities by verifying current boot data. The boot image in use may not be the same as the boot image stored on the SPC/SMC due to upgrades and pending reboots. show boot initial-config displays the actual boot image and configuration file loaded during boot. This may or may not be the highest priority image and makes this command useful when comparing the loaded image to the priority list.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command displays the boot system configuration priority list:

    show boot

The following command displays the initial configuration after a system boot:

    show boot initial-config

show bssap+ statistics

Displays statistics for base station system application part plus in a Gs service sessions.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show bssap+ statistics [ gs-service gs_svc_name ] [ vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more} ]

gs-service gs_svc_name

Specifies the name of a specific Gs service to filter the BSSAP+ information.

gs_svc_name is the name of a configured Gs service for which BSSAP+ is applied and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num }

Specifies the name of the VLR or SS7 address in E.164 ISDN format to filter the BSSAP+ information.

name vlr_name is name of the VLR must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to 63 characters.

E164_VLR_num is an ISDN number for VLR per E.164 number plan and must be an numerical string of 1 to 15 digits.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
| {grep grep_options | more}

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the statistics of BSSAP+ application on a system.
Example:
The following command displays information about BSSAP+ in a Gs service named gssvc1.

    show bssap+ statistics gs-service gssvc1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show bulkstats

Displays the information on bulk statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show bulkstats [ [ data ] | [ schemas ] | [ variables [ apn | asngw | asnpc | bcmcs | card | closedrp | common | context | cscf | ecs | egtpc | | fa | gprs | gtpc | gtpp | ha | ippool | ipsg | lac | lma
    | mag | mipv6ha | nat-realm | mme | pdif | pgw | phsgw | phspc | port | ppp | radius | rp | sccp | sgsn | sgtp | sgw | ss7link | ss7rd | system | vpn ] [ obsolete ] ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ] ]

data

Displays collected bulk statistical data.
schema

Displays the configuration of the statistics to be collected on a per-schema basis.
[ variables [ apn | asngw | asnpc | bcmcs | card | closedrp | common | context | cscf | ecs | egtpc | | fa | gprs | gtpc | gtpp | ha | ippool | ipsg | lac | lma | mag | mipv6ha | nat-realm | mme | pdif | pgw | phsgw | phspc | port | ppp | radius | rp | sccp | sgsn | sgtp | sgw | ss7link | ss7rd | system | vpn ] [ obsolete ]

Displays all valid bulkstat schema statistics, or only the statistics for the specified schema.

If the obsolete keyword is used, obsolete (but still available) schema variables are displayed. An asterisk (*) is displayed next to schema variables that have been obsoleted.

For information on available schemas, refer to the Bulk Statistics Configuration Mode Commands chapter.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For information on usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section.
Usage:

This command is used to display information on bulk statistics supported by the system.

The variable keyword can be used to list statistics supported by the system either for all schemas, or for an individual schema.

The schema keyword can be used to display the configuration of bulkstatistic settings including the schema.

The data keyword can be used to display bulkstatistic data collected up to that point.
Example:
The following command displays the bulk statistics data:

    show bulkstats data

The following command displays the bulk statistics schema configuration:

    show bulkstats data schemas

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show card

Displays card information based upon the filtering options specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show card { diag [ card_num ] | hardware [ card_num ] | info  [ card_num ] | mappings | table [ all ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

diag [ card_num ] | hardware [ card_num ] | info [ card_num ] | mappings | table [ all ]

Specifies what card information is to be displayed.

diag [ card_num ]: indicates diagnostic information is to be displayed for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48.

hardware [ card_num ]: indicates information on the installed hardware is to be displayed for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48.

info [ card_num ]: indicates detailed information is to be displayed for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must be a value in the range 1 to 48.

mappings: indicates the front installed to rear installed card mapping is to be displayed.

table [ all ]: indicates information for each card in front and RCC slots is to be displayed. The all keyword indicates all 48 slots are to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the card information to verify card installations for front and rear as well as for checking basic or detailed card information.
Example:
The following command displays the diagnostic information for a card in slot 8:

    show card diag 8

The following command displays the detailed information for a card in slot 8:

    show card info 8

The following command displays the card mappings for the chassis:

    show card mappings

The following command displays the card table:

    show card mappings

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cli

Displays current CLI users and associated session information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show cli {session | history}[ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

session

Displays information about the current CLI session.
history

Displays CLI command history for this CLI session.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show current command line interface sessions when there is some unexpected output from a chassis and a check of current CLI users may reveal other activities in progress.
Example:

    show cli

show clock

Displays the current system data and time.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show clock [ universal ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

universal

Displays the date and time in universal coordinated time (UTC).
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Check the current time of a chassis to compare with network wide time or for logging purposes if network accounting and/or event records appear to have inconsistent timestamps.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following displays the system time in local time and UTC, respectively.

    show clock

    show clock universal

show configuration

Displays current configuration information for the card, context, port, or target configuration file as specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show configuration [ card
    card_num | context
    name
    [ radius group [ all | name
    group
    ] ] | port
    slot/port |
    srp ] [ showsecrets ] [ url
    url ] [ verbose ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

card card_num | context name [radius group [all|name group]]| port slot/port

Specifies the type of configuration information to be displayed.

card card_num: specifies a specific card for which configuration information is to be displayed. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48.

context name: specifies a specific context for which configuration information is to be displayed.

radius group[all|name group: specifies a specific or all RADIUS server group/s configured in a specific context for which configuration information is to be displayed.

port slot/port: specifies a specific port for which configuration information is to be displayed.
srp

Shows the Service Redundancy Protocol configuration.
showsecrets

Show unencrytpted secret keys saved in the configuration. If this keyword is not specified, secret keys are not displayed.
url url

Default: configuration which is currently in use.

This keyword is not available to users with Operator level permissions. Specifies the location of the configuration data to use for information display. The url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source of the copy. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

IMPORTANT:

Configuration files should be named with a .cfg extension.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the current configuration to review recent changes.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command displays the local in use port configuration information for port 24/1 in verbose mode.

    show configuration port 24/1 verbose

The following command displays the card configuration for card 17 on host remoteABC stored in the configuration file in /pub/config.cfg.

    show configuration card 17

The following command displays the configuration of all RADIUS server groups configured in context local

    show configuration
    context local radius group all

The following command shows the configuration for a context named PDIF.

    show configuration
    context pdif

show configuration errors

Displays current configuration errors and warning information for the target configuration file as specified for a service.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show configuration
    errors [ section { aaa-config | active-charging | apn | asngw-service | asnpc-service | closed-rp-service | cscf-service | diameter | fa-service | ggsn-service
    | gprs-service | gs-service | ha-service | hsgw-service | imssh-service | imsue-service | ipms | ipsg-service
    | iups-service | lac-service | lns-service | map-service
    | mme-service | pdif-service | pdsn-service | phsgw-service | policy-grp-config | sccp-network | sgsn-op-policy | sgsn-service | sgtp-service | subscriber-config } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

section { aaa-config | active-charging | apn | asngw-service | asnpc-service | closed-rp-service | cscf-service | diameter | fa-service | ggsn-service | gprs-service | ha-service | hsgw-service | imssh-service | imsue-service | ipms | ipsg-service | iups-service | lac-service | lns-service | map-service | mme-service | pdif-service | pdsn-service | phsgw-service | policy-grp-config | sccp-network | sgsn-op-policy | sgsn-service | sgtp-service | subscriber-config }

Specifies the services and section to display and validate configuration.

aaa-config: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the AAA service(s) configured on the system.

active-charging: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Enhanced Charging Service(s) and the Personal Stateful Firewall service(s) configured on the system.

apn: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the APN configuration(s) on the system.

asngw-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Access Service Network Gateway (ASN-GW) Service configured in a specific context for which configuration errors/warnings is to be displayed.

asnpc-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the ASN Paging Controller and Location Registry (ASN PC-LR) Service(s) configured on the system.

closed-rp-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the closed RP service(s) configured on the system.

cscf-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Call Session Control Function (CSCF) service(s) configured on the system.

diameter: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Diameter configuration(s) on the system.

fa-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Foreign Agent (FA) service(s) configured on the system.

ggsn-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the GGSN service(s) configured on the system.

gprs-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the GPRS service(s) configured on the system.

gs-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the GS service(s) configured on the system.

ha-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Home Agent (HA) service(s) configured on the system.

hsgw-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the HSGW service(s) configured on the system.

imssh-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IMS Sh (IMSSh) service(s) configured on the system.

imsue-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IMS UE service(s) configured on the system.

ipms: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IPMS service(s) configured on the system.

ipsg-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IP Security Gateway (IPSG) service(s) configured on the system.

iups-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IuPS service(s) configured on the system.

lac-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) Access Concentrator (LAC) service(s) configured on the system.

lns-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the L2TP Network Server (LNS) service(s) configured on the system.

map-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the MAP service(s) configured on the system.

mme-service: Specifies the configuration errors for MME service configured in a specific context for which configuration errors/warnings is to be displayed.

pdif-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the PDIF service(s) configured on the system.

pdsn-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the PDSN service(s) configured on the system.

phsgw-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the PHS Gateway service(s) configured on the system.

policy-grp-config: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Policy Group configuration(s) on the system.

sccp-network: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SCCP network configuration(s) on the system.

sgsn-op-policy: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGSN operator policy configuration(s) on the system.

sgsn-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGSN service(s) configured on the system.

sgtp-service: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGTP service(s) configured on the system.

subscriber-config: Displays configuration errors/warnings for the subscriber configuration(s) on the system.
verbose

Indicates the output should provide as much information as possible. If this option is not specified then the output will be the standard level which is the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer Regulating a Command’s Output in Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the current configuration errors and warning to review recent changes.
Example:
The following command displays configuration errors and warnings for all services configured in a context/system:

    show configuration
    errors verbose | more

The following command displays configuration errors and warnings for Enhanced Charging service and Personal Stateful Firewall service configured in a context:

    show configuration
    errors section active-charging verbose

show congestion-control

Displays information pertaining to congestion control functionality on the system
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show congestion-control { configuration | statistics { a11mgr
    | asngwmgr | asnpcmgr
    | egtpinmgr
    | gtpcmgr
    | hamgr | l2tpmgr } [ all | instance
    task_instance
    ] } [ |
    { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

configuration

Displays congestion control configuration information including threshold parameters and policy settings for the configured services.
statistics

Displays congestion control statistics for one of the following services:

a11mgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for PDSN services.

asngwmgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for ASN GW services.

asnpcmgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for ASN PC-LR services.

egtpinmgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for EGTP ingress demuxmgr.

gtpcmgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for GGSN services.

hamgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for HA services.

l2tpmgr: Specifies that statistics are displayed for L2TP managers.

all: Select this keyword to display statistics based on the current state of all instances of the specified task.

instance task_instance: Specifies that statistics are to be displayed for a specific software task instance. task_instance can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 128.

IMPORTANT:

The inst column of the show task table command output can be used to determine the instance of a particular task.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command displays congestion control configuration information or statistics for a particular service type.

When the all keyword is used, the system compares the current state of all instances of the specified task. The state is based on whether or not any congestion control thresholds have been exceeded. If one or more instances are experiencing congestion, the state is displayed as “Applied”, and the various thresholds that have been crossed are indicated.
Example:
The following command displays congestion control statistics for a PDSN service using an a11mgr task with an instance of 2:

    show congestion-control
    statistics a11mgr instance 2

The following command displays congestion control statistics for an ASN GW service using an asngwmgr task with an instance of 2:

    show congestion-control
    statistics asngwmgr instance 2

The following command displays congestion control statistics for an ASN PC-LR service using an asnpcmgr task with an instance of 2:

    show congestion-control
    statistics asnpcmgr instance 2

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show content-filtering category database

This command displays details of the specified category based content filtering database for content filtering application configured in a system/service.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show content-filtering
    category database [ active | all | facility
    srdbmgr { all | instance
    instance_value
    } | url
    url_string
    ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

active

Displays the information about all active databases, for example databases in memory.

This is the default setting for category database information.
all

Displays the information about all active databases, for example, databases in memory and all saved databases on a system.
facility

Displays logged events for a specific facility.
srdbmgr { all | instance instance_value }
Displays logged events for all static rating database managers or for all or for a specific instance.

- all: Displays the logged events for all SRDB Manager instances.
- instance instance_value: Displays events logged for a specific SRDB Manager instance. instance_value must be an integer from 1 through 8.

url url_string

Displays the information of the specific database located at the given URL.

url_string specifies the name/location of category database to retrieve information, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 512 characters in length.
verbose

This option enables the detailed mode for additional information display for specific database.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information of database for category based content filtering application in a service.
Example:
The following command displays a detailed information for all active databases in memory.

    show content-filtering
    category database active all

The following command displays the CF database status of all running SRDB manager.

    show content-filtering
    category database facility srdbmgr all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show content-filtering category policy-id

This command displays Content Filtering category policy definitions.

IMPORTANT:

In StarOS 8.1 and later this command is replaced by the show active-charging content-filtering category policy-id command.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show content-filtering
    category policy-id { all | id
    cf_policy_id
    } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays definitions of all Content Filtering category policies.
id cf_policy_id

Displays definitions of a specific Content Filtering category policy.

cf_policy_id must be a preconfigured category policy ID, and must be an integer from 1 through 4294967295.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Content-Filtering Category definitions for a specific/all Policy IDs.
Example:
The following command displays Content Filtering category definitions for policy ID 3:

    show content-filtering
    category policy-id id 3

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show content-filtering category statistics

This command displays statistics for the Category-based Content Filtering application configured in a system/service.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show content-filtering
    category statistics [ facility srdbmgr { all | instance
    instance_value
    }
     volume { all | number ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

facility

Displays logged events for a specific facility.
srdbmgr { all | instance instance_value }
Displays logged events for all Static Rating Database Manager instances or for specified instance.

- all: Displays events logged for all SRDB Manager instances.
- instance instance_value: Displays events logged for a specific SRDB Manager instance. instance_value must be an integer from 1 through 8.

grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the statistics of Category Based Content Filtering application in a service. This command’s output also indicates capability of the system to perform Content Filtering and Dynamic Content Filtering if configured.

IMPORTANT:

Content filtering cannot be performed if less than two PACs/PSCs are activated. Dynamic Content Filtering cannot be performed if less than three PACs/PSCs are activated.
Example:
The following command displays the detailed statistics of configured category based content filtering application:

    show content-filtering
    category statistics

The following command displays the detailed statistics of configured category based content filtering application based on running SRDB Manager instance1.

    show content-filtering
    category statistics facility srdbmgr instance instance1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show content-filtering category url

This command displays the information about the categories of the database at the specific URL configured for category based content filtering application in a system/service.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show content-filtering
    category url
    url_string

    [ policy-id
    cf_policy_id
    | rulebase
    rulebase_name
    ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

url url_string

Displays the category information of the specific URL.

url_string specifies the URL, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 512 characters in length.
policy-id cf_policy_id

This option displays the category information of specific URL configured with specific content filtering category policy identifier in active charging configuration mode for category based content filtering.

cf_policy_id must be a preconfigured category policy id in Active Charging Configuration Mode.
rulebase rulebase_name

This option displays the category information of specific URL configured in Active Charging Configuration mode for category based content filtering in specific Rulebase.

rulebase_name must be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
verbose

This option enables the detailed mode for additional information display for specific database.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information of a database URL for category based content filtering application in a service.
Example:
The following command displays a detailed information for all active databases in memory.

    show content-filtering
    category url verbose /cf_server/cf/optcmd.bin verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show content-filtering server-group

This command displays information for content Filtering Server Group (CFSG) configured in the service.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show content-filtering
    server-group [ name
    cfsg_name
    | statistics ] | [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

name cfsg_name

Displays detailed information for the specified Content Filtering Server Group.
statistics

Displays statistical information for all configured Content Filtering Server Groups.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for Content Filtering Server Group configured in a service.
Example:
The following command displays a detailed information for all charging actions:

    show content-filtering
    server-group statistics

The following command displays a details of a specific charging action:

    show content-filtering
    server-group name sahire

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show context

Displays information on currently configured contexts.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show context [ all
    | name
    context_name
    ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | name context_name

all: display information for all currently configured contexts.

name context_name: display information for the context specified as context_name only.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View configured contexts when the context of interest needs to be looked up. This may be useful in verifying configuration or in troubleshooting the system.
Example:
The following command displays information for the configured context named sampleContext:

    show context name sampleContext

The following command displays information for all contexts:

    show context all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cpu

Displays information on system CPUs.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show cpu { info [ card
    card_num [ cpu
    cpu_num ] ] [ graphs ]  [ verbose ] | table } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

info [ card card_num [ cpu cpu_num ] ] [ graphs ] [ verbose ]

Specifies information for an entire card or a specific CPU is to be displayed.

card card_num: specifies the card to display associated information. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48 and must refer to an installed card.

cpu cpu_num: optionally selects a specific CPU on the card of interest to display specific information. cpu_num must be a value in the range 0 through 3 and must refer to an installed CPU.

graphs: in addition to textual CPU information display CPU utilization information in graphs.

verbose: output is to display all information available.
table

Display, in tabular format, all cards and CPUs.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View CPU statistics to aid in diagnosing service problems for the case of overload conditions.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command displays the CPU information in tabular format for all CPUs on all installed cards:

    show cpu table

The following command displays CPU information for card 8 in verbose mode:

    show cpu info card
    8 verbose

The following command displays information for CPU 0 on card 1:

    show cpu info card
    1 cpu 0

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crash

Displays summary of crashes or information on a specific crash.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crash { list | number
    crash_num } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

list | number crash_num

list: indicates a list of recent crash data is to be displayed.

number crash_num: indicates the information for the crash specified by crash_num is to be displayed. The crash number must be an existing crash which would be displayed using the list keyword.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

VIew the crash list to determine frequency of crashes or if crashes occur at some specific time of day. This may also be used to view information on a specific crash to aid in troubleshooting.
Example:
The following displays the list of recent crashes.

    show crash list

The following command will display the crash information for crash number 11.

    show crash number 11

show credit-control sessions

This command displays credit control sessions information.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show credit-control
    session [ all | callid | full | mdn | nai | summary ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

session [ all | callid | full | mdn | nai | summary ]

Displays the credit control session status based on the following keywords:

all: Displays all available information for Credit Control sessions

callid: Displays the Credit Control SessionCall ID

full: Displays All available information for the associated display or the filter keyword

mdn: Displays the Credit Control MDN

nai: Displays the Credit Control NI

summary: Displays the summary of Credit Control session information
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to show active credit control application for service sessions.
Example:
The following command shows the configured Credit control application sessions:

    show credit-control sessions

show credit-control statistics

This command displays credit control statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show credit-control
    statistics cc-service name

cc-service

Specifies the credit control service name.

name must be an existing Credit Control service, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to show active credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command shows the configured credit control statistics for a service named service1:

    show credit-control
    statistics cc-service service1

show crypto group

Displays information pertaining to configured crypto groups.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto group [ name
    group_name
    | summary ]

name group_name

Displays information for a specific crypto group.

group_name is the name of the group for which to display information.
summary

Displays state and statistical information for configured crypto groups in this context.
Usage:

Use this command to display information and statistics pertaining to one or all configured crypto groups within the current context.

If the summary keyword is not used, detailed information is displayed.
The following command displays detailed information for a crypto group called group1:

    show crypto group name group1

show crypto ikev1

Displays pre-shared key information for peer security gateways configured within the context.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto ikev1 { keys | policy [
    preference
    ] | security-associations [ summary ] }

keys

Specifies the IKE pre-shared key information based on the peer security gateway.
policy [ preference ]

Specifies the IKE policy priority for which configuration information will be displayed.

The priority can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 100.

If no preference is specified, information will be displayed for all configured policies.
security-associations [ summary ]

Specifies that established IPSec SA information should be displayed.
Usage:
Use this command to:

- Display pre-shared key information. This information can be used to verify configuration and/or for troubleshooting.
- Verify the configuration of IKE policies within the context.
- Display established IPSec SA information. This information can be used for troubleshooting.

Example:
The following command lists the pre-shared keys received from peer security gateways as part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange:

    show crypto ikev1 keys

The following command displays information for an IKE policy with a preference of 1:

    show crypto ikev1 policy 1

The following command displays the currently established SAs:

show crypto ikev1 security-associations summary
show crypto ikev2-ikesa security-associations summary

Summary view of ikev2-ikesa SAs
Product:

PDIF
Privilege:

Administrator, Security Administrator
Syntax

    show crypto ikev2-ikesa
    security-associations summary

Usage:

Shows a summary of the of the SAs configured for a crypto template. It shows the total configured SA lifetime in seconds and the number of seconds left on the timer.
Example:
Use this command to create the SA summary:

    show crypto ikev2-ikesa
    security-associations summary

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto ipsec

Displays IPSec security associations (SAs) configured within or facilitated by the context and can optionally display statistics for them.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto ipsec security-associations
    map-type  { ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip } | summary
     [ distribution | ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id | map-type map_type ] | tag
    map_name

map-type { ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip }
Specifies that information for all crypto maps of a specific type configured within the context will be displayed. The following types can be specified:

- ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber: P-CSCF Subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1: IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev2-subscriber: IKEv2 Subscriber Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual (Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile IP IPSec Tunnel

summary [ distribution | ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id | map-type map_type | template-map map_name ]

Specifies that only security association summary information should be displayed.

distribution - Show IPSec Manager SA distribution information.

ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id - Show summary SA information for the spcified IPSec manager instance ID. must be an integer from 1 through 200.
map-type map_type - Show summary SA information for the specfied type of crypto map.The following types can be specified:

- ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber: P-CSCF Subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1: IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual (Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile IP IPSec Tunnel

tag map_name

Specifies that SAs should be displayed for the specified crypto map.

map_name is the name of the crypto map configured in the context and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Use this command to display IPSec SA information and statistics. This information can be used for performance monitoring and/or troubleshooting.

The displayed information categorizes control signal and data statistics. Data statistics are further categorized according to the encapsulation method, either GRE or IP-in-IP.
Example:
The following command displays summary SA statistics for all IPSec managers.

    show crypto ipsec security-associations summary

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto ipsec transform-set

Displays IPsec transform set configuration information.
Product:

PDG/TTG

PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto ipsec transform-set [ transform_name ]

transform_name

Specifies the name of a particular IPsec transform set for which to display information.

transform_name is the name of the IPsec transform set and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Use this command to verify the configuration of IPsec transform sets within the context.

If no keyword is specified, information will be displayed for all IPsec transform sets configured within the context.

IMPORTANT:

This command is used in PDIF Release 8.3 only.
Example:
The following command displays information for an IPsec transform set named test1:

    show crypto ipsec transform-set test1

show crypto isakmp keys

Displays pre-shared key information for peer security gateways configured within the context.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto isakmp keys

Usage:

Use this command to display pre-shared key information based on the peer security gateway. This information can be used to verify configuration and/or for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command lists the pre-shared keys received from peer security gateways as part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange:

    show crypto isakmp keys

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto isakmp policy

Displays ISAKMP policy configuration information.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto isakmp
    policy [ preference ]

preference

Specifies the ISAKMP policy priority for which configuration information will be displayed.

The priority can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 100.
Usage:

Use this command to verify the configuration of ISAKMP policies within the context.

If no preference is specified, information will be displayed for all configured policies.
Example:
The following command displays information for an ISAKMP policy with a preference of 1:

    show crypto isakmp
    policy 1

show crypto isakmp security-associations

Displays currently established IKE security associations (SAs) facilitated by the context.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto isakmp
    security-associations [ cookies ]

cookies

Specifies that cookies should be displayed.
Usage:

Use this command to display established IPSec SA information. This information can be used for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command displays the currently established SAs:

    show crypto isakmp
    security-associations

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto managers

Shows statistics per IPSec Manager.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto managers [ context context_id | crypto-map map_name | instance instance_num | summary
     [ distribution | ike-stats | ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats | ikev2-stats [ demux-stats ] | ipsec-sa-stats | npu-stats ] ]

context context_id

Show IPSec manager statistics for the context with the specified context identifier number.

must be an integer from 1 through 64.
crypto-map map_name

Show IPSec Managers for a specific crypto map.

map_name must be the name of an existing crypto map.
instance instance_num

Show statistics for the specified IPSec manager instance.

instance_num must be an integer from 1 through 284.
summary [ distribution | ike-stats | ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats | ikev2-stats [ demux-stats ] | ipsec-sa-stats | npu-stats ]

Shows stats per service ip address for each manager.

distribution - Shows a summary list of IPsec manager distribution.

ike-stats - Shows a summary list of IPSec IKE statistics. for each IPsec manager.

ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats - Displays CSCF IPSec Statistics on each IPsec Manager.
ikev2-stats - Displays IKEv2 Statistics on each IPsec Manager.

- demux-stats - Displays session demux statistics on each IPsec Manager.

ipsec-sa-stats Shows a summary list of IPsec Security Association statistics for each IPsec Manager.

npu-stats - Displays NPU statistics on each IPsec Manager.
Usage:

Use this command to view statistics relating to IPSec managers.
Example:
The following command displays summary information for all IPSec managers:

    show crypto managers summary

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto map

Displays crypto map configuration information.
Product:

PDIF, PDSN, GGSN, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto map [ map-type [ ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-ikev2-subscriber | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip] | tag map_name | summary ]

map-type [ ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-ikev2-subscriber | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip ]
Specifies that information for all crypto maps of a specific type configured within the context will be displayed. The following types can be specified:

- ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber: P-CSCF subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1: IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev2-subscriber: IKEv2 Subscriber Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual (Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile IP IPSec Tunnel

tag map_name

Specifies the name of a crypto map for which to display configuration information.

map_name is the name of the crypto map configured in the context and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
summary

Displays summary information for all crypto maps configured in the context.
Usage:

Use this command to verify the configuration of crypto maps within the context.

If no keyword is specified, information will be displayed for all maps configured within the context regardless of type.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for a dynamic crypto map named test_map3:

    show crypto map tag test_map3

show crypto statistics

Displays IPSec statistics.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, PDG/TTG, PDIF, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto statistics
    ikev1 |
    ikev2 [service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ] | ipsec-3gpp-cscf
     [ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]

ikev1

Displays global ikev1 statistics for this context.
ikev2 [ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]

Displays global ikev2 statistics for this context.

service-ip-address ip-address: Specified PDIF service ip address.

service-name name: Specified PDIF service name.
ipsec-3gpp-cscf [ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]

Displays global CSCF IPSec SA statistics for this context.

service-ip-address ip-address: Specified CSCF service ip address.

service-name name: Specified CSCF service name.
Usage:

Use this command to display statistics for IPSec tunnels facilitated by the context. This information can be used for performance monitoring and/or troubleshooting
Example:
The following command displays cumulative IPSec statistics for the current context:

    show crypto statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show crypto transform-set

Displays transform set configuration information.
Product:

PDIF, PDSN, GGSN, SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show crypto transform-set [ transform_name ]

transform_name

Specifies the name of a particular transform set for which to display information.

transform_name is the name of the transform set and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Use this command to verify the configuration of transform sets within the context.

If no keyword is specified, information will be displayed for all transform sets configured within the context.

IMPORTANT:

This command is used in PDIF Release 8.1. In PDIF Release 8.3, the syntax of this command is changed to show crypto ipsec transform-set.
Example:
The following command displays information for a transform set named test1:

    show crypto transform-set test1

show cscf nat

Displays the mapping created for each of the media streams present in an established dialog.
Product:

SCM (P-CSCF, A-BG)
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    show cscf nat media
    mapping { all | aor aor }

media mapping { all | aor aor }

all: Displays the UE/Network origins and destinations, including their IP addresses/port numbers and associated contexts.

aor aor : Displays information for a specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to display the status of configured Network Address Translation (NAT) support.
Example:
The following command displays the status of the mapping created for each of the media streams present on this system:

    show cscf nat
    media mapping all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cscf peer-servers

Displays name, IP address, and status of configured peer servers visible to the system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show cscf peer-servers { all | full | name service_name  [ server-name server_name ] }

all | full | name service_name [ server-name server_name ]

all: Displays the peer server list names and the servers within those lists including their IP addresses/port numbers and domain names.

full: Displays additional details regarding the peer servers within the configured lists on the system.

name service_name [ server-name server_name ]: Displays the same information as the full keyword output, but for a specific peer server list or specific server.

service_name/server_name must be an existing peer server list or server and be from 1 through 80 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to display the status of configured peer servers.
Example:
The following command displays the status of a peer server named icscf3 that is a member of peer server list cscf-main:

    show cscf peer-servers
    name cscf-main server-name icscf3

The following command displays the status of all peer servers in configured peer server groups in this context:

    show cscf peer-servers full

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cscf service

Displays configuration and/or statistic information for CSCF services on this system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show cscf service { all [ counters ] | diameter policy_control
    statistics service-name service_name [ vpn-name name ] | grey-list
    name name | li-packet-cable
    statistics |  name service_name [ counters ] | statistics
    name service_name  [ all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name
     { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name ] | subscription
    name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all [ counters ]

Displays configuration information for all CSCF services configured on this system.

counters: Displays statistics with the configuration information for all CSCF services configured on the system.
diameter policy_control statistics service-name service_name [ vpn-name name ]

Displays Diameter (DPECA) statistics on the CSCF Rx interface with the configuration information.

service-name service_name: Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the statistics will be displayed. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

vpn-name name: Specifies the name of a context in which all statistics for all services will be displayed. name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grey-list name name

Displays the list of run-time grey-listed users and their remaining barred period for the specified CSCF service.

name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
li-packet-cable statistics

Displays Lawful Intercept statistics.
name service_name [ counters ]

Displays configuration information for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.

counters: Displays statistics with the configuration information for the specific CSCF service.
statistics name service_name [ all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name ]

Displays service statistics for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

all: Displays all CSCF service statistics.

calls: Displays session statistics related to CSCF calls.

ip-security: Displays session statistics related to CSCF IPSec.

message: Displays session statistics for the SIP method MESSAGE.
package-name: Displays session statistics for the associated event package.

- message-summary: Displays session statistics for the “message-summary” event package.
- presence: Displays session statistics for the “presence” event package.
- reg: Displays session statistics for the “reg” event package.
- winfo: Displays session statistics for the “watcher-info” event package.

registrations: Displays session statistics related to CSCF registrations, re-registrations, and de-registrations.

sigcomp: Displays session statistics related to CSCF sigcomp.

tcp: Displays session statistics related to CSCF TCP.

vpn-name name: Displays session statistics for a specific CSCF service configured in a specific context on this system. name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword must be followed by another statistics-related keyword.
subscription name service_name

Displays service level subscription information for a specific service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display configuration information and/or statistics for any or all CSCF services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the CSCF service named cscf1:

    show cscf service statistics
    name cscf1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cscf sessions

Displays statistics for CSCF sessions on this system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show cscf sessions { counters { calls { duration | first-response-time | invite-processing-time | post-answer-delay | post-dial-delay | service service_name | session-release-delay | session-setup-delay } service service_name | subscription { duration | service service_name | setup-time } service service_name } | duration | full
     [ callleg-id id | from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ] [ media-type type ] | summary
     [ from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id |  to-aor aor ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters { calls { duration | first-response-time | invite-processing-time | post-answer-delay | post-dial-delay | service service_name | session-release-delay | session-setup-delay } service service_name | subscription { duration | service service_name | setup-time } service service_name }

Displays counters for all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
calls: Counters associated with calls in CSCF service.

- duration: Displays the call duration time.
- first-response-time: Displays the time interval for the first response received for INVITE.
- invite-processing-time: Displays the INVITE message processing time in CSCF.
- post-answer-delay: Displays the time interval for post answer delay.
- post-dial-delay: Displays the time interval for the ringing or success response for INVITE.
- service service_name: Displays specific service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword may be used alone with the counters keyword or following any other counters-specific keyword.

- session-release-delay: Displays the time interval for releasing the call.
- session-setup-delay: Displays the time interval for session setup.

subscription: Counters associated with subscriptions in CSCF service.

- duration: Displays the SIP Subscription duration time.
- service service_name: Displays specific service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword may be used alone with the subscription keyword or following any other subscription-specific keyword.

- setup-time: Displays the SIP Subscription setup time.

duration

Displays the call duration for all CSCF sessions.
full [ callleg-id id | from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ] [ media-type type ]

Displays all the session information for the active CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.

callleg-id id: Specifies a call leg from which session statistics are to be displayed. id must be an existing call-leg ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

from-aor aor: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions originating from this specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

service service_name: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions using this CSCF service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

session-id id: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions with this ID. id must be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

to-aor aor: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions sent to this specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

media-type type: Displays information about specific media type, if any. type must be an existing media type and be from 1 to 9 alpha and/or numeric characters.
summary [ from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ]

Displays session summary information for sessions matching the filter criteria.

from-aor aor: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions originating from this specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

service service_name: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions using this CSCF service. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

session-id id: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions with this ID. id must be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

to-aor aor: Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions sent to this specific AoR. aor must be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
duration | setuptime

duration: Displays session duration counters.

setuptime: Displays session setup time counters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Refer to Regulating a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display session information for any or all CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command displays the output for CSCF session duration:

    show cscf sessions duration

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cscf sip

Displays SIP statistics for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show cscf sip statistics
    name service_name  [ interface { domain domain_name | ip address ip_address } | vpn-name name ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

statistics name service_name

name service_name: Specifies the name of the CSCF service.

service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
interface { domain name domain_name | ip address ip_address }

SIP statistics will be displayed for this interface.

domain name domain_name: Specifies the domain associated with the CSCF service. domain_name must be an existing domain and be from 1 to 64 alpha and/or numeric characters.

ip address ip_address: Specifies the destination or source ip address associated with the CSCF service.
vpn-name name

Specifies the name of the context in which the service is configured.

name must be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Refer to Regulating a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display SIP statistics for a specific CSCF service.

IMPORTANT:

This command displays counters for SIP statistics for a specified CSCF service. Counters are incremented when SIP messages are sent (Tx) or received (Rx). SIP Request, Response, and Error counters are maintained at various levels in the SIP stack. These values are dependent on the packet flow. For example, if packets are dropped at an initial stage of parsing and error detection, the counters may not increment. All 2xx Response counters for individual requests are maintain outside the SIP layer and will not track re-transmissions and erroneous packets that are dropped. All other counters do keep track of re-transmissions.
Example:
The following command displays SIP statistics for the CSCF service named cscf1:

    show cscf sip statistics
    name cscf1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show cscf tcp

Displays TCP connection information for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.
Product:

SCM
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show cscf tcp connections
    service service_name [ facility
     { cscfmgr | sessmgr } | full | remote-ip ip_address | remote-port port_number ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

connections service service_name

service service_name: Specifies the name of the CSCF service.

service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
facility { cscfmgr | sessmgr }

Facility type for which connection details have to be retrieved.

cscfmgr: Facility type cscfmgr.

sessmgr: Facility type sessmgr.
full

Displays detailed information related to each connection.
remote-ip ip_address

Remote IP address to match the connection.
remote-port port_number

Remote port to match the connection.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Refer to Regulating a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display TCP connection information for a specific CSCF service.

IMPORTANT:

More than one optional keyword may be used per command.
Example:
The following command displays TCP connections for the CSCF service named cscf1:

    show cscf tcp connections
    service cscf1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show css delivery-sequence

This is a restricted command. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show css server

This is a restricted command. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show css service

This is a restricted command. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show dhcp

Displays counter information pertaining to DHCP functionality based on specific criteria.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show dhcp [ counters | full | summary ] [ all | apn apn_name | callid id | chaddr mac_address | dhcp-service svc_name | imsi imsi | user-address address | msid msid | server server_address | username name ]

counters

Displays DHCP counter information.
full

Displays all available information pertaining to the criteria specified.
summary

Displays a summary of the DHCP statistics.
all

Displays counter information for each active PDP context.
apn apn_name

Displays information based on a specific APN name.

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
callid id

Displays information for a specific call identification number.

id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
chaddr mac_address

Displays information for a specific mobile node.

mac_address must be MAC address of mobile node.
dhcp-service svc_name

Displays information for a specific DHCP service.

svc_name is the name of the DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
imsi imsi

Displays information for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).

imsi is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
user-address address

Displays information for a specific DHCP-assigned user IP address.

address is the IP address expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
msid msid

Displays information for a specific Mobile Subscriber Identity (MSID).

msid must be from 1 to 15 digits.
server server_address

Displays information for a specific DHCP server.

server_address is the IP address of the server expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
username name

Displays information for a specific subscriber.

name can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters (including wildcards (‘$’ and ‘*’)) and is case sensitive.
Usage:

Counters pertaining to DHCP functionality can be displayed as cumulative values or for specific APNs, PDP contexts, servers, or DHCP services.
Example:
The following command displays DHCP counter information for a DHCP service called DHCP-Gi:

    show dhcp dhcp-service DHCP-Gi

The following command displays DHCP counter information for a DHCP Call Id 01ca11a2:

    show dhcp call-id 01ca11a2

The following command displays DHCP information for the specified mobile node:

    show dhcp chaddr 00:05:47:00:37:44

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show dhcp statistics

Displays DHCP statistics for the specified servers.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show dhcp statistics [ dhcp-service
    svc_name
    |  server
    ip_address
    ]

dhcp-service svc_name

Displays statistics for a specific DHCP service.

svc_name is the name of the desired DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
server ip_address

Displays statistics for a specific DHCP server.

ip_address is the IP address of the desired server and must be entered in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Statistics for a single DHCP service or DHCP server can be viewed using the dhcp-service or server keywords respectively.

Cumulative statistics for all DHCP services and servers within a context can be viewed by executing the command with no keywords from within the context in which they’re configured.

If this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will be cumulative for all dhcp servers configured on the system regardless of context.
Example:
The following command allows you to view statistics for all configured DHCP servers within the context:

    show dhcp statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show dhcp-service

Displays configuration information for either a specific, or for all DHCP servers configured.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show dhcp-service { all | name
    svc_name }

all

Displays information for all configured DHCP services.
name svc_name

Displays information for a specific DHCP service.

svc_name is the name of the service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of one or all DHCP services for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes. he output is a concise listing of DHCP service parameter settings.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all DHCP services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for a DHCP service called dhcp1:

    show dhcp-service name dhcp1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show dhcp status

Displays configuration information for either a specific, or for all DHCP service and servers configured.
Product:

GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show dhcp status [ dhcp-service
    svc_name
    ] [ server
    ip_addr
    ]

all

Displays information for all configured DHCP services.
dhcp-service svc_name

Displays information for a specific DHCP service.

svc_name is the name of the service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
server ip_address

Displays status for a specific DHCP server.

ip_address is the IP address of the desired server and must be entered in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command is used to show/verify the status or configuration of one or all DHCP services along with count of cumulative leased addresses and addresses leased at that time for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of DHCP service parameter settings.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all DHCP services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays status of a DHCP service called ggsn_dhcp1:

    show dhcp status dhcp-service ggsn_dhcp1

State shown in display is consolidated across session managers, i.e. for each session manager, DHCP server have a timestamp value associated with its state.

For a DHCP server, its timestamp value is compared for each session manager and the state associated with the latest value is shown.

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show diameter aaa-statistics

This command displays Diameter AAA statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter aaa-statistics [ all | group group_name [ server server_name ] | server server_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays all available Diameter server statistics.
group group_name [ server server_name ]

Displays all Diameter server statistics within the specified AAA group.

group_name must be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.

server_name must be the name of a Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.
server server_name

Displays Diameter server statistics for the specified server.

server_name must be the name of the Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through 64 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Diameter AAA statistics.
Example:
The following command displays all available Diameter server statistics:

    show diameter aaa-statistics all

show diameter accounting servers aaa-group

This command displays Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter accounting
    servers [ aaa-group group_name ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

group_name

group_name must be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 0 through 64 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group.
Example:
The following command displays Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group named group12:

    show diameter accounting
    servers aaa-group group12

show diameter authentication servers aaa-group

This command displays Diameter Authentication server information for a specified AAA group.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter authentication
    servers [ aaa-group group_name ]

group_name

group_name must be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 0 through 64 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to view Diameter authentication server information for a AAA group.
Example:
The following command displays Diameter authentication server information for a AAA group named group12:

    show diameter authentication
    servers aaa-group group12

show diameter endpoint

This command has been deprecated, and is replaced by the show diameter endpoints command.
show diameter endpoints

This command displays the status of Diameter client endpoint(s).
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter endpoints { all | endpoint endpoint_name }  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays status of all Diameter client endpoints.
endpoint endpoint_name

Displays status of the specified Diameter client endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the status of Diameter client endpoints.

If you are in the local context, then all contexts are searched for the specified endpoint(s). Specify all to see all endpoints; otherwise, just the named endpoint will be displayed. If no argument is provided, a summary of all endpoints is displayed.

Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command displays status of all Diameter client endpoints.

    show diameter endpoints all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show diameter message-queue

This command displays Diameter message queue statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter message-queue
    counters { inbound | outbound } [ endpoint endpoint_name [ peer-host peer_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] | session-id session_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

counters { inbound | outbound }

Specifies the message counters:

inbound: Specifies Diameter inbound messages

outbound: Specifies Diameter outbound messages
endpoint endpoint_name

Specifies the Diameter endpoint.

endpoint_name must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id

Specifies the Diameter peer host.

peer_id must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id

Specifies the Diameter peer realm.

realm_id must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
session-id session_id

Specifies the session ID.

session_id must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the count of the messages in the Diameter message queue for specific counter type, session ID, or endpoint, peer host, and peer realm.
Example:
The following command displays message queue statistics for outbound messages specific to the Diameter endpoint st16.starentnetworks.com:

    show diameter message-queue
    counters outbound endpoint st16.starentnetworks.com

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show diameter peers

This command displays Diameter peer information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter peers [ full | summary ] [ all | [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ peer-host peer_id ]  [ peer-realm realm_id ]+ ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

full

Displays full details of all or specified Diameter peers.
summary

Displays summary details of all or specified Diameter peer(s).
all

Displays details of all Diameter peers.
endpoint endpoint_name

Displays details of the specified Diameter endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the origin endpoint value, and must be a string of 1 through 255 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id

Displays details of the specified Diameter peer host.

peer_id must be the peer host value, and must be a string of 1 through to 63 characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id

Displays details of the specified Diameter peer realm.

realm_id must be the Diameter peer realm ID, and must be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the details of Diameter peers.

If you are in the local context, then all contexts are searched for the specified peer(s).

This is similar to the show subscribers CLI command and supports multiple filter options specified at the same time.

If filter options are specified (e.g., all, endpoint, etc.), the default is for one line of output to be displayed per peer. Use full to get detailed information per peer, or summary to get summarized information about all matching peers.

If no filter options are specified, a summary output for all peers is displayed. Use the full option to get detailed information about every peer.

Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command details of the Diameter endpoint named endpoint12:

    show diameter peers
    endpoint endpoint12

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show diameter route status

This command displays Diameter route health status information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter route
    status [ endpoint
    endpoint_name
    | full  [ endpoint
    endpoint_name
    ] ] [ host
    host_name
    | peer
    peer_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

full

Displays information of which Diameter clients are using which peer/host combinations.
endpoint endpoint_name

Displays detailed information of the specified Diameter client endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
host host_name

Displays information for the specified Diameter host.

host_name must be the name of a Diameter host, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id

Displays information for the specified Diameter peer.

peer_id must be the name of a Diameter peer host, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the Diameter route health status.

If you are in the local context, then the route information used by Diameter endpoints in all ST16 contexts will be used in the display.

The route status displays status of peer/host combinations. Refer to the route-failure CLI command in Diameter Endpoint Configuration mode. When no options are specified, the display will give one line per peer/host combination, indicating how many Diameter clients are using each combination, and for how many clients the combination is available or failed. Specify full to see which Diameter clients are using which peer/host combinations. Specify host or peer to see just combinations with the named host or peer. Specify endpoint to see detailed information about the named Diameter client.

Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command displays route health status details of the Diameter client endpoint named endpoint12:

    show diameter route
    status endpoint endpoint12

show diameter route table

This command displays the Diameter routing table.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter route
    table [ wide ] [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

wide

Displays the route table information in wide-format.
endpoint endpoint_name

Displays the Diameter routing table for the specified endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view the status of Diameter client endpoints.

If you are in the local context, then the route information used by Diameter endpoints in all chassis contexts will be used in the display.

The route table displays all static and dynamic routes. Refer to the route-entry CLI command in Diameter Endpoint Configuration Mode.

Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command displays status of the Diameter client endpoint named endpoint12.

    show diameter route
    table endpoint endpoint12

show diameter statistics

This command displays Diameter peer statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show diameter statistics [ [ proxy ] endpoint endpoint_name  [ peer-host peer_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

endpoint endpoint_name

Displays statistics for the specified DIameter endpoint.

endpoint_name must be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id

Displays statistics for the specified Diameter host peer.

peer_id must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 255 characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id

Displays statistics for the specified Diameter peer realm.

realm_id must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
proxy

Displays proxy related statistics.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view Diameter statistics for the specified endpoint or proxy.
Example:
The following command displays Diameter peer statistics for the endpoint named endpoint12:

    show diameter statistics
    endpoint endpoint12

show dns-client

Displays DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Product:

P-CSCF, SIP Proxy, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show dns-client { cache
    client name [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ] | statistics
    client name }  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

cache client name [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ]

Specifies that the cache for the defined DNS client is to be displayed.

name: Defines the name of the DNS client whose cache is to be displayed. name must be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.

query-name name: Filters DNS results based on the domain name. name must be from 1 to 255 characters in length. name is the domain name used to perform the DNS query. name is different from the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to resolve the SIP server for service.com, the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and the query type is SRV.
query-type:

- A: Filters DNS results based on domain IP address records (A records).
- SRV: Filters DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).

statistics client name

Specifies that statistics for the defined DNS client are to be cleared.

name: Defines the name of the DNS client whose statistics are to be displayed. name must be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for a DNS client named domain1.com:

    show dns-client statistics client domain1.com

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show dynamic-policy statistics

Displays policy control and charging (PCC) statistics from the interface communicating with the PCRF (Gx(x)).
Product:

HSGW, PDSN, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show dynamic-policy
    statistics { hsgw-service name | pdsn-service name | sgw-service name }

hsgw-service name

Displays policy control and charging statistics from the Gxa interface communicating with the PCRF. name must be an existing HSGW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pdsn-service name

Displays policy control and charging statistics from the Gx interface communicating with the PCRF. name must be an existing PDSN service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
sgw-service name

Displays policy control and charging statistics from the Gxc interface communicating with the PCRF. name must be an existing S-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:

Use this command to display PCC statistics for the specified service and its Gx interface communicating with the PCRF.
Example:
The following command displays PCC statistics for a PDSN service named cdma4:

    show dynamic-policy
    statistics pdsn-service cdma4

show egtpc peers

Displays information about eGTP-C peers.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show egtpc peers [ address ip_address | egtp-service name [ address ip_address ] | interface { mme [ address ip_address ] | pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-egress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] } ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

address ip_address

Displays information about a specific eGTP-C peer based on the IP address of the peer. ip_address must be an existing eGTP-C peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
egtp-service name [ address ip_address ]

Displays information about eGTP-C peers associated with a specific service. name must be an existing egtp-service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

address ip_address: Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the service. ip_address must be an existing eGTP-C peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
interface { mme [ address ip_address ] | pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-egress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] }

Displays information about eGTP-C peers associated with the service interface configured on this system.

mme [ address ip_address ]: Displays information about eGTP-C MME peers associated with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the MME peer. ip_address must be an existing MME peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ]: Displays information about eGTP-C P-GW ingress peers associated with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the P-GW ingress peer. ip_address must be an existing P-GW ingress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

sgw-egress [ address ip_address ]: Displays information about eGTP-C S-GW egress peers associated with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the S-GW egress peer. ip_address must be an existing S-GW egress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ]: Displays information about eGTP-C S-GW ingress peers associated with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the S-GW ingress peer. ip_address must be an existing S-GW ingress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on using the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:

Use this command to display information about eGTP-C peers associated with the service interface configured on this system. The output contains the following information about the peer:

- Status of the peer
- Echo status
- Restart counter status
- Peer restart counter knowledge
- Service ID
- Peer IP address
- Current sessions
- Maximum sessions

IMPORTANT:

The primary command, show egtpc peers, when entered without additional keywords, displays information for all peers associated with the service operating on this system.
Example:
The following command returns an output for an eGTP-C S-GW egress peers associated with the service interface configured on this system with an IP address of 1.2.3.4:

    show egtpc peers interface
    sgw-egress address 1.2.3.4

The following command returns an output for an eGTP-C MME peer associated with the service interface configured on this system with an IP address of 1.2.3.4:

    show egtpc peers interface
    mme address 1.2.3.4

show egtp-service

Displays configuration information for evolved GPRS Tunneling Protocol (eGTP) services on this system.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show egtp-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configuration information for all eGTP services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific eGTP service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing eGTP service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for eGTP services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the eGTP service named egtp1:

    show egtp-service name egtp1

show egtpc sessions

Displays eGTP-C session information.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show egtpc sessions [ egtp-service name | interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingress } ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

egtp-service name

Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with a specific service. name must be an existing egtp-service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingress }

Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the service interface configured on this system.

mme: Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the MME interface configured on this system.

pgw-ingress: Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the P-GW ingress interface configured on this system.

sgw-egress: Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the S-GW egress interface configured on this system.

sgw-ingress: Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the S-GW ingress interface configured on this system.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on using the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:

Use this command to display session information for a specific eGTP service or for sessions associated with an interface type configured on this system.
Example:
The following command displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with all P-GW ingress interfaces configured on this system:

    show egtpc sessions
    interface pgw-ingress

The following command displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with all MME interfaces configured on this system:

    show egtpc sessions
    interface mme

show egtpc statistics

Displays evolved GPRS Tunneling Protocol Control (eGTP-C) plane statistics for a specific service name or interface type.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show egtpc statistics [ egtp-service name | interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingess } | mme-address ip_address | pgw-address ip_address | sgw-address ip_address ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

egtp-service name

Displays statistics for a specific eGTP service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing eGTP service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingess }

mme: Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all MME interfaces.

pgw-ingress: Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP P-GW ingress interfaces.

sgw-egress: Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP S-GW egress interfaces.

sgw-ingress: Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP S-GW ingress interfaces.
mme-address ip_address

Displays eGTP-C statistics for a specific MME IP address. ip_address must be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
pgw-address ip_address

Displays eGTP-C statistics for a specific P-GW IP address. ip_address must be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
sgw-address ip_address

Displays eGTP-C statistics for a specific S-GW IP address. ip_address must be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
verbose

Displays the maximum amount of detail available for this commands output. If this option is not specified, the output is truncated to a more concise level.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on using the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:

Use this command to display evolved GPRS Tunneling Protocol Control (eGTPC) plane statistics for a specific service name or interface type.
Example:
The following command displays eGTPC statistics for interfaces configured as S-GW ingress interfaces:

    show egtpc statistics
    interface sgw-ingess

The following command displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with all MME interfaces configured on this system:

    show egtpc sessions
    interface mme

show external-inline-servers

This command is obsolete.
show fa-service

Displays information on configured foreign agent services.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show fa-service { all | name
    fa_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | name fa_name

all: indicates information on all foreign agent services is to be displayed.

name fa_name: indicates only the information for the FA service specified as fa_name is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display foreign agent service configuration information.
Example:
The following commands display information on the FA service sampleService and all services, respectively.

    show fa-service name sampleServiceshow fa-service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show fans

Displays the current control status, speed, and temperature for the upper and lower fans.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show fans [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the fan information to verify system hardware status as necessary.
Example:
The following command displays information regarding the cooling fans in the system:

    show fans

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show file

Displays the contents of the file specified. The contents are paginated as if it were normal ASCII output.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show file
    url
    url [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

url url
Specifies the location of a file to display. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

IMPORTANT:

Use of the SMC hard drive is not supported in this release.

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the contents of files to view such information as log data, trace information, etc.
Example:
The following will display the contents of the local file /pub/log.txt.

    show file //pcmcia1/pub/log.txt

The following command will display the contents of the file /pub/log.txt on remote host remoteABC.

    show file ftp://remoteABC/pub/log.txt

show firewall flows

This command is obsolete.
show firewall ruledef

This command is obsolete.
show firewall statistics

This command is obsolete.
show fng-service

This command displays information about specified FNG service configuration, status, and counters, and includes information about the total current sessions maintained by the FNG.
Product:

FNG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show fng-service { all [ counters ] | name service_name | session | statistics }

all

Displays information for all configured FNG services.
counters

Displays counters associated with the FNG service.
name service_name

Displays information only for the specified FNG service.

service_name must be the name of an existing FNG service in the current context and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
session

Displays information about configured FNG sessions.

IMPORTANT:

See show fng-service session for detailed options.
statistics service_name

Total of collected information for specific protocol since the last restart or clear command.

IMPORTANT:

See show fng-service statistics for detailed options.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information for selected configured FNG services.
Example:
The following command displays available information for all active FNG services.

    show fng-service all

IMPORTANT:

Command output descriptions are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show fng-service session

This command displays statistics for specific FNG sessions.
Product:

FNG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show fng-service session [ all | callid call_id| counters | full [ all | callid call_id| ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip_address| username name] | ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip-address| summary [ all | callid call_id| ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip-address| username name ] | username name ]

all

Displays all related information for all active FNG sessions.
callid

Displays PPP information for the call.

call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
counters

Displays counters for the configured FNG sessions.
full

Displays all available information for the associated display or filter keyword.
ip-address ipv4_address

The IPv4 address of the subscriber.

ipv4_address must be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
peer-address ipv4_address

The IPv4 address of a specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
summary

Displays summary information for FNG sessions.
username user_name

The name of a specific user within the current context. Displays available information for the specific username.

user_name must be followed by a username.

The username can an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to 127 characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for an FNG session.
Example:
The following command displays all available FNG sessions.

    show fng-service session all

IMPORTANT:

Command output descriptions are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show fng-service statistics

Displays statistics for the FNG since the last restart or clear command. The output includes the number of each type of protocol message. For example, the output includes the various types of EAP messages.
Product:

FNG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show fng-service statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address ]

name service_name

Displays statistics for the specified service.

service_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address ipv4_address

Displays statistics for a specific IP peer.

ipv4_address must be entered in standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display FNG statistics.

IMPORTANT:

You may use more than one keyword per command line.
Example:
The following command displays information about the FNG service.

    show fng-service statistics

IMPORTANT:

Command output descriptions are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show freeze-ptmsi imsi

Displays the P-TMSI (packet-temporary mobile subscriber identify) corresponding to the IMSI (international mobile subscriber identity) that has entered a frozen state after the purge timeout timer expires.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show freeze-ptmsi imsi
    imsi_num

imsi imsi_num

Specifies the IMSI that has been frozen. The first three digits are the MCC (mobile country code). The next two or three digits are the MNC (mobile network code). The remaining digits are the MSIN ( mobile station identification number).

imsi_num: Enter a sequence of up to 15 digits.
Usage:

This command enables the operator to know whether a frozen IMSI has an associated P-TMSI.
Example:
The following command displays the P-TMSI corresponding to a frozen IMSI:

    show freeze-ptmsi imsi 262090426000194

show ggsn-service

Displays configuration information for GGSN services on the system.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ggsn-service { all | name
    ggsn_svc_name
    }
    [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more }]

all

Displays information for all GGSN services configured with the given context.
name ggsn_svc_name

Specifies the name of a specific GGSN service for which to display information.

ggsn_svc_name is the name of a configured GGSN service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of one or all GGSN services for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of GGSN service parameter settings.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all GGSN services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for a GGSN service called ggsn1:

    show ggsn-service name ggsn1

show ggsn-service sgsn-table

This new command is the only way to list all SGSNs by IP address and show the current number of subscribers to each SGSN.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ggsn-service sgsn-table

Usage:

While there are existing commands to show SGSN subscriber information, this new command is the only way to list all SGSNs by IP address and show the current number of subscribers to each SGSN.
Example:
The following command will bring up a table showing the current active/inactive status, IP address, reboots/restarts and SGSN users.

    show ggsn-service sgsn-table

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show global-title-translation

Displays configuration information for the global title translation (GTT).
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show global-title-translation { address-map
    name
    | association
    name
    }

address-map name

Displays GTT database. name must be a unique identification comprised of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
association name

Displays GTT association list.

name must be a unique identification comprised of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
Usage:

This command displays the configuration for the GTT.
Example:
The following command displays the address map called gtt-ad1.

    show global-title-translation
    address-map gtt-ad1

show gmm-sm statistics

This command displays statistics for the GPRS Mobility Management and Session Management (GMM/SM) configuration of the system’s SGSN service. GMM/SM supports mobility to allow the SGSN to know the location of a Mobile Station (MS) at any time and to activate, modify and deactivate the PDP sessions required by the MS for user data transfer.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gmm-sm statistics [ gmm-only | sm-only ] [ gprs-service srvc_name [ nsei nse_id | routing-area
    mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] | [ sgsn-service srvc_name [ rnc mcc
    mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id rnc-id rnc_id | routing
    areamcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

gmm-only

Enter this keyword to display only GPRS mobility management (GMM) information for other specified keyword parameters for the current context.
sm-only

Enter this keyword to display only session management (SM) information for other specified keyword parameters for the current context.
gprs-service srvc_name

Enter this keyword to display the statistics for the specified GPRS service. The display request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.

srvc_name must be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
nsei

Enter this keyword to display the GMM/SM session statistics for the identified network service entity (NSEI).
sgsn-service srvc_name

Enter this keyword to display the statistics for the specified SGSN service. The display request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.

srvc_name must be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
rnc

Enter this keyword to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics just for the specified ( rnc-id) radio network controller (RNC).
rnc-id rnc_id

Enter this keyword to identify the specific RNC.

rnc_id must be an integer from 0 through 4095.
routing-area mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id

Enter the routing-area keyword to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics for a specified routing area (RA) identified by the MCC, MNC, LAC and RAC.
mcc mcc_id

Enter this keyword to specify the mobile country code (MCC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

mcc_id must be an integer from 100 through 999.
mnc mnc_id

Enter this keyword to specify the mobile network code (MNC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

mnc_id must be an integer from 00 through 999.
lac lac_id

Enter this keyword to specify the location area code (LAC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

lac_id must be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rac rac_id

Enter this keyword to specify the routing area code (RAC) as part of the identification of the RNC or RA.

rac_id must be an integer from 1 through 255.
verbose

This keyword displays all possible statistics for specified command or keyword.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display usage statistics for the GMM/SM session configurations for SGSN services, including a BSC’s attaches, activations, and throughput.
Example:
The following command displays GMM/SM statistics for a specific routing area defined for the GPRS service:

    show gmm-sm statistics
    gprs-service gprs1 routing-area mcc 123 mcc 131 lac 24 rac 11

The following command displays all possible information for GMM/SM statistics:

    show gmm-sm statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gprs-service

Displays the statistics of GPRS service(s) configured in a given context on the system.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gprs-service { all | name
    gprs_srvc_name
    } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more }]

all

Displays information for all GPRS services configured with the given context.
name gprs_srvc_name

Specifies the name of a specific GRPS service for which information is to be displayed.

gprs_srvc_name is the name of a configured GPRS service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of one or all GPRS services for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of GPRS service parameter settings.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all GPRS services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for all GPRS services configured in this context:

    show gprs-service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gs-service

Displays configuration information and statistics for Gs service configured on system.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gs-service { all | name
    svc_name
    } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more }]

all

Displays information for all Gs services configured with in the given context.
name svc_name

Specifies the name of a specific Gs service for which to display information.

svc_name is the name of a configured Gs service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to verify the configuration of one or all Gs services for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all Gs services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for all Gs services configured on a system:

    show gs-service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpc

Displays GTPv0, GTPv1-C, GTPv1-U information with filtering options.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpc [ full | counters | summary ] { all | apn
    apn_name
    | imsi
    imsi_value
    [ nsapi
    nsapi_value
    ] | callid
    callid
    | sgsn-address
    ip_address
    | ggsn-service
    ggsn_name
    |  user-address
    ip_address
    | username
    username
    }

[ full | counters | summary ]
Specifies the level of information to be displayed. The following levels can be used:

- full: Indicates detailed information is to be displayed.
- counters: Indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.
- summary: Indicates only summary information is to be displayed.

{ all | apn apn_name | imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ] | callid callid | sgsn-address ip_address | ggsn-service ggsn_name | user-address ip_address | username username }
Specifies the filter criteria used when displaying GTP information. The following filters can be used:

- all: Specifies that all available information is to be displayed.
- apn apn_name: Specifies that GTP information for a particular APN will be displayed. apn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]: Specifies that GTP information will be displayed for a particular International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). imsi_value is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters. Optionally, the IMSI could be further filtered by specifying a particular PDP context using the Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI). nsapi_value is an integer value from 5 to 15.
- callid callid: Specifies that GTP information will be displayed for a particular call identification number. callid must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
- sgsn-address ip_address: Specifies that GTP information for a particular SGSN will be displayed. ip_address is the address of the SGSN in dotted decimal notation.
- ggsn-service ggsn_name: Specifies that GTP information for a particular GGSN service will be displayed. ggsn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- user-address ip_address: Specifies that GTP information for a particular user address will be displayed. ip_address is the address of the user’s PDP context in dotted decimal notation.
- username username: Specifies that GTP information for a particular username will be displayed. username can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters (including wildcards (‘$’ and ‘*’)) and is case sensitive.

Usage:

This command displays statistics for every GTP message type based on the filter criteria. This information is useful for system monitoring or troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command displays GTPC counters for a GGSN service named ggsn1:

    show gtpc counters
    ggsn-service ggsn1

The following command displays GTPC full information:

    show gtpc full

The following command displays GTPC summary information for a specific call identification number of 05f62f34:

    show gtpc summary
    callid 05f62f34

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpc statistics

Display GTPv0, GTPv1-C, GTPv1-U statistics with filtering options.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpc statistics [ apn-name
    apn_name
    ] [ custom1
    | custom2] [sgsn-address
    address
    ] [ ggsn-service
    svc_name
    ] [ verbose ]

apn-name apn_name

Specifies that GTP statistics for a particular APN will be displayed.

apn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
custom1

Displays the statistics of GTP-C messages for preservation mode and free of charge service.

This keyword is customer-specific license enabled and used for Preservation-Mode and Free-of-Charge Service which are enabled under customer-specific license. For more information on this support, contact your local representative.
custom2

Displays the statistics of GTP-C messages for overcharging protection on loss of radio coverage for a GGSN service.

This keyword is feature-specific license enabled and used for subscriber overcharging protection on loss of radio coverage at the GGSN service. For more information on this support, contact your local representative.
sgsn-address address

Specifies that GTP statistics for a particular SGSN will be displayed.

address is the address of the SGSN in dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-service svc_name

Specifies that GTP statistics for a particular GGSN service will be displayed.

ggsn_name can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
verbose

Specifies that detailed statistics will be displayed.
Usage:

The information displayed by this command consists of session statistics such as the number of currently active sessions categorized by PDP context type, and statistics for every GTP message type. The statistics are cumulative.

If the verbose keyword is used, additional information will be displayed such as statistics for every type of error code.
Example:
The following command displays verbose GTP statistics:

    show gtpc statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpp accounting

Displays information on the GPRS Tunneling Protocol Prime (GTPP).
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpp accounting servers

Usage:

This command is used to view the status of GTPP accounting servers configured within a context for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.

If this command is issued from within the local context, a information for all GTPP accounting servers configured on the system is displayed regardless of context.
Example:
The following command displays the status of and information on configured GTPP accounting servers:

    show gtpp accounting servers

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpp counters

Displays GTPP counters for configured charging gateway functions (CGFs) within the given context.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpp counters { all | cgf-address
    cgf_address
    }

all

Displays counters for all CGFs configured within the context.
cgf-address cgf_address

Displays counters for a specific CGF.

cgf_address is the IP address of the CGF expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Counters for a single CGF can be viewed using the cgf-address keyword. Counters for all CGFs in the context can be viewed by entering the command with the all keyword.

If this command is issued from within the local context and no CGF-address is specified, the counters displayed will be cumulative for all CGFs configured on the system regardless of context.
Example:
The following command displays counters for all CGF:

    show gtpp counters all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpp group

Displays information pertaining to the configured GTPP storage server group.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpp group [name
    gtpp_group_name
    | all] ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more }]

name gtpp_group_name

Displays information and CDR statistics of the GTPP server group named gtpp_group_name.

gtpp_group_name is name of the configured/default GTPP storage server group.
all

Displays statistics of all configured GTPP storage server group including default group.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For more information on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the CDR statistics on the basis of GTPP server groups. It shows the information for all or specific GTPP server group configured in the context from which this command is issued.
Example:
The following command displays the status of the GTPP server group backup server configured in a context called GTPP_Group1:

    show gtpp group name GTPP_Group1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpp statistics

Displays GTPP statistics for configured CGFs within the context.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpp statistics [ cgf-address cgf_address ]

cgf-address cgf_address

Specifies the IP address of a specific CGF for which to display statistics and is express in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Statistics for a single CGF can be viewed by specifying its IP address. Statistics for all CGFs in the context can be viewed by not specifying an IP address.

If this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will be cumulative for all CGFs configured on the system regardless of context.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for a CGF with an IP address of 192.168.1.14:

    show gtpp statistics
    cgf-address 192.168.1.14

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpp storage-server

Displays information pertaining to the configured GTPP storage server.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpp storage-server [ counters { all | group
    name
    name
    } | group name
    name
    | local file { counters { all | group name
    name
    } | statistics [ group
    name
    name
    ] } | status [ verbose ] | streaming { counters { all | group name
    name
    } | statistics [ group
    name
    name
    ] } ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters

Displays counters for the external GTPP storage server.
group name name

Displays GTPP backup server information for the specified group.
local file

Displays statistics and counters for the local storage-server. This is the hard disk if hard disk support has been enabled with the gtpp storage-server mode command in the GTPP Group Configuration Mode.
statistics

Displays statistics for the GTPP storage server.
status [ verbose ]

Displays status of the GTPP storage server. verbose enables the detailed view.
streaming

Displays the status of CDRs backup on HDD while ‘streaming’ mode is enabled.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Executing this command with no keywords displays status information for the GTPP backup server configured in the context from which this command is issued.
Example:
The following command displays the GTPP CDR file statistics stored on the local SMC hard disk.

    show gtpp storage-server
    local file counters all

The following command displays the status of the GTPP backup server configured in a context called ggsn1:

    show gtpp storage-server

The following command displays statistics for the GTPP backup server configured in a context called ggsn1:

    show gtpp storage-server statistics

The following command displays gtpp storage server counters:

    show gtpp storage-server counters

The following command displays gtpp storage server status:

    show gtpp storage-server status

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show gtpu-service

Displays configuration information for GPRS Tunneling Protocol user plane (GTP-U) services on this system.
Product:

P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show gtpu-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configuration information for all GTP-U services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific GTP-U service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing GTP-U service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for GTP-U services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the GTP-U service named egtp1:

    show egtp-service name egtp1

show ha-service

Displays information on configured home agent services.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ha-service { all | name
    ha_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | name ha_name

all: indicates information on all home agent services is to be displayed.

name ha_name: indicates only the information for the HA service specified as ha_name is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display home agent service configuration information.
Example:
The following commands displays information on the HA service sampleService and all services, respectively.

    show ha-service name sampleServiceshow ha-service all

show hardware

Displays information on the system hardware.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show hardware { card [ card_num ] | inventory | version [ board | diags | fans] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

card [ card_num ]

Provide the hardware information for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48 and must refer to an installed card.
inventory

Display the hardware information for all slots in tabular format.
version [ board | diags | fans]

Display the CPU information for all application cards and fan controller version for the upper and lower fan trays.

board: Only include the CPLD and FPGA version information.

diags: Only include the CFE diagnostics version information.

fans: Show the fan controller versions for the upper and lower fan trays.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the hardware information to verify part lists and hardware component versions with reserve stock
Example:
The following displays the hardware information for a card installed in slot 1.

    show hardware card 1

The following command displays the hardware inventory for the entire chassis.

    show hardware inventory

The following command results in the display of the CPU version for all application cards displaying only the CPLD and FPGA information.

    show hardware version board

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show hd raid

Shows the output of the RAID established on the ST40 SMCs.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    show hd raid [ verbose ]

Example:

    show hd raid verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show hd-storage-policy

Displays ACR counter and statistic information.
Product:

HSGW, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show hd-storage-policy { counters { all | name name } | statistics { all | name name } }

counters { all | name name }

all: Specifies that ACR counter information for all HD storage policies configured on the system is to be displayed.

name name: Specifies that ACR counter information for an HD storage policy with the specified name is to be displayed.
statistics { all | name name }

all: Specifies that ACR statistic information for all HD storage policies configured on the system is to be displayed.

name name: Specifies that ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy with the specified name is to be displayed.
Usage:

Use this command to display ACR counter and statistic information.
Example:
The following command displays ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy named pgwsgw:

    show hd-storage-policy
    statistics name pgwsgw

show hsgw-service

Displays configuration information for HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) services on this system.
Product:

HSGW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show hsgw-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configuration information for all HSGW services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific HSGW service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing HSGW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for HSGW services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the HSGW service named hsgw1:

    show hsgw-service name hsgw1

show ims-authorization policy-control

Displays information and statistics specific to the policy control in IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) authorization service.
Product:

SCM, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ims-authorization
    policy-control statistics [ service ims_auth_svc_name
    | server { ip-address ip_address [ port port_value ] | name server_name } ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

statistics

Displays the total collected statistics of all policy control parameters of IMS authorization service sessions since the last system restart or clear command.
service ims_auth_svc_name

Displays the total collected statistics of all IMS authorization sessions processed by a specific IMS authorization service since the last system restart or clear command. ims_auth_svc_name must be an existing IMS authorization service name.
server { ip-address ip_address [ port port_value ] | name server_name }

Displays the server-level message statistics and the server IP address.

Specify the PCRF server IP address or server name.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information and statistics about policy control configuration in existing IMS authorization services.
Example:
The following command displays the existing IMS authorization service name ims_auth_gx1 on the system:

    show ims-authorization
    policy-control statistics service ims_auth_gx1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ims-authorization policy-gate

Displays information of installed Policy Gates for specific subscriber in IP Multimedia Subsytem (IMS) authorization service.
Product:

SCM, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ims-authorization
    policy-gate { { status [ summary | full ] [ { imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value
    ] } | callid call_id | { ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc } [ rulename rule_name ] } |  { counters [ all | { imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ] } | { rulename rule_name} | { callid
    call_id } ] }
    [ | { grep grep_options | more } ] ]

status [ summary | full ]

This option displays the status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based on the specified criteria.

summary: limits the display to a summary on status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based.

full: displays the full information on status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based.
counters all

This option displays the counters/statistics of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based on the specified criteria.

all displays the all counters of the installed gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based.
imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]

This option displays all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based on the specified International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) named imsi_value.

nsapi nsapi_value specifies Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI) named nsapi_value to limit the display to a single PDP context of the subscriber.
callid call_id

This option displays all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based on the specified call identifier named call_id.
ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc

This option displays status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service named ims_auth_svc.
rulename rule_name

This option displays all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based on the specific dynamic charging rule named rule_name.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display information/statistics/counters about all of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along with the run-time status with specified criteria and filters in existing IMS authorization services.
Example:
The following command displays the full status of the installed policy gates in an existing IMS authorization service on the system:

    show ims-authorization
    policy-gate status full

The following command displays the all counters of the installed policy gates in an existing IMS authorization service on the system:

    show ims-authorization
    policy-gate counters all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ims-authorization servers

Displays information and statistics specific to the authorization servers used for IP Multimedia Subsytem (IMS) authorization service.
Product:

SCM, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    show ims-authorization
    servers [ ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name
    [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ] ]

server [ ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name ]

Displays the information and statistics of all authorization servers configured for IMS authorization service in a system.

ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name: Displays the configured authorization servers for IMS authorization for an IMS authorization service named ms_auth_svc_name.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display information and statistics about IMS authorization servers configured on a system or IMS authorization service.
Example:
The following command displays the information and statistics of the authorization servers in IMS authorization service named ims_auth_gx1:

    show ims-authorization
    servers ims-auth-service ims_auth_gx1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ims-authorization service

Displays information, configuration, and statistics of all/specific IP Multimedia Subsytem (IMS) authorization service.
Product:

SCM, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    show ims-authorization
    service { { all [ verbose ] | name ims_auth_svc_name | summary ] } | { statistics [ all | name ims_auth_svc_name ] [ verbose ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all [ verbose ]

Displays information and configuration of all configured IMs authorization services with a single line of information for each IMS authorization service.

verbose: Displays all information and configuration data of every IMS authorization services configured on system.
name ims_auth_svc_name ]

Displays the information, statistics, and configuration data of an IMS authorization service named ms_auth_svc_name.
summary

Displays summarized information and configuration data of all IMS authorization services configured in a system.
statistics [ all | name ims_auth_svc_name ] [ verbose ]
Displays the IMS Authorization service statistics including following information:

- Initial authorization procedures
- Re-authorization procedures initiated by us
- Re-authorization procedures initiated by servers
- Various failure statistics

If no criteria specified summarized statistics of all IMS Authorization services are displayed

- all: displays individual statistics for every IMS authorization service configured on system.
- name ims_auth_svc_name: Displays the statistics of the IMS authorization service named ims_auth_svc_name
- verbose: displays the detailed statistics of a configured IMS authorization service.

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display the IMS Authorization service status, counters and configuration. The status includes the state of a server table switchover. Statistics option is used for various processes and procedure status.
Example:
The following command displays the information and configuration data of the IMS authorization service named ims_auth_gx1:

    show ims-authorization
    service name ims_auth_gx1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ims-authorization sessions

Displays information, configuration, and statistics of sessions active in IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) authorization service.
Product:

SCM, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    show ims-authorization
    session [ full | summary ] | [ all |  [ ims-auth-service
    ims_auth_svc_name | imsi imsi_value  [ nsapi nsapi_value ] | apn apn_name | ip-address ip_address | callid call_id ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

full

Displays complete information and configuration data of all sessions in IMS authorization services configured in a system.
summary

Displays summarized information and configuration data of all sessions in IMS authorization services configured in a system.
all

Displays information and configuration of all sessions running in IMS authorization services with a single line of information for each IMS authorization session.
ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name ]

Displays the information, statistics, and configuration data of sessions in an IMS authorization service named ms_auth_svc_name.
imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]

This option displays all of the counters/status of the running services in an IMS authorization service based on the specified International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) named imsi_value.

nsapi nsapi_value specifies Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI) named nsapi_value to limit the display to a single PDP context of the subscriber.
apn apn_name

This option displays all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS authorization service based on the access point name (APN) named apn_name.
ip-address ip_address

This option displays all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS authorization service based on the host IP address having IP address value as ip_address.
callid call_id

This option displays all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS authorization service based on the specified call identifier named call_id.
summary

Displays summarized information and configuration data of all IMS authorization services configured in a system.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display the sessions running under IMS Authorization service on a system with different filter criteria.
Example:
The following command displays the information and statistical data of a session in IMS authorization service:

    show ims-authorization
    sessions full

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ip

Displays information for the IP-based interfaces’ access group and access list information along with address resolve protocol information for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip { access-group [ statistics] | access-list [ list_name ] | arp [ arp_ip_address ] | [summary ] | statistics ] ] | localhosts [ host_name ] | prefix-list  [ detail [
    list_name
    ] | name
    list_name
    | summary [
    list_name
    ] ] | rip | route [ route_ip_address [ route_gw_address ] ] | static-route
    sroute_ip_address [ sroute_gw_address ] | vrf vrf-name} [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

access-group [ statistics ]

Displays all configured access groups in the current context along with the priority values.

statistics: Displays all configured access groups along with packet and byte counters for each ACL rule hit for the current context. In addition, it shows the priority values.
access-list [ list_name ]

Indicates the output is to display the information for all access control lists or the list specified as list_name.
arp [ arp_ip_address ]

Displays the address resolution protocol table or the ARP information associated with the IP address specified as arp_ip_address. arp_ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

IMPORTANT:

When the VPN Manager restarts, it removes all interfaces from the kernel and thus the kernel removes all ARP entries. When this happens, the NPU still holds all of the ARP entries so that there is no traffic disruption. When this happens, from a user point of view, show ip arp is broken since this command gathers information from the Kernel and not the NPU.
localhosts [ host_name ]

Displays all the local host information or only for the host specified as host_name.
prefix-list [ detail [ list_name ] | name list_name | summary [ list_name ] ]

This keyword list information on configured IP prefix lists. With no keyword supplied, a list of all prefix lists and their entries is displayed.

detail [ list_name ]: Lists detailed information for all prefix lists and their entries. If a list name is specified only the details for the specified prefix list are displayed. list_name must be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

name list_nam: Lists the entries for a specified prefix list. list_name must be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.

summary [ list_name ]: Lists summary information for all prefix lists and their entries. If a list name is specified only the summary for the specified prefix list are displayed. list_name must be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
rip

Displays general RIP routing process information. (RIP is not supported at this time.)
route [ route_ip_address [ route_gw_address ] ]

Indicates the route information to the address specified by route_ip_address is to be displayed. The route gateway address may be specified as needed to identify the route. route_ip_address and route_gw_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
static-route sroute_ip_address [ sroute_gw_address ]

Displays the static route information for the address specified by sroute_ip_address is to be displayed. The static route gateway address may also be specified to identify the route. sroute_ip_address and sroute_gw_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
vrf vrf_name

Displays the routing information of the VRF. vrf_name is a name used to identify a VRF.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the IP information to verify and/or troubleshooting communication difficulties between to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command displays the ACL for the list named sampleACL.

    show ip access-list sampleACL

The following command will output the static route information to remote host 1.2.3.4.

show ip static-route 1.2.3.4
show ip as-path-access-list

Displays the contents of a BGP router AS path access list in the current context.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip as-path-access-list
    list_name

list_name

The name of an existing AS path access list configured in the current context.

must be an alpha and or numeric string from 1 through 79 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to display the configured entries for the specified BGP router AS path access list in the current context.
Example:
The following command displays the contents of an AS path access list named ASlist1:

    show ip as-path-access-list ASlist1

show ip bgp

Disp[lays BGP information for the current context.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip bgp [
    ip_address/mask
    | debugging |
    filter-list
    list_name
    | neighbors [ip_adrress] |
    route-map
    map_name
    | vpnv4 { all [network | neighbors |
    summary ] | vrf vrf-name [ network ] | route-distinguisher
     [ network | neighbors | summary ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

ip_address/mask

Specify the IP address and netmask bits for the network for which information should be displayed. ip_address is an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation and mask is the number of subnet bits, representing a subnet mask in shorthand. These must be entered in the dotted-decimal notation/subnet bits format (1.1.1.1/24).
debugging

Display debug flags that are enabled.
filter-list list_name

Display routes that match the specified filter list.
neighbors [ip_address]

Display information for all neighbors or a specified neighbor. ip_address is an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation
route-map map_name

Display routes that match the specified route-map.
vpnv4 { all [network | neighbors | summary ] | vrf vrf-name [ network ] | route-distinguisher [ network | neighbors | summary ] }
Display all VPNv4 routing data, routing data for a VRF, or a route-distinguisher.

- all: displays all VPN routing information. If this is specified, the information displayed is gathered from all the VRF's known to BGP and displayed. It could contain the list of neighbors, the list of networks, or a particular network
- network: displays the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- neighbors: shows neighbor information for the all the vrfs including the default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- summary: shows summary information of neighbors for all the vrfs including the default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- vrf vrf name: name used to identify a VRF. Information is only gathered from the corresponding VRF. If there is no such VRF, an error is reported.
- network: displays the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- route-distinguisher: If specified along with the RD value, the information displayed is gathered from the corresponding VRF whose RD value is the same as the specified value. If there is no VRF associated with such an RD, an error is reported.
- network:displays the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- neighbors:shows neighbor information for the all the vrfs including the default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- summary:shows summary information of neighbors for all the vrfs including the default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command display to BGP information for the current context.
Example:

The following command displays information for all BGP neighbors:

show ip bgp neighbors
show ip interface

This command displays the statistical and configuration information for the IP-based interfaces including VRF table for specific context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip
    interface [vrf vrf-name] [ name intfc_name [statistics] [tunnel [gre-keepalive ] ] [summary] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

vrf vrf_name

Displays the routing information of the VRF. vrf_name is a name used to identify a VRF.
name intfc_name

Indicates the name of the interface for which information has to be displayed. If no interface name is specified then information for all IP interfaces is displayed.

ntfc_name is name of the configured IP interface.
tunnel [ gre-keepalive ]

This keyword will filter the IP interface information for tunnel type of interfaces.

It is applicable for GRE/IP-in-IP type of tunnel interfaces only.

gre-keepalive: This optional keyword displays the GRE keepalive information for GRE tunnel configured with this IP interface.
statistics

Displays the session statistics of all ingress and egress packets processed through this IP interface.
summary

Displays summarized information about requested IP interface/s.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the summarized of detailed configuration and statistical information for configured IP interface. This information can be used to verify and/or troubleshooting communication difficulties between to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command displays the interface information, including statistics, for the IP interface sampleInterface.

    show ip interface sampleInterface statistics

The following command displays the GRE keepalive information for an IP interface named IP_gre1.

    show ip interface IP_gre1 tunnel gre-keepalive

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ip ospf

This command displays OSPF routing information.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show
    ip
    ospf [ border-routers | database [ verbose ] [ ls-id
    ip_addr
    ] [ adv-router
    ip_addr
    ] [ ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa |
    integer
    } ] | debugging | interface | neighbor [ details ] | route | virtual-links ]

border-routers

Displays all known area border routers (ABRs) and Autonomous System border routers (ASBRs) for OSPF.
database [ verbose ] [ ls-id ip_addr ] [ adv-router ip_addr ] [ ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa | integer } ]

Displays a summary of the database information for OSPF.

verbose: Display detailed OSPF database information.

ls-id ip_addr: Display OSPF database information for the LSAs with the specified LSID.

adv-router ip_addr: Display OSPF database information for the advertising router with the specified LSID.

ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa | LSA_Numerical_Type } ]: Display OSPF database information for the specified LSA type.
debugging

Lists which debugging parameters are enabled.
interface

Displays interface information for OSPF.
neighbor [ details ]

Displays summary information about all known OSPF neighbors.

details: Displays detailed information about all known OSPF neighbors.
route [ summary ]

Displays the OSPF routing table.

summary: Displays the number of intra-area, inter-area, external-1 and external-2 routes.
virtual-links

Displays the OSPF virtual links.
Usage:

Use this command to display OSPF information.
Example:
To display general OSPF information, enter the following command;

    show ip ospf

show ip policy-forward

Displays information for IP packet redirecting policy for HA.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip policy-forward

Usage:

Use this command to see all the settings for IP packet redirection configuration from existing HA to new HA during upgrade.

IMPORTANT:

It is a customer specific command.
Example:
The following command displays forward policy configuration for an HA:

    show ip policy-forward

show ip pool

This command displays statistics specific to IP pools.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, HA, ASN-GW, A-BG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ip pool [ address {pool-name
    pool_name
    | group-name
    group_name} {used | free | hold | release} [limit
    limit]| group-name
    group_name
    | groups | hold-timer { imsi
    imsi
    | msid
    msid
    | username
    username
    [ imsi
    imsi
    | msid
    msid
    ] }| overlap | pool-name
    pool_name
    | private | public | resource | static | summary | verbose | wide ]

address {pool-name pool_name | group-name group_name} {used | free | hold | release} [ limit limit]

Displays IP pool addresses for the specified IP pool or pool group that are currently in the specified state.

pool-name pool_name: Show IP addresses from the IP pool with the specified name. pool_name must be the name of an existing IP pool.

group-name group_name: Show IP addresses from the IP pool group with the specified name. group_name must be the name of an existing IP pool group.

used: Display the IP addresses that are in a used state.

free: Display the IP addresses that are in a free state.

hold: Display the IP addresses that are in a hold state.

release: Display the IP addresses that ar4e in a release state.

limit limit: The maximum number of address to display. limit must be an integer from 1 through 524287.
group-name group_name

Show information about the IP pool group with the specified name. group_name must be the name of an existing IP pool group.
groups

List information about all IP pool groups.
hold-timer {imsi imsi | msid msid | username username [imsi imsi | msid msid]}

Displays hold timer address information for the specified IMSI, MSID, or username.

imsi imsi: The IMSI for which to display hold-timer information. imsi must be a valid IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID which is a 15 character field that identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier.

msid msid: The MSID for which to display hold-timer information. msid must be a mobile subscriber ID from 7 through 16 digits.

username username: The username for which to display hold-timer information. username must be an alpha and or numeric string of from 1 through 127 characters.

IMPORTANT:

Active users cannot be displayed. If an active ID or username is entered, the following error message appears: Failure: No address matching the specified information was found! Please confirm that the options used match the network architecture/deployment,i.e. IMSI/MSID only, Username only, or IMSI/MSID plus Username. Please note that this command does not apply for addresses in the used state.
overlap

List information on overlapping IP pools
pool-name pool_name

Show information about the specified IP pool. pool_name must be the name of an existing IP pool.
private

Show information about IP pools marked private.
public

Show information about IP pools marked public.
resource

Show information about resource IP pools.
static

Show information about static IP pools.
summary

Show a summary of all IP pool information.
verbose

Show detailed information about all IP pools.
wide

Show detailed information formatted to more than 80 columns.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display statistics pertaining to IP Pools in the current context.
Example:
The following command displays IP address information for an IP Pool named pool1:

    show ip pool address
    pool-name pool

To display a summary list for all IP pools in the current context, enter the following command:

    show ip pool summary

The following command displays IP pool information for all IP pools configured in the current context:

    show ip pool verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ip ipsp

Displays the names of IP pools that are enabled for the IP pool sharing protocol (IPSP) and lists the disposition of addresses in the pools.
Product:

PDSN, HA, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show
    ip
    ipsp [ summary ]

summary

Only show the disposition of the addresses in the participating IP pools. Do not show the names of the participating IP pools.
Usage:

Use this command to list the names of IP pools that are participating in the IPSP and list the disposition of IP addresses in those pools.

IMPORTANT:

For information on configuring and using IPSP refer to the System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
To list information on al IPSP participating pools and address disposition, enter the following command:

    show ip ipsp

show ipms status

Displays the status of IPMS client service with information related to system and call events. It also displays the status of IPMS servers configured.
Product:

IPMS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

show ipms status [summary | all | server address ip_address]
summary

Displays the summary of all configured IPMS client and IPMS servers.
all

Displays information for all configured IPMS client and IPMS servers.
server address ip_address

Displays status for a specific IPMS server.

ip_address is the IP address of the desired IPMS server and must be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

This command is used to show/verify the status or configuration of one or all IPMS server along with system and call event information.
Example:
The following command displays status of an IPMS server with IP address 1.2.3.4:

    show ipms status server
    address 1.2.3.4

show ipsg

Displays information and statistics specific to the IP Services Gateway service.
Product:

IPSG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ipsg { service { all [ counters ] | name name } | sessions { all | callid num | counters { criteria } | full { criteria } | ip-address address | msid num | peer-address address | summary { criteria } | username name } | statistics [ name name | peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

service { all [ counters ] | name name }

Displays information about the configured IPSG service.

all [ counters ]: Displays information about all of the configured IPSG services on the system.

name name: Displays information about a specific IPSG service on the system. name must be an existing IPSG service name.
sessions { all | callid num | counters { criteria } | full { criteria } | imsi num | ip-address address | msid num | peer-address address | summary { criteria } | username name }

all: Displays session information including call ID, NAI, and home address for all current IPSG sessions. This is the default behavior for the sessions keyword.

callid num: Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on the call ID. num must be an existing IPSG service session call ID.

counters { criteria }: Displays session counters for sessions matching the criteria. (See criteria below.)

full { criteria }: Displays all available session information for sessions matching the criteria. (See criteria below.)

ip-address address:

msid num: Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on the MSID. num must be an existing IPSG service session MSID.

peer-address address: Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on the IP address of the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages. address must be an existing IPSG service session IP address for the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages.

summary { criteria }: Displays a summary of available session information for sessions matching the criteria. (See criteria below.)

username name: Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on the username of the subscriber. name must be an existing IPSG service session subscriber username.

criteria:

all: Displays session information for all exisitng IPSG service sessions.

callid num: Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on the call ID. num must be an existing IPSG service session call ID.

ip-address address: Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on the IP address of the subscriber. address must be an existing IPSG service session subscriber IP address.

msid num: Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on the MSID. num must be an existing IPSG service session MSID.

peer-address address: Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on the IP address of the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages. address must be an existing IPSG service session IP address for the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages.

username name: Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on the username of the subscriber. name must be an existing IPSG service session subscriber username.
statistics [ name name | peer-address address ]

Displays the total collected statistics of all IPSG sessions since the last system restart or clear command.

name name: Displays the total collected statisitcs of all IPSG sessions processed by a specific service since the last system restart or clear command. name must be an existing IPSG service name.

peer-address address: Displays the total collected statistics of all IPSG sessions associated with a specific IP address of the device responsable for sending the RADIUS accounting messages. Displayed statistics are from the last system restart or clear command.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information and statistics about existing IPSG services.
Example:

The following command displays the existing IPSG services on the system:

show ipsg service all
The following command displays all the existing IPSG service sessions on the system:

    show ipsg session all

The following command displays the cumulative IPSG session statistics on the system:

    show ipsg statistics

The following command displays the cumulative IPSG session statistics on the system for an IPSG service named ipsg1:

    show ipsg statistics
    name ipsg1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ipv6

Displays the statistics for each rule in an IPv6 access control group.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ipv6 access-groupshow ipv6 { access-group [ statistics] | access-list  [ list_name ] | interface [ summary | name
    interface_name  [ statistics ] | neighbors | route
    route_ip_address }

access-group [ statistics ]

Displays all configured access groups in the current context along with the priority values.

statistics: Displays all configured access groups along with packet and byte counters for each IPv6 ACL rule hit for the current context. In addition, it shows the priority values.
access-list [ list_name ]

Indicates the output is to display the information for all access control lists or the list specified as list_name.
interface [ summary | name interface_name [ statistics ]

This command displays information about IPv6 interfaces. If no interface name is specified then information for IPv6 interfaces is displayed.

summary: Displays a summary of the interface information.

name interface_name: Displays information for the IPv6 interface specified. Must be followed by an interface_name.

statistics: Includes the number on inbound and outbout IP packets statistics that were registered by the kernel in the information displayed.
neighbors

Displays the neighbor discovery table for this context.
route route_ip_address

Indicates the route information to the address specified by route_ip_address is to be displayed. The route gateway address may be specified as needed to identify the route. route_ip_address using colon ( : ) separated notation.
Usage:

Show the IPv6 information to verify and/or troubleshoot communication difficulties between to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command displays the ACL for the list named sampleACL.

    show ipv6 access-list samplev6ACL

The following command displays the interface information, including statistics, for the IPv6 interface samplev6Interface.

    show ipv6 interface samplev6Interface statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ipv6 pool

Displays information for ipv6 pools.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ipv6 pools [ name
    ipv6 pool name
    |
    group-name
    name
    | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

name ipv6 name

Displays information for a specified ipv6 pool.
group-name name

Displays information for a specified IPv6 pools group.

name is the name of the group of IPv6 pool and must be a string having 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to see all the ipv6 pools.
Example:
The following command displays ipv6 pool information:

    show ipv6 pools

show iups-service

This command displays information for Iu-PS services in the current context.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show iups-service { all | name srvc_name }[ rnc { all | mcc
    mcc_num mnc mnc_num | rnc_id } ]

all

Show information for all IuPS services.
name srvc_name

srvc_name: must be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a specific existing IuPS service.
rnc all

Displays information for all configured RNCs.
rnc mcc mcc_num mnc mnc_num
Displays information for a specific RNC.

- mcc_num: The Mobile Country Code (MCC) of the RNC. Must be a 3 digit integer from 200 through 999.
- mnc_num: The Mobile Network Code (MNC) of the RNC. Must be a 2 or 3 digit integer from 00 through 999.

rnc rnc_id

rnc_id: The identification number of the RNC configuration instance. Must be an integer from 0 to 4095.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for a specific Iu-PS service or for all Iu-PS services configured within the context. It is also possible, but not required, to fine-tune the display to only provide information for a specific RNC.

Iu-PS services control the interface between the SGSN and the RNCs in the UMTS Radio Access Network (UTRAN). Iu-PS services include the control plane and the data plane between these nodes.
Example:
The following command displays information for a single Iu-PS service named iups-svc-1:

    show iups-service name iups-svc-1

The next command displays information for all Iu-PS services configured in the current context:

    show iups-service all

This command displays information for a specific RNC for a specific Iu-PS services:

    show iups-service name iups-svc-1
    rnc 123

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show l2tp sessions

Displays information for L2TP tunnels.
Product:

LNS, PDSN, GGSN, HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
full

Shows all available information for the specified sessions.
summary

Shows a summary of available information for the specified sessions.
counters

Shows counters for the specified L2TP sessions.
all

Shows all current sessions.
callid id

Show session information for the specified call id. The output of the command show l2tp tunnels contains a field labeled Callid Hint which lists the call id information to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte Hexadecimal number.
username name

Shows session information for the specified subscriber. username has a string length of 1 to 127 characters. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed.
msid ms_id

Shows session information for the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed.
lac-service service_name

Shows all L2TP sessions in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name

Shows all L2TP sessions in the specified LNS service.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address

Shows all L2TP sessions to the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

In conjunction with sessions keyword, indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.

peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be one of the following:

- <: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address

Usage:

Use this command to show information for sessions in the current context.

IMPORTANT:

If this command is executed from within the local context, cumulative session information is displayed for all contexts.
Example:
The following command displays cumulative statistics for all sessions processed within the current context:

    show l2tp sessions

The following command displays all information pertaining to the L2TP session of a subscriber named isp1vpnuser1:

    show l2tp session
    full username isp1vpnuser1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show l2tp statistics

Displays statistics for all L2TP tunnels and sessions.
Product:

LNS, PDSN, GGSN, HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
lac-service service_name

Shows L2TP statistics for all tunnels and sessions in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name

Shows L2TP statistics for all tunnels and sessions in the specified LNS service.
peer-address peer_address

Shows L2TP statistics for all tunnels and sessions to the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:

Use this command to display statistics for L2TP services.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for a specific LAC service named vpn1:

    show l2tp statistics
    lac-service service_name

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show l2tp tunnels

Displays information for L2TP tunnels.
Product:

LNS, PDSN, GGSN, HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
full

Shows all available information for the specified tunnels.
summary

Shows a summary of available information for the specified tunnels.
counters

Shows counters for the specified L2TP tunnels.
all

Shows all current tunnels.
callid id

Show tunnel information for the specified call id. The output of the command show l2tp tunnels contains a field labeled Callid Hint which lists the call id information to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte Hexadecimal number.
username name

Shows tunnel information for the specified subscriber. username has a string length of 1 to 127 characters. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed.
msid ms_id

Shows tunnel information for the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed.
lac-service service_name

Shows all L2TP tunnels in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name

Shows all L2TP tunnels in the specified LNS service.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address

Shows all L2TP tunnels to the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

In conjunction with tunnels keyword, indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.

peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be one of the following:

- <: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address

Usage:

Use this command to show information for tunnels in the current context.
Example:
The following command displays all of the tunnels currently being facilitated by LAC services within the current context:

    show l2tp tunnels all

The following command displays information pertaining to the L2TP tunnel(s) established for a LAC-service named vpn1:

    show l2tp tunnels
    full lac-service vpn1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show lawful-intercept

Displays information on sessions that are currently being lawfully intercepted.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, or Inspector that have li-administrator privileges.
Syntax

    show lawful-intercept [ full ] { [ all ] [ imsi
    imsi_value ]  [ intercept-id
    li_id ] [ ip-addr
    intercept_ip_addr ]  [ msid
    ms_id] [ username
    subscriber_name ] | statistics }

full

Display full detailed information.
all

Display information for all lawful intercepts.
imsi imsi_value

Specifies the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the intercepted subscriber session.

imsi_value is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ipaddr intercept_ip_addr

Specifies the IP address of the intercepted subscriber session.

intercept_ip_addr must be specified using dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id

Specifies the mobile subscriber identification number of the intercepted subscriber session.

ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
username subscriber_name

Specifies the username of the intercepted subscriber.

subscriber_name refers to a previously configured user.
statistics

Display summary statistical information for all Lawful Intercept sessions.
Usage:

Use this command to display lawful intercept statistics.

IMPORTANT:

You must log in to the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
To show detailed information for a lawfully intercepted session with the MSID 0000100048, enter the following command

    show lawful-intercept
    full msid 0000100048

show lac-service

Displays the information for all LAC services or for a particular LAC service.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show lac-service { all | name
    service_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all

Display information for all LAC services.
name service_name

Display information only for the LAC service specified by service_name.

service_name is up to a 60 character name given to the service when it was originally configured.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to list information for LAC services configured on this system.
Example:
The following commands display information for all LAC services and the LAC service named lac1, respectively.

    show lac-service allshow lac-service name lac1

show leds

Displays the current status of the LEDs for a specific card or all cards.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show leds { all | card_num } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | card_num

all: indicates the LED status for all cards is to be displayed.

card_num: indicates the LED status for the card specified by card_num is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the status of the LEDs as a part of an automated periodic script which checks the LEDs of the chassis.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands display the LED status for all cards and only card 8, respectively.

    show leds all

IMPORTANT:

Refer to the descriptions for Card LEDs and System LEDs in show card info command in the Counters and Statistics Reference for information on the LED color codes.
show license information

Displays the installed license information as well as maximum number of sessions.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show license
    information { key_name | full} | { key }  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

key_name | full

key_name: the output displays the information for the key specified as key_name.

full: the output displays the full features and quantities without any hardware limits in place.
key:

indicates the output is to display the installed keys in encrypted format.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the license information to verify the proper keys have been installed. This command is also helpful in troubleshooting user system access due to the maximum number of sessions being reached.
Example:
The following displays the encrypted installed key and the information for sampleKey respectively.

    show license information

show linecard table

Displays information on the rear-installed interface cards.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show linecard table [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

table

Displays information on all linecard slots in tabular format.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the line card information to verify hardware inventories and installed components.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:

    show linecard table

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show lma-service

Displays statistic and counter information for Local Mobility Anchor (LMA) services on this system.
Product:

P-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show lma-service allshow lma-service name service_nameshow lma-service session [ all | callid id | counters | full | ipv6-address { <
    address | >
    address | address | greater-than address [ less-than address ] | less-than address [ greater-than address ] } | summary | username name ]show lma-service statistics [ lma-service name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information about all configured LMA services on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific LMA service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing LMA service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
session [ all | callid id | counters | full | ipv6-address { < address | > address | address | greater-than address [ less-than address ] | less-than address [ greater-than address ] } | summary | username name ]

Displays session information filtered by the following parameters:

all: Displays all active LMA sessions using LMA services on the system.

callid id: Displays available session information for the specific call identification number. id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters: Displays session counters for active LMA sessions using LMA services on the system. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:

- all
- callid
- ipv6-address
- username

Refer to the keyword descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
full: Displays additional session information for active LMA sessions using LMA services on the system. This keyword includes the information in the output of the ‘all’ keyword plus additional information. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:

- all
- callid
- ipv6-address
- username

Refer to the keyword descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
ipv6-address:

- < address and less-than adress: Displays summary information for a group of IPv6 addresses that are less than the specified IPv6 address using one of these keywords. A range can be specified by including an address with the greater-than option. address must be specified in colon separated notation.
- > address and greater-than address: Displays summary information for a group of IPv6 addresses that are greater than the specified IPv6 address using one of these keywords. A range can be specified by including an address with the less-than option. address must be specified in colon separated notation.
- address: Displays summary information for a specific IPv6 address using an LMA service on this system. address must be specified in colon separated notation.

summary: Displays the number of LMA sessions currently active for LMA services configured on the system.

username name: Displays available session information for a specific user in a service session. name must be followed by an existing user name and must be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters.
statistics [ lma-service name ]

lma-service name: Displays LMA service statistics for a specific LMA service. name must be an existing LMA srvice and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for LMA services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the LMA service named lma1:

    show lma-service name lma1

show lns-service

Displays the information for all LNS services or for a particular LNS service.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, LNS
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show lns-service { all | name
    service_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all

Display information for all LNS services.
name service_name

Display information only for the LNS service specified by service_name.

service_name is up to a 60 character name given to the service when it was originally configured.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to list information for LNS services configured on this system.
Example:
The following commands display information for all LNS services and the LNS service named lns1, respectively.

    show lns-service allshow lns-service name lns1

show local-user

Displays information pertaining to local-user accounts.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator
Syntax

    show local-user [ [ username name ] [ inactive filter ]  [ verbose | wide ] | statistics [ verbose ] ]

username name

Specifies the name of a specific local-user administrative account for which to display information.

name can be from 3 to 16 alpha and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
inactive filter
Specifies a filter for displaying inactive local-user accounts. filter can be one of the following:

- < days : Displays accounts that have been inactive less than the specified number of days.
- > days : Displays accounts that have been inactive more than the specified number of days.
- greater-than days : Displays accounts that have been inactive more than the specified number of days.
- less-than days : Displays accounts that have been inactive less than the specified number of days.

days can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 365.
[ verbose | wide ]

Default: wide
Specifies how the information is to be displayed as one of the following options:

- verbose : The data is displayed in list format. Additional information is provided beyond what is displayed when the wide option is used.
- wide : The data is displayed in tabular format.

statistics [ verbose ]

Displays local-user statistics.

Using the verbose keyword displays additional statistics.
Usage:

Use this command to display information and statistics on local-user administrative accounts.
Example:
The following command displays detailed information on local-user administrative accounts that have been inactive for more than 10 days:

    show local-user inactive greater-than 10 verbose

The following command displays detailed information for a local-user account named Test:

    show local-user username
    Test verbose

The following command displays detailed local-user account statistics:

    show local-user statistics verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show logging

Displays the defined logging filters for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show logging [ active | verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

active | verbose

Default: all facilities are shown in concise form.

active: indicates only the active CLI logging filter information is to be displayed.

verbose: indicates the output should provide as much information as possible.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View log filters to trouble shoot disk utilization issues.
Example:

    show logging

    show logging active

    show logging verbose

    show logging active verbose

show logs

Displays active and inactive logs filtered by the options specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show logs [ active ] [ inactive ] [ callid
    call_id ]  [ event-verbosity
    evt_verboseness] [ facility
    facility ]  [ level
    severity_level ] [ pdu-data
    pdu_format ]  [ pdu-verbosity
    pdu_verboseness ] [ proclet facility ]  [ since
    from_date_time [ until
    to_date_time ] ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

active

Indicates output is to display data from active logs.
inactive

Indicates output is to display data from inactive logs.
callid call_id

Specifies a call ID for which log information is to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
event-verbosity evt_verboseness
Specifies the level of verboseness to use in displaying of event data as one of:

- min - displays minimal information about the event. Information includes event name, facility, event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays detailed information about the event, but does not provide the event source within the system.
- full - displays detailed information about event, including source information, identifying where within the system the event was generated.

facility facility
Specifies the facility to modify the filtering of logged information for as one of:

- a10: A10 interface facility
- a11: A11 interface facility
- a11mgr: A11 Manager facility
- aaa-client: AAA client facility
- aaamgr: AAA manager logging facility
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy facility
- acl-log: Access Control List logging facility
- acsctrl: Active Charging Service (ACS) Controller facility
- acsmgr: Active Charging Service (ACS) Manager facility
- alarmctrl: Alarm Controller facility
- all: All facilities
- asf: Voice Application Server Framework logging facility
- asfprt: ASF Protocol Task (SIP) logging facility
- asngwmgr: ASN Gateway Manager facility
- asnpcmgr: ASN Paging Controller/Location-Registry Manager facility
- bgp: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) facility
- cli: CLI logging facility
- cscf: IMS/MMD CSCF
- cscfmgr: SIP CSCF Manager facility
- csp: Card Slot Port controller facility
- css: Content Service Selection (CSS) facility
- css-sig: Content Service Selection (CSS) RADIUS Signaling facility
- dcardctrl: IPSEC Daughtercard Controller logging facility (not used at this time)
- dcardmgr: IPSEC Daughtercard Manager logging facility (Not used at this time)
- dhcp: DHCP facility (GGSN product only)
- dhost: Distributed Host logging facility
- diameter: Diameter endpoint logging facility
- diameter-acct: Diameter Accounting
- diameter-auth: Diameter Authentication
- diameter-ecs: ECS Diameter signaling facility
- diameter-svc: Diameter Service
- diamproxy: DiamProxy logging facility
- dpath: IPSEC Data Path facility
- drvctrl: Driver Controller facility
- egtpc: eGTP-C logging facility
- egtpmgr: eGTP manager logging facility
- evlog: Event log facility
- famgr: Foreign Agent manager logging facility
- firewall: Firewall logging facility
- gss-gcdr: GTPP Storage Server GCDR facility
- gtpc: GTP-C protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpcmgr: GTP-C protocol Manager logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpp: GTP-PRIME protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- gtpu: GTP-U protocol logging facility (GGSN product only)
- h248prt: H.248 Protocol logging facility
- hamgr: Home Agent manager logging facility
- hat: High Availability Task (HAT) process facility
- ims-authorizatn: IMS Authorization Service facility
- ip-arp: IP Address Resolution Protocol facility
- ip-interface: IP interface facility
- ip-route: IP route facility
- ipsec: IP Security logging facility
- ipsgmgr: IP Services Gateway facility
- ipsp: IP Pool Sharing Protocol logging facility
- l2tp-control: L2TP control logging facility
- l2tp-data: L2TP data logging facility
- l2tpdemux: L2TP Demux Manager logging facility
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager logging facility
- li: Lawful intercept facility (Logs are visible only to system accounts with li-administrator privileges.)
- magmgr: Mobile Access Gateway manager logging facility
- mme-app: Mobility Management Entity Application logging facility
- mmedemux: Mobility Management Entity Demux Manager logging facility
- mme-hss: Mobility Management Entity logging facility
- mme-misc: Mobility Management Entity Miscellaneous logging facility
- mobile-ip: Mobile IP processes
- mobile-ip-data: Mobile IP data facility
- mobile-ipv6: Mobile IPv6 logging facility
- multicast-proxy: Multicast Proxy logging facility
- nas: Network Access Signaling logging facility
- netwstrg: Network Storage facility
- npuctrl: Network Processor Unit Control facility
- npumgr: Network Processor Unit Manager facility
- nsctrl: Charging Service Controller facility (supported in conjunction with ECSv1)
- nsmgr: Charging Service Manager facility
- nsproc: Charging Service process facility
- orbs: Object Request Broker System logging facility
- ospf: OSPF logging facility
- pgw: PDN Gateway logging facility
- ppp: PPP link and packet facilities
- radius-acct: RADIUS accounting logging facility
- radius-auth: RADIUS authentication logging facility
- radius-coa: RADIUS change of authorization and radius disconnect
- rct: Recovery Control Task logging facility
- rdt: Redirect Task logging facility
- resmgr: Resource Manager logging facility
- rip: RIP logging facility (RIP is not supported at this time.)
- rohc: RObust Header Compression facility
- rsvp: Reservation Protocol logging facility
- sct: Shared Configuration Task logging facility
- sessctrl: Session Controller logging facility
- sessmgr: Session Manager logging facility
- sft: Switch Fabric Task logging facility
- sgw: Serving Gateway logging facility
- sipcdprt: Sip Call Distributor facility
- sitmain: System Initialization Task main logging facility
- snmp: SNMP logging facility
- srdb: Static Rating Database
- srp: Service Redundancy Protocol (SRP) logging facility
- ssh-ipsec: SSH IP Security logging facility stat: Statistics logging facility
- stat: Statistics logging facility
- system: System logging facility
- tacacsplus: TACACS+ Protocol logging facility
- threshold: threshold logging facility
- udr: User detail record facility (used with the Charging Service)
- user-data: User data logging facility
- user-l3tunnel: User layer-3 tunnel logging facility
- vpn: Virtual Private Network logging facility
- wimax-data: WiMAX DATA
- wimax-r6: WiMAX R6

level severity_level
level severity_level: specifies the level of information to be logged, severity_level, from the following list which is ordered from highest to lowest:

- critical - display critical events
- error - display error events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all events

pdu-data pdu_format
Specifies output format for the display of packet data units as one of:

- none - output is in raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being displayed in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output being displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.

pdu-verbosity pdu_verboseness

Specifies the level of verboseness to use in displaying of packet data units as a value from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
proclet facility

Shows the logs from a specific proclet facility. The available facilities are the same as those listed earlier.
since from_date_time [ until to_date_time ]

Default: no limit.

since from_date_time: indicates only the log information which has been collected more recently than from_date_time is to be displayed.

until to_date_time: indicates no log information more recent than to_date_time is to be displayed. until defaults to current time when omitted.

from_date_time and to_date_time must be formatted as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month in the range 01 through 12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range 01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit hour in the range 00 through 23, mm is a 2-digit minute in the range 00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit second in the range 00 through 59.

to_date_time must be a time which is more recent than from_date_time.

The use of the until keyword allows for a time range of log information while only using the since keyword will display all information up to the current time.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View log files for general maintenance or troubleshooting system issues.
Example:
The following commands display log information for the a11mgr facility starting with February 20th, 2003 at midnight where both are equivalent.

    show logs facility a11mgr since 2003:02:20:00:00

    show logs facility a11mgr since 2003:02:20:00:00:00

The following command displays the log information for call ID FE881D32 only in active logs.

    show logs active callid FE881D32

show mag-service

Displays statistic and counter information for Mobile Access Gateway (MAG) services on this system.
Product:

HSGW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mag-service { all | name service_name | session [ all | callid id | counters | full | msid id | summary |
    username name ] | statistics [ name service_name ] } [ |  { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays information for all configured MAG services on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific MAG service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing MAG service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
session [ all | callid id | counters | full | msid id | summary | username name ]

all: Displays all active MAG sessions using MAG services on the system.

callid id: Displays available session information for the specific call identification number. id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters: Displays counters for all MAG services on the system.This keyword can also be filtered by the following:

- all
- callid
- msid
- username

Refer to the keyword descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
full: Displays additional session information for all active MAG sessions using MAG services on the system. This keyword includes the information in the output of the ‘all’ keyword plus additional information. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:

- all
- callid
- msid
- username

Refer to the keyword descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.

msid id: Displays available information for a specific mobile station identification number or group of numbers based on wildcard entry. id must be a valid MSID number and can be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and/or '*'). The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example: ‘$’.

summary: Displays the number of MAG sessions currently active for MAG services configured on the system.

username name: Displays available session information for a specific user in a service session. name must be followed by an existing user name and must be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters.
statistics [ name service_name ]

name service_name: Displays MAG service statistics for a specific MAG service. service_name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for MAG services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the MAG service named mag1:

    show mag-service name mag1

show map-service

Displays information configured for the Mobile Application Part (MAP) services, including MAP service features and operational configuration. Also includes some related configuration information for the HLR and EIR configuration parameters.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show map-service [ all | name srvc_name ]

name srvc_name

srvc_name: must be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a specific existing MAP service.
Usage:

Use this command to display all MAP service or the statistics for a particular MAP service.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for the MAP service named map-svc-1:

    show map-service name
    map-srvc-1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show map statistics

Displays Mobile Application Part (MAP) statistics.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show map statistics [ name srvc_name ]

name srvc_name

srvc_name: must be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a specific existing MAP service.
Usage:

Use this command to display all MAP statistics or the statistics for a particular MAP service.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for the MAP service named map-svc-1:

    show map statistics
    name map-svc-1

The following command displays combined statistics for all MAP services in the current context:

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show maximum-temperatures

Shows the maximum temperature reached by each card since the last temperature timestamp reset.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show maximum-temperatures [ verbose] [ | { grep
    grep_options  | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose

Indicates that the output is to contain detailed information.
Usage:

Verify the maximum temperature reached by components in the chassis since the indicated timestamp.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:

    show maximum-temperatures

    show maximum-tempteratures verbose

show mbms bearer-service

Displays configuration information for bearer service configured for multimedia broadcast and multicast facility on this system.
Product:

GGSN, SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show mbms bearer-service [ all | apn
    apn_name mcast-addr ip_address | service-type { broadcast | multicast } | full | instance instance_id | summary ] + [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

all

Displays information on all bearer services configured on the system.
apn apn_name mcast-addr ip_address

Displays bearer service information of MBMS for a specific APN apn_name bind to given BM-SC (Broadcast Multicast - Service Center) server address ip_address.

apn_name is the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 62 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.

ip_address is the IP address of the BM-SC server in IPv4 dotted decimal notation bind to the APN.
service-type { broadcast | multicast }

Displays information for a specific type of service for MBMS.

broadcast: Specifies the MBMS service type as broadcast only.

multicast: Specifies the MBMS service type as multicast only.
full

Displays full information for specific or all instances of bearer service in MBMS feature on system.
instance instance_id

Displays session information filtered for specific instances of bearer service in MBMS feature on system.

instance_id is the indicator for bearer service running for MBMS session and it must be an integer from 1 through 64.
summary

Displays summary information for specific or all instances of bearer service in MBMS feature on system.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more options, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to verify the configuration of one or all bearer services and active instances of bearer services under MBMS feature. It is also useful for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.

If this command is executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information for all bearer service instances running under MBMS feature configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information for all bearer service instances running on system:

    show mbms bearer-service
    full all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mipfa

Displays the foreign agent information for the mobile IP calls specified.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show mipfa { [ [ counters | full | summary ] { all |  callid
    call_id | msid
    ms_id | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } |  username
    user_name } | statistics [ fa-service
    fa_name | peer-address [ peer_address | greater-than
    peer_address | less-than
    peer_address | > peer_address | < peer_address ] } ] | peers
    fa-service service_name [ current-sessions
     { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] |  { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ]  [ peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters | full | summary

Default: concise output.

counters: indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.

full: indicates detailed information is to be displayed.

summary: indicates only summary information is to be displayed.

These options are not available in conjunction with the statistics keyword.
all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | peer-address peer_ip_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username user_name

all: indicates all available information is to be displayed.

callid call_id: indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

msid ms_id: specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI and /or characters $ and * for wildcard filter.

show mipha msid 01234567$$

will show any subscriber with a MSID that match the upper 8 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 01234567 and any 2 digits at remaining 2 places.

peer-address peer_ip_address: specifies the peer IP address for which MIP call information is to be displayed. peer_ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

reverse-tunnel { on | off }: specifies either the on or off reverse IP tunnels information is to be displayed.

username user_name: specifies a user only for which MIP call information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.

user_name must be a sequence of character and /or wildcard characters $ and * for wildcard matching with a string length of 1 to 127 characters.
statistics [ fa-service fa_name | peer-address [ peer_address | greater-than peer_address | less-than peer_address | > peer_address | < peer_address ]

Indicates the statistics information is to be displayed for foreign agent service specified as fa_name or for the peer specified by the address peer_address.

fa-service fa_name : indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. fa_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

peer-address peer_address :indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

greater-than peer_address: Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses greater than peer_address.

less-than peer_address: Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses less than peer_address.

> peer_address: Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses greater than peer_address.

< peer_address: Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses less than peer_address.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address

In conjunction with mipfa [ summary ] peer-address keyword, indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.

peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be one of the following:

- <: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address

peers fa-service service_name [ current-sessions { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ]

Displays peer servers for the specified FA service.

fa-service service_name: Specifies the name of the FA service from which the associated peer servers are to be dispalyed. service_name must be an existing FA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
current-sessions: Displays only peer servers with current sessions meeting the following criteria:

- > | greater-than sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions higher than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “greater-than” and the “>” symbol are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- < sessions: Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions higher than the greater-than peramter but less than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- < | less-than sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions lower than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “less-than” and the “<” symbol are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- > sessions: Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions lower than the less-than peramter but more than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions that are equal to the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.

peer-address address: Displays only peer servers matching the IP address entered in this parameter. address must be specified using IPv4 dotted decimal notation and can be followed by the netmask of the address.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View MIP foreign agent information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing call information and filtering on the subscriber information using various methods.
Example:
The following displays the call information for all mobile IP FA calls and statistics for fa1, respectively.

    show mipfa all

The following command displays the statistics for the foreign agent service fa1.

    show mipfa statistics
    fa-service fa1

The following commands displays call information for user user6@aaa in full detail and in summary.

    show mipfa full username user6@aaa

    show mipfa summary
    username user1

The following displays MIP FA call information for calls from mobile subscriber 4412345678 and peer address 1.2.3.4, respectively.

    show mipfa msid 4412345678

    show mipfa peer-address 1.2.3.4

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mipha

Displays the home agent information for the mobile IP calls specified.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show mipha { [ [ counters | full | summary ] { all |  callid
    call_id | imsi
    imsi_num | ip-address
    ip_addr |  msid
    msid_num | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username
    user_name } | statistics [ ha-service
    ha_name | peer-address
    peer_address ] } ] | peers
    ha-service service_name [ current-sessions
     { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] |  { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ]  [ peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters | full | summary

Default: concise output.

counters: indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.

full: indicates detailed information is to be displayed.

summary: indicates only summary information is to be displayed.

These options are not available in conjunction with the statistics keyword.
msid msid_num

Displays the subscriber with supplied MSID on HA.

msid msid_num: specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits hexadecimal digit specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI and /or characters $ and * for wildcard filter.

In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this keyword/ filter will show subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.

show mipha msid ABCD0123456789 or

show mipha msid 0123456789

will show any subscriber with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 0123456789.

show mipha msid 01234567$$

will show any subscriber with a MSID that match the upper 8 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 01234567 and any 2 digits at remaining 2 places.
all | callid call_id | imsi imsi_num | ip-address ip_addr | msid msid_num | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username user_name

all: indicates all available information is to be displayed.

callid call_id: indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

imsi imsi_num: Specifies an international mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier.

ip-address ip_addr: Show statistics for a call that has the specified IP address assigned. ip_addr must be an IPv4 address specified in decimal notation.

msid msid_num: Specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.

peer-address peer_address: indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. peer-address peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

reverse-tunnel { on | off }: specifies either the on or off reverse IP tunnels information is to be displayed.

username user_name: specifies a user only for which MIP call information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.

user_name must be a sequence of character and /or wildcard characters $ and * for wildcard matching with a string length of 1 to 127 characters.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address

In conjunction with mipha [ summary ] peer-address keyword, indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.

peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be one of the following:

- <: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than: IP address less than to specified peer_address

statistics [ ha-service ha_name | peer-address peer_address ]

Indicates the statistics information is to be displayed for home agent service specified as ha_name or for the peer specified by the address peer_address.

ha-service ha_name: indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. ha_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

peer-address peer_address: indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. peer-address peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
peers ha-service service_name [ current-sessions { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ]

Displays peer servers for the specified HA service.

ha-service service_name: Specifies the name of the HA service from which the associated peer servers are to be dispalyed. service_name must be an existing HA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
current-sessions: Displays only peer servers with current sessions meeting the following criteria:

- > | greater-than sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions higher than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “greater-than” and the “>” symbol are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- < sessions: Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions higher than the greater-than peramter but less than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- < | less-than sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions lower than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “less-than” and the “<” symbol are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- > sessions: Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions lower than the less-than peramter but more than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- sessions: Displays only peer servers currently running sessions that are equal to the value entered in this parameter. sessions must be an integer from 1 to 3000000.

peer-address address: Displays only peer servers matching the IP address entered in this parameter. address must be specified using IPv4 dotted decimal notation and can be followed by the netmask of the address.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View MIP home agent information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing call information and filtering on the subscriber information using various methods.
Example:
The following displays the call information for all mobile IP HA calls and statistics for ha1, respectively.

    show mipha allshow mipha statistics
    ha-service ha1

The following commands displays call information for user isp1user1 in full detail and in summary.

    show mipha full username isp1user1show mipha summary
    username user1

The following displays MIP HA call information for calls from mobile subscribers with reverse tunneling off and peer address 1.2.3.4, respectively.

    show mipha reverse-tunnel offshow mipha peer-address 1.2.3.4

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mipv6ha

Displays MIPv6 Home Agent-based information about selected Mobile IP calls.
Product:

PDSN, HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show mipv6ha [ all | callid callid | counters filter | full filter | ipv6-address ip_addr| statistics
    mipv6ha-service mipv6ha-service_name | summary filter | username user_name ]

all

Displays all information for mipv6ha calls.
callid call_id

Specifies the Call Identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]
Displays the counters associated with the HA-based MIPv6 service. The following filters are available:

- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username

full [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]

Displays all available information for the associated display or filter keyword.
The following filters are available:

- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username

ipv6-address ip_addr
Displays information for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a specific or range of IP address ipv6_address. The address must be specified using the IPv6 colon notation.

- <: Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv6 address value is displayed.
- >: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv6 address value is displayed.
- less-than:Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv6 address value is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv6 address value is displayed.

statistics [ mipv6ha-service mipv6ha-service_name ]

Total of collected information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.

This can be filtered according to a specified mipv6ha-service.
summary [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]

Displays summary information for defined sessions, based on defined parameters.
The following filters are available:

- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username

username user_name

Displays session information for a specific username.
Usage:

View MIPv6 home agent information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing call information and filtering on the subscriber information using various methods.
Example:
The following displays the call information for all mobile IP HA calls and statistics for ha1, respectively.

    show mipv6ha all

The following command displays call information for user mipv6hauser1 in full detail and in summary.

    show mipv6ha full
    username mipv6hauser1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-hss service

Displays configuration and setup information of MME-HSS service(s) running on a peer or local system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-hss service { all | name svc_name } [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

all

Displays configuration/setup information for all MME-HSS services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration/setup information for a specific MME-HSS service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing MME-HSS service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration/setup information for MME-HSS services on this system.

This command also displays the configured actions for failure handling on various type of messages.
Example:

The following command displays service statistics for all MME-HSS services configured on the esystem:

show mme-hss service all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-hss session

Displays session information of MME-HSS service(s) running on a peer or local system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-hss session [summary | full] [all | call-id call_identifier | mdn mdn_string | nai nai_string] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

summary

This keyword displays the summarized output of this command.
full

This keyword displays detailed output of this command.
all

This keyword displays information of all MME-HSS sessions running on this system.
call-id call_identifier

Displays summarized or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered on the basis of the call identifier with an MME-HSS service configured on this system.

call_identifier must an existing call identity in eight character Hex digit format running on an MME service on system.
mdn mdn_string

Displays summarized or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered on the basis of mobile directory Number (MDN) with an MME-HSS service configured on this system.

mdn_string must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to100 charactes in length.
nai nai_string

Displays summarized or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered on the basis of Network Access Identifier(NAI) with an MME service configured on this system.

nai_string must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to128 charactes in length.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}

This argument searches the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled by the options specified with grep_options.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view detialed or summarized session statistics of MME-HSS sessions running on MME-HSS services on a system. This command also provides the various filter criteria to display the session statistics.
Example:

The following command displays information of all MME-HSS sessions of MME-HSS services running on a system:

    show mme-hss session all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.

The following command displays summarized session information of all MME-HSS sessions running on a system:

    show mme-hss session
    summary all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service

Displays configuration information for Mobility Management Entity (MME) services on this system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-service { all | name svc_name } [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

all

Displays configuration information for all MME services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific MME service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing MME service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for MME services on this system.
Example:

The following command displays service statistics for the MME service named mme1:

    show mme-service name mme1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service db statistics

This command displays the MME database statistics for MME sessions for all or specific session instances on this system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-service db
    statistics [instance smgr_instance] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

instance smgr_instance

This keyword specifies that MME database statistics are to be displayed for a specific instance of session manager running for MME service.

smgr_instance must be specified as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295. If instance is not specified summary statistics are displayed.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}

This argument searches the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled by the options specified with grep_options.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view database statistics for all or a particular instance of session manager for MME services on this system.
Example:

The following command displays the summary database statistics for the MME service on a system:

    show mme-service db statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service db record

This command displays the MME database records of MME sessions grouped in session instances on this system filtered with IMSI or GUTI as criteria.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-service db
    record {all | imsi imsi_identifier | callid call_id | guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value} [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

all

This keyword specifies the criteria to display all database records of a session instance used for MME service.
imsi imsi_identifier

This keyword specifies the filter criteria as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) imsi_identifier to display the database records of a session instance.

imsi_identifier is a 15 character IMSI field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
callid call_id

This keyword specifies the filter criteria as call id call_id to display the database records of a session instance.

call_id must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value

This set of keyword specifies the filter criteria as Globally Unique Temporary Identifier (GUTI) to display the database records for an MME service.

The GUTI is constructed from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI where GUMMEI is constructed from PLMN (MMC and MNC) plmn_id and MME Identifier is constructed from an MME Group ID (MMEGI) mme_grp_id and an MME Code (MMEC) mme_code.

Within the MME, the mobile is identified by the M-TMSI mtmsi_value.

A GUTI has; 1) unique identity for MME which allocated the GUTI; and 2) the unique identity of the UE within the MME that allocated the GUTI.

Within the MME, the mobile is identified by the M-TMSI. The Globally Unique MME Identifier (GUMMEI) is constructed from public land mobile network id (PLMN) which constructed with MCC and MNC. The MME Identifier (MMEI) is constructed from an MME Group ID (MMEGI) and an MME Code (MMEC).

In other words The GUTI is constructed from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}

This argument searches the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled by the options specified with grep_options.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view database records for all or a particular instance of session manager for MME services on this system with IMSI or GUTI as a filter criteria.
Example:

The following command displays the summary database records of a session instance for subscriber having IMSI as 123455432112345 in the MME service:

    show mme-service db
    record imsi 123455432112345

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service enodeb-association

Displays configuration information of associated eNodeB with an MME services on system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-service enodeb-association [summary | full ] [all | mme-service-name mme_svc_name | peer-address peer_ip_address | peer-id peer_identifier] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more }]

summary

This keyword displays the summarized output of this command.
full

This keyword displays detailed output of this command.
all

This keyword displays information of all eNodeBs associated with MME services on this system.
mme-service-name mme_svc_name

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with specific MME service mme_svc_name configured on this system.

mme_svc_name must be an existing MME service on system.
peer-address peer_ip_address

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with specific MME peer address peer_ip_address configured with an MME service on this system.

peer_ip_address must be a configured peer MME IP address in IPv4/IPv6 notation with an existing MME service on system.
peer-id peer_identifier

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with specific MME peer id peer_identifier configured with an MME service on this system.

peer_identifier must be a configured peer MME Id between 1 through 4294967295 with an existing MME service on system.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}

This argument searches the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled by the options specified with grep_options.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information of eNodeBs associated with an MME services on this system.
Example:

The following command displays detailed service statistics of associated eNodeBs with MME service named mme1:

    show mme-service enodeb-association
    full mme-service-name mme1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service session

Displays session information of MME service(s) running on a peer or local system.
Product:

MME
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show mme-service session [summary | full | counters] [all | s1-peer s1_peer_ip_address | s11-peer s11_peer_ip_address | call-id call_identifier | pdn-address pdn_ip_address] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

summary

This keyword displays the summarized output of this command.
full

This keyword displays detailed output of this command.
counters

This keyword displays all counters related events and messages for an MME session running on a system.
all

This keyword displays information of all MME sessions running on this system.
s1-peer s1_peer_ip_address

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of MME session running and filtered on the basis of IP address of a peer connected through S1 interface with an MME service configured on this system.

s1_peer_ip_address must be a configured IP address of a peer on S1 interface in IPv4/IPv6 notation with an existing MME service on system.
s11-peer s11_peer_ip_address

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of MME session running and filtered on the basis of IP address of a peer connected through S11 interface with an MME service configured on this system.

s11_peer_ip_address must be a configured IP address of a peer on S11 interface in IPv4/IPv6 notation with an existing MME service on system.
call-id call_identifier

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of MME session running and filtered on the basis of the identifier of MME calls with an MME service configured on this system.

call_identifier must an existing call identity in eight character Hex digit format running on an MME service on system.
pdn-address pdn_ip_address

Displays summarized or detailed configuration information of MME session running and filtered on the basis of IP address of connected PDN(s) with an MME service configured on this system.

s11_peer_ip_address must be a configured IP address of a peer on S11 interface in IPv4/IPv6 notation with an existing MME service on system.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}

This argument searches the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled by the options specified with grep_options.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view session information of MME session in an MME services on this system.
Example:

The following command displays detailed session statistics of an MME service running on a system:

    show mme-service session full

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.

The following command displays detailed session counters of an MME service running on a system:

show mme-service session counters

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service statistics

This command displays the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    show mme-service statistics [sctp [mme-service
    mme_svc_name] | s1ap [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier]| [emm-only | esm-only] [mme-service
    mme_svc_name
    | peer-id
    peer_identifier] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]

emm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to display all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to display all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to display all S1-AP statistics.
sctp

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to display all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name

This keyword sets the filter criteria as MME service name to display all type of statistics of an MME service; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
peer-id peer_identifier

This keyword sets the filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to display all service statistics of an MME service; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
verbose

This keyword displays the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

This command is used to display the statistical information of an MME service based on various filter criteria as local MME service or peer MME related to EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
Example:
The following command displays the service session statistics of all MME service on a system related to all; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP:

    show mme-service statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
The following command displays the service session statistics of all MME services on a system related to S1-AP:

    show mme-service statistics s1ap

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
The following command displays the service session statistics of all MME services on a system related to EMM only:

    show mme-service statistics
    emm-only

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show multicast-sessions

Shows information for multicast sessions defined by the specified keywords. Keywords described under Command Keywords below are base commands that display distinctive different types of data. Keywords described under Filter Keywords are filters that modify or filter the output of the base commands. Not all filter keywords are available for all command keywords commands. Each command keyword lists the filter keywords that it accepts.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show multicast-sessions [
    command_keyword
    ]
    [
    filter_keywords
    ] [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more }

command_keyword

The following keywords are base commands that each have a distinct display output. Only one Command Keyword can entered on the command line.
debug-info { callid id | flowid id }

Displays internal call troubleshooting information for multicast sessions defined by the specified keywords.

callid id: Displays subscriber information for the call specified by id. The call ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.

flowid id: Displays information for a specifc BCMCS flow, defined by id. The flow ID must be a hexidecimal number.
full

Displays all available multicast session information. The following filter keywords are valid for this command:

active, all, callid, card-num, dormant, flowid, flowid-type, mcast-address, pcf, pdsn-service, grep, more
summary

Only displays a summary of multicast session information. The following commands are valid for this command:

active, all, callid, card-num, dormant, flowid, flowid-type, mcast-address, pcf, pdsn-service, grep, more
filter_keywords

The following keywords are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords. Not all filters are available for all Command Keywords. Multiple Filter Keywords can be entered on a command line.

When multiple Filter Keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the Filter Keywords specifications.
active

Only display information for multicast sessions that are currently active.
all

If no keywords are specified before all, information for all multicast sessions is displayed. If keywords are specified before all, all information is displayed with no further options being allowed.
callid id

Displays multicast session information for the call specified by id. The call must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num

The slot number of the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. card_num is a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
dormant

Shows information for subscriber sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
flowid id

Displays information for a specific BCMCS flow, defined by id. The flow ID must be a hexadecimal number.
flowid-type [ flow | program ]

Displays information for multicast sessions according to the type of flow.

flow: Shows all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “flow”.

program: Shows all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “program”.
mcast-address ipv4_address

Show multicast sessions for a specific multicast address. Must be followed by the IP address of an interface, using dotted decimal notation.
pcf ipv4_address

Displays information for multicast sessions connected via the packet control function, defined by ipv4_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdsn-service svc_name

Displays information for multicast session connected to the packet data service svc_name.The packet data service must have been previously configured.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output of Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to view information about multicast sessions.

The output of this command may be considered for part of a periodic system auditing program by verifying active and dormant sessions.
Example:
The following command displays the all broadcast-multicast sessions active in a context/system:

    show multicast-sessions all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show network-requested-pdp-context

Displays information for the specified network-requested PDP context.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show network-requested-pdp-context imsi
    imsi_value

imsi imsi_value

Specifies that information will be displayed for a particular International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). imsi_value is an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
Usage:

USe this command to display information pertaining to network-requested PDP contexts.
Example:
The following command displays network-requested PDP context information for a subscriber with an IMSI of 123456789:

    show network-requested-pdp-context imsi 123456789

show network-service-entity

Displays information regarding the network service entities (NSEs) in the network.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show network-service-entity { consolidated-status | fr-config [ peer-nsei nsei] | ip-config [ nsvl { all | instance value } }

consolidated-status

Displays NSVC status information for all network service entities in the network. This keyword is particularly useful for troubleshooting.
fr-config [ peer-nsei nsei]

Displays network service configurations for NSEs using Frame Relay configurations.

peer-nsei nsei including this optional keyword limits the display to a specific peer NSE identified with an integer of 0 to 65535.
ip-config [ nsvl { all | instance value }

Displays network service configurations for NSEs using IP configurations.

Including the nsvl keyword limits the display to all or a single ( instance 0 to 3 ) network service virtual link.
Usage:

Use this command to display NSE information pertaining to the NSVCs of the NSEs in the networks or NSEs configured for Frame Relay or IP.
Example:
The following command displays the status of all the NSVCs for all the NSEs in the network.

    show network-service-entity
    consolidated-status

show nw-reachability server

Show the configuration for the network reachability servers for the current context.
Product:

HA
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show nw-reachability
    server { all | name server_name }

all

Show configuration information for all network reachability servers in the current context.
name server_name

Show configuration information for the network reachability server with the specified name.

server_name is the name of a previously configured reachability server and must be a string from 1 through 15 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to display configuration information on network reachability servers configured in the current context.
Example:
The following command displays information on all network reachability servers in the current context:

    show nw-reachability
    server all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ntp

Displays the network timing protocol associations and status.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ntp { associations | status } [ address ip_address ]  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

associations

associations: displays the current NTP server associations and related statistics.
status

status: displays the client permeates configured and the synchronization status.
address ip_address

address ip_address: the IP address of a specific NTP server/client in the current context. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View network timing protocol information to troubleshooting system clock issues by displaying the associations and status of the local NTP client.
Example:
The following displays the NTP associations and status, respectively.

    show ntp associationsshow ntp status

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show orbem

Displays the ORB element manager information and statistics for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show orbem { client { id
    client_name | table } | event-notif-service
    filters | session { id
    session_name |  table } | status } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

client { id client_name | table }

Indicates client information is to be displayed. The keyword table is used to output to the display information on all configured clients. The keyword id is used to specify a specific client for which information is to be displayed specified as client_name.

client_name must refer to an existing client which is found using the table keyword option.
event-notif-service filters

Displays information pertaining to filters configured for the ORB Notification Service.
session { id session_name | table }

Indicates session information is to be displayed. The keyword table is used to output to the display information on all configured clients. The keyword id is used to specify a specific session for which information is to be displayed specified as session_name.

session_name must refer to an existing session which is found using the table keyword option.
status

Indicates the ORB element manage server status information is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display current sessions when ORBEM system response may appear sluggish. This command is also useful in periodic verification of the server status.
Example:
The following commands will display the information for all clients.

    show orbem client table

The following commands display the information for the clientName and sessionID, respectively:

    show orbem client
    id clientNameshow orbem session id sessionId

The following command displays the ORBEM server status:

    show orbem status

The following command displays the information for all sessions:

    show orbem session table

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show patch-progress

This command displays the status of the on-going software patch installation.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show patch-progress

Usage:

Use this command to show the status of an on-going software patch installation.

IMPORTANT:

Software Patch Upgrades are not supported in this release.
show pdg-service

Displays configuration information about PDIF services configured on the system.
Product:

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show pdg-service { all | name service_name }

all

Displays information for all configured PDG services.
name service_name

Displays information for the specified PDG service only.

service_name must be the name of an existing PDG service in the current context and from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for PDG services.
Example:
The following command displays available information for all active PDG services:

    show pdg-service all

show pdg-service statistics

Displays statistics for the PDG/TTG since the last restart or clear command. The output includes the number of each type of protocol message. For example, the output includes the various types of EAP messages.
Product:

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show pdg-service statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address ]

name service_name

Displays statistics for the specified PDG service.

service_name must from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address ipv4_address

Displays statistics for a specific subscriber with the specified WLAN IPv4 address.

ipv4_address must be entered in standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display PDG service statistics.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for all active PDG services:

    show pdg-service statistics

show pdif-service

Displays configuration information about PDIF services configured on the system.
Product:

PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show pdif service { all [ counters ] | name name [ counters ] | statistics [ name name | peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all [ counters ]

Displays configuration information and statistic counters for all PDIF services in the system.
name name [ counters ]

Displays configuration information and statistic counters for a specified PDIF service in the system. name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and an existing PDIF service.
statistics [ name name | peer-address address ]

name name: Displays service statistics for a specific PDIF service. name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and an existing PDIF service.

peer-address address: Displays service statistics for a specifid peer server. address must be specified in IP v4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display configuration information and statistics about PDIF services on the system.
Example:
The following example displays configuration information about a PDIF service named pdif23:

    show pdif service
    name pdif23

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show pdsn-service

Displays information on configured packet data services for the current context.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show pdsn-service { all | name
    pdsn_name } [ pcf-status  [ address
    ip_address | filter [ all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ] ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | name pdsn_name

all: indicates information is to be displayed for all configured packet data services.

name pdsn_name: indicates information only for the PDSN service specified is displayed. pdsn_name must be the name of an existing PDSN service in the current context and must be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pcf-status [ address ip_address | filter [ all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ]

pcf-status: This keyword by itself lists summary information for all PCFs.

address ip_address: Only list information for the PCF with the specified IP address. ip_address must be specified in IP v4 dotted decimal notation.
filter: Filter the output so only the specified information is displayed. If filter is specified with no keywords summary information for all PCFs is displayed.

- all: Show information for all the PCFs
- icmp-monitored: Show information only for PCFs which are ICMP monitored
- no-calls: Show information only for PCFs which have no active sessions
- summary: Show only a summary of the status of the PCFs
- up: Show information only for PCFs which are alive

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the PDSN service information for standard system monitoring or troubleshooting.
Example:
The following will display the information for the sampleService and for all configured services, respectively.

    show pdsn-service allshow pdsn-service name sampleService

show pgw-service

Displays configuration information for PDN Gateway (P-GW) services on this system.
Product:

P-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show pgw-service { all | name service_name | statistics { all | name service_name } } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configuration information for all P-GW services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific P-GW service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing P-GW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
statistics { all | name service_name }

Displays P-GW service statistics.

all: Displays statistics for all P-GW services on the system.

name service_name: Displays statistics for a specific P-GW service. name must be an existing P-GW srvice and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information for P-GW services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the P-GW service named pgw1:

    show pgw-service name pgw1

show port

Displays information such as statistics and information on configured ports.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show port { datalink counters [ slot/port ] | info { slot/port } [ vlan vlan_id ] | npu counters [ slot/port [ tagged | untagged | vlan
    tag_id ] ] | table | utilization table }  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

datalink counters slot/port

Display the information for all data links or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must refer to a previously configured port.
info { slot/port } [ vlan vlan_id ]

Display detailed information for all ports within the chassis or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must refer to a previously configured port.

vlan vlan_id: Display detailed information about all VLANs in the port/slot. If the optional vlan_id is not specified, it will show port information for all VLANs in slot/port.
npu counters [ slot/port [ tagged | untagged | vlan tag_id ] ] | bound | unbound ]

Display the information for network processing unit ports. The information for all ports is output or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must refer to a previously configured port.

tagged: Display stats for all tagged packets.

untagged: Display statistics for all untagged packets.

vlan tag_id: Display NPU counters for a specified VLAN. tag_id must be the VLAN tag ID of a previously configured VLAN.

bound: Displays individual and cumulative npu port counters for the bound ports within the current context. If the command is invoked the local context all of the bound ports for all contexts and cumulative counter values for all contexts is displayed.

unbound: Displays individual and cumulative npu port counters for all unbound ports within system.
table

Display information on all physical ports on rear-installed interface cards.
utilization table

Show average port utilization in Mbps. The output is a table that lists the current utilization average, a 5 minute average, and a 15 minute average, for all enabled ports.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display port information for troubleshooting of network communications by viewing statistics and configuration information for physical ports.
Example:
The following displays detailed information for port 1 in slot 17:

    show port info 17/1show port table

The following displays information for the data link port 33/1:

    show port datalink counters 33/1show port npu counters 33/1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show power

Displays information about installed cards with power supplied.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show power [ all | chassis | card_num ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all | chassis | card_num ]

Default: chassis

all: indicates power information for all cards is to be displayed.

chassis: indicates the chassis power source(s) are to be displayed.

card_num: specifies a specific card for which power information is to be displayed. card_num must be a value in the range 1 through 48.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View power source information to quickly check the power for all cards within a chassis.

IMPORTANT:

On some platforms, only show power is supported with no other keywords or variables.
Example:
The following displays power supply status for the chassis.

    show power

The following command displays the power status for all slots

    show power all

show ppp

Displays the point-to-point protocol information, detailed or summarized, for one or all connections by the use of filtering options.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ppp { [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
    call_id | imsi
    id | msid
    ms_id | username
    user_name } | statistics  [ pcf-address [
    pcf_ip_addr
    | all ] |  pdsn-service
    pdsn_name ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters | full | summary

Provides an optional modifier to the output for the level and type of information.

counters: indicates the point-to-point protocol statistics are to be displayed.

full: indicates all available information is to be displayed.

summary: indicates only a summary of available information is to be displayed.
all | callid call_id | imsi imsi_id | msid ms_id | username user_name }]

all: indicates all available information is to be displayed.

callid call_id: indicates the PPP information only for the call specified by call_id is to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

imsi id: specifies that PPP information only for the subscriber with the specified id be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) id is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier.

msid ms_id: specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.

username user_name: specifies a user only for which PPP information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.
statistics [ pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ] | pdsn-service pdsn_name ]

Statistics for all packet data services is displayed.

pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ] : Display statistics only for the time the session is connected to the specified PCF (Packet Control Function) or for all PCFs. pcf_ip_addr must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

pdsn-service pdsn_name: Display statistics only for the service specified by pdsn_name. pdsn_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the Point-to-Point Protocol information to support troubleshooting subscriber connections by viewing information for point-to-point connections for a specific subscriber.
Example:
The following displays the PPP summary for all connections.

    show ppp summary all

The following outputs the point-to-point detailed information for the user user1.

    show ppp full username user1

The following command displays the standard information for the call with ID FF0E11CD.

    show ppp callid ff0e11cd

The following command displays the PPP statistics for pdsn1.

    show ppp statistics
    pdsn-service pdsn1

The following command provides summarized information for the PPP statistics.

    show ppp

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show prepaid 3gpp2

This command displays prepaid accounting information for all services or only the service specified.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
all

This keyword displays prepaid statistics for all services.
ggsn-service

Display statistics for GGSN service(s).
ha-service

Display statistics for HA service(s).
lns-service

Display statistics for LNS service(s).
pdsn-service

Display statistics for PDSN service(s).
{ all | name service_name }

all: Display statistics for all services of the specified type.

name service_name: Display statistics for the service named service_name of the specified service type.
per-service-summary

Displays prepaid statistics per service summary for all services.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Displays Pre-paid statistics for a particular named service or for all services.
Example:
To display statistics for a PDSN service name PDSN1, enter the following command:

    show prepaid 3gpp2
    statistics pdsn-service name PDSN1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show prepaid wimax

This command displays prepaid WiMAX accounting information for all services or only the service specified.
Product:

ASN GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show prepaid wimax
    statistics { all | asngw-service { all | name
    service_name
    } | ha-service { all | name
    service_name
    } | per-service-summary } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

all

This keyword displays prepaid statistics for all services.
asngw-service

Displays prepaid statistics for ASN GW service(s).
ha-service

Displays prepaid accounting statistics for HA service(s).
{ all | name service_name }

all: Display statistics for all services of the specified type.

name service_name: Display statistics for the service named service_name of the specified service type.
per-service-summary

Displays prepaid statistics per service summary for all services.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for named service or for all services.
Example:
The following command displays prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for an ASN GW service name asn1:

    show prepaid wimax
    statistics asngw-service name asn1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show profile-id-qci-mapping

Displays QCI-RAN mapping tables configured on this system.
Product:

HSGW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show profile-id-qci-mapping
    table { all | name table_name }  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more }]

all

Displays information for all QCI-RAN mapping tables configured on this system.
name table_name

Displays information for a QCI-RAN mapping tables configured for a specific QCI-RAN table on this system.

table_name must be an existing QCI-RAN table, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the contents of a specific QCI-RAN mapping table or all mapping tables configured on this system.
Example:
The following command displays the contents of a QCI-RAN mapping table named table1:

    show profile-id-qci-mapping
    table name table1

show qci-qos-mapping

Displays QCI-QoS mapping tables configured on this system.
Product:

HSGW, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show qci-qos-mapping
    table { all | name table_name }  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more }]

all

Displays information for all QCI-QoS mapping tables configured on this system.
name table_name

Displays information for a QCI-QoS mapping tables configured for a specific QCI-QoS table on this system.

table_name must be an existing QCI-QoS table, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display the contents of a specific QCI-QoS mapping table or all mapping tables configured on this system.
Example:
The following command displays the contents of a QCI-QoS mapping table named table1:

    show qci-qos-mapping
    table name table1

show qos npu inter-subscriber traffic

Displays configuration information pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation and sharing.
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show inter-subscriber traffic { bandwidth |  bandwidth-sharing }

bandwidth

Displays NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation configuration information.
bandwidth-sharing

Displays NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth sharing configuration information.
Usage:

Use this command to verify configuration information and for troubleshooting.

When the bandwidth keyword is used, the output is a table showing the configuration status, the priority queue, and the bandwidth allocation per DSCP.

When the bandwidth-sharing keyword is used, the output of is a table displaying the bandwidth sharing configuration per PAC/PSC slot/CP number.

For additional information on the NPU QoS functionality, refer to the System Administration and Configuration Guide.

IMPORTANT:

This functionality is not supported for use with the PDSN at this time.
show qos npu stats

Displays NPU Qos statistics per priority queue for a particular PAC/PSC:
Product:

GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show qos npu stats
    inter-subscriber traffic slot
    slot_num

slot slot_num

Specifies the chassis slot number in which the PAC/PSC for which to display statistics is installed.

slot_num is an integer from 1 to 48 that represents the slot in which a PAC/PSC is installed. PACs/PSCs can be installed in slots 1 through 8, and/or 10 through 16.
Usage:

This command displays packet and byte counts per NPU QoS priority queue on a per-PAC/PSC basis.

For additional information on the NPU QoS functionality, refer to the System Administration and Configuration Guide.

IMPORTANT:

This functionality is not supported for use with the PDSN at this time.
Example:
The following command displays NPU QoS priority queue statistics for a PAC/PSC installed in chassis slot number 4:

    show qos npu stats
    inter-subscriber traffic slot 4

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show radius

Displays and statistic information for accounting and/or authentication.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show radius { accounting servers | authentication servers }  [ detail ] [ admin-status { enabled | disabled } ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ] [ radius group
    group_name
    [ detail ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ] ]

accounting servers

Lists information for configured accounting servers and their current state.
authentication servers

Lists information for configured authentication servers and their current state.
[ detail ]

Displays historical state information for configured servers of the specified type
admin-status { enabled | disabled }

Displays information for accounting and/or authentication servers with an administrative status of “enabled” or ”disabled”.
radius group group_name

Displays the authentication/authorization RADIUS server group information for server group group_name with in current context.

group_name will be a string of size 1 to 63 character and specifies the name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the RADIUS server information as part of periodic monitoring of the health of the system.
Example:
The following displays the information on configured accounting servers:

    show radius accounting server

The following command displays detailed information for RADIUS accounting servers:

    show radius accounting
    servers detail

The following command displays detailed information for RADIUS server group star1 used for authentication:

    show radius authentication
    servers radius group star1 detail

The following command displays detailed information for RADIUS server group star1 used for accounting:

    show radius accounting
    servers radius group star1 detail

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show radius charging servers

This command displays the RADIUS authentication and accounting servers or server group that are configured for use by charging services.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show radius charging servers [ radius group
    group_name ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

radius group group_name all

Displays all RADIUS counter information for the specified server group configured for use by charging services.

group_name specifies the name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to display information about RADIUS servers or server group configured for use by Charging Services.
Example:
The following command displays RADIUS servers configured for Charging Services:

    show radius charging servers

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show radius client

DIsplays information about the RADIUS client configured on the system.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show radius client
    status [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ]

status

Displays a status summary for the RADIUS client.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

The configuration of the RADIUS protocol on the system enables RADIUS client functionality.

This command is used to view information pertaining to the status of the client.
Example:
The following command displays detailed information pertaining to the system’s RADIUS client:

    show radius client status

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show radius counters

Displays RADIUS server and statistic information for accounting and/or authentication.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show radius
    counters { all | radius
    group
    group_name
    all | server
    ip_address [ port
    number ] | summary [ all-contexts  [ verbose ] ] } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters { all | server ip_address [ port number ] }

counters { all | server ip_address [ port number ] }: indicates the statistics for either all servers or the server specified by ip_address is to be displayed. The statistics for a specific port of the server may also be specified as number. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation. number must be a value from 0 through 65535.
radius group group_name all

Displays all RADIUS counter information for the specified server group within current context.

group_name specifies name of the server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
summary [ all-contexts [verbose]]

Displays a summary of RADIUS statistics for all the RADIUS servers configured in specific context.

all-contexts: Specifies that a summary of RADIUS statistics for all RADIUS servers configured in all contexts should be displayed. If verbose is also specified the information is dispayed in more detail.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the RADIUS server information as part of periodic monitoring of the health of the system.
Example:
The following command displays detailed information pertaining to the RADIUS server group star1 with in current context:

    show radius counters
    radius group star1 all

The following displays the statistics for the server with IP address 1.2.3.4, then just port 7777, followed by all services.

    show radius counters server 1.2.3.4

    show radius counters server 1.2.3.4 port 7777

    show radius counters all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show resources

Displays the resource information by CPU or session.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show resources { cpu | session } [ | { grep
    grep_options |  more } ]

cpu | session

cpu: indicates the resource information is to be displayed by CPU.

session: indicates the resource information is to be displayed by session.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View resource utilization as part of troubleshooting systems which appear sluggish or are having excessive connection timeouts or other connection issues.
Example:
The following display the resource information by CPU and session, respectively.

    show resources cpu

    show resources session

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show rohc counters

This command displays ROHC counters for all active calls.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rohc counters [ all | callid
    call_id
    | msid
    msid_num
    | imsi
    imsi_num
    | username
    user_name
    ]

all

indicates all information is to be displayed.
callid call_id

call_id indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
msid msid_num

msid_num specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. msid_num must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
imsi imsi_num

imsi_num: Specifies an international mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier.
username user_name

user_name: specifies a user only for which R-P information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.
Usage:

Use this command to display ROHC counters for all active calls.
Example:
The following command displays ROHC counters for all active calls:

    show rohc counters all

show rohc statistics

This command displays statistics and counters for ROHC IP header compression.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rohc statistics [ pdsn-service
    pdsnsvc_name
    ]

pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name

Display ROHC statistics and counters for the specified PDSN service.
Usage:

Use this command to display ROHC statistics for all services or for a specific PDSN.
Example:
The following command displays ROHC statistics for the PDSN service named pdsn1:

    show rohc statistics
    pdsn-service pdsn1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show route-map

This command displays entries for all route maps for the current context.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show route-map [ name
    route-map name|
    | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

name route-map name

Displays information for a specified route-map. The name is a string of 1 to 79 characters.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to see the rules configured in all route-maps for the current context.
Example:
The following command displays the route-map information;

    show route-map

Refer to the match and set command descriptions in Route-map Configuration Mode Commands for explanations of the various entries listed.
show rp

Displays the R-P interface statistics using the filtering options specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rp [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
    call_id | msid
    ms_id | peer-address
    peer_ip_address |  username
    user_name } [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

counters | full | summary

Provides an optional modifier to the output for the level and type of information.

counters: indicates the R-P protocol statistics are to be displayed.

full: indicates all available information is to be displayed.

summary: indicates only a summary of available information is to be displayed.

These options are not available in conjunction with the keywords statistics or service-option statistics.
all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | peer-address peer_ip_address | username user_name

all: indicates all R-P information is to be displayed.

callid call_id: indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

msid ms_id: specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.

peer-address peer_ip_address: specifies the peer IP address, of the PCF, for which R-P information is to be displayed. peer_ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

username user_name: specifies a user only for which R-P information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the R-P interface statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays the summary for all connections.

    show rp summary all

The following outputs the R-P interface detailed information for the user user1.

    show rp full username isp1user1

The following command displays the standard information for the call with ID FF0E11CD.

    show rp callid ff0e11cd

The following displays the statistics summary for the R-P facility.

    show rp

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show rp service-option

Displays the R-P service option statistics using the filtering options specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rp
    service-option
    statistics [ number
    svc_option_num | pdsn-service
    pdsn_name ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

number svc_option_num | pdsn-service pdsn_name

Default: display statistics for all service options numbers and associated packet data services.

number svc_option_num: specifies the service option number for which collected statistics are to be displayed.

pdsn-service pdsn_name: specifies the packet data service for which the collected statistics are to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the R-P service option statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays the statistics for all service options.

    show rp service-option statistics

The following displays the statistics for service option 5.

    show rp service-option
    statistics number 5

The following command displays the statistics for all service options in collected for the packet data service sampleService.

    show rp service-option
    statistics pdsn-service sampleService

show rp statistics

Displays the R-P protocol statistics using the filtering options specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rp
    statistics
    [ pdsn-service
    pdsn_name | peer-address  [
    peer_address | all]][| { grep
    grep_options | more } ] [ verbose ]

pdsn-service pdsn_name | peer-address peer_address

Default: all R-P protocol statistics are to be displayed.

pdsn-service pdsn_name : indicates the statistic information for the service specified is to be displayed. pdsn_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

peer-address [ peer_address | all ] :indicates the statistic information for the peer specified or all peers is to be displayed. peer_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose

Displays more detailed statistics.
Usage:

View the R-P statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays all collected R-P statistics.

    show rp statistics

The following displays the R-P statistics associated with the peer address 1.2.3.4.

    show rp statistics
    peer-address 1.2.3.4

The following command displays the R-P statistics for the packet data service PCFnet.

    show rp statistics
    pdsn-service PCFnet

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show rsvp counters

Displays the rsvp counters using the filtering options specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rsvp
    counters
    [ all | callid
    call_id | msid
    ms_id | username
    user_name
    ]

all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | username user_name

all: indicates all rsvp information is to be displayed.

callid call_id: indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are to be displayed. call_id must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.

msid ms_id: specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. ms_id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.

username user_name: specifies a user only for which rsvp information is to be displayed where the user is specified as user_name.
Usage:

View the rsvp counters for the current context.
Example:
The following displays all collected rsvp counters.

    show rsvp counters all

show rsvp statistics

Displays the rsvp statistics using the filtering options specified.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show rsvp
    counters
    [ pdsn-service
    service | sessmgr instance
    instance
    ]

pdsn-service service | sessmgr instance instance

pdsn-service service: indicates the statistic information for the service specified is to be displayed. pdsn_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

sessmgr instance instance: indicates the session manager instances.
Usage:

View the rsvp statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays collected rsvp statistics for a sampleService.

    show rsvp statistics
    pdsn-service sampleService

show requirement pac daughtercard

Displays the system-level status indicating whether or not the encryption daughtercard (EDC) is required on PACs within chassis.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show requirement pac daughtercard

Usage:

This command displays whether or not the EDC is required on PACs within the chassis.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms
Example:

    show requirement pac daughtercard

When EDC requirement is enabled, the output of this command matches this example:

    [local]chicago# show
    requirement pac daughtercardThe encryption daughtercard
    is required for all PACs[local]chicago#

When EDC requirement is disabled, the output of this command matches this example:

    [local]chicago# show
    requirement pac daughtercardThe encryption daughtercard
    is not required for all PACs[local]chicago#

show sccp-network

This command displays SS7 Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) network configuration and status information.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show sccp-network { ntwk_index | all } [ status [ all | dpc ] ]

ntwk_index

Display configuration and status information for the SSCP network configuration with the specified network index.

ntwk_index must be an integer from 1 through 12.
all

Display all available configuration and status information for all SSCP networks.
status all

Display all status information for specified SCCP networks.
status dpc

Display status information for the device in the SCCP network identified by the destination point-code.
Usage:

Use this command to display global SCCP statistics or to display SCCP statistics for a specified service or network.
Example:
The following command displays global SCCP statistics:

    show sccp-network all

The following command displays information for an SCCP network configuration with the network index of 1:

    show sccp-network 1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show sccp statistics

This command displays SS7 Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) statistics for services that use the SCCP protocol.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show sccp statistics [ iups-service iups_srvc_name | map-service map_srvc_name | sccp-network ntwk_index ]

iups-service iups_srvc_name

Display SCCP protocol statistics for the specified IU-PS service in the current context.iups_name must be the name of a configured Iu-PS service and must be an alphanumeric string of from 1 through 63 characters.
map-service map_srvc_name

Display SCCP protocol statistics for the specified MAP service in the current context. must be the name of a configured MAP service and must be an alphanumeric string of from 1 through 63 characters.
sccp-network ntwk_index

Display SCCP protocol statistics for the SSCP network configuration with the specified network index. ntwk_index must be an integer from 1 through 12.
Usage:

Use this command to display global SCCP statistics or to display SCCP statistics for a specified service or network.
Example:
The following command displays global SCCP statistics:

    show sccp statistics

The following command displays SCCP statistics for the IuPS service named iups-serv1:

    show sccp statistics
    iups-service iups-serv1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session counters historical

Displays historical information for session-related counters based on data collected in bulk statistics.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show session counters
    historical { all | arrived | callops | connected | disconnected | failed | handoff | rejected | renewal } [ all-intervals | recent-intervals ] [ cumulative | incremental ] [ graph | table ]

all

Displays data for all counters either as a single, wide table or as multiple graphs.
arrived

Displays only data for “total calls arrived” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlarrived” statistic in the system schema.
callops

Displays data for all call operations. This is a calculated value based on the following formula:

(arrived + rejected + disconnected + failed + handoffs + renewals)
connected

Displays only data for “total calls connected” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlconnected” statistic in the system schema.
disconnected

Displays only data for “total calls disconnected” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttldisconn” statistic in the system schema.
failed

Displays only data for “total calls failed” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlfailed” statistic in the system schema.
handoff

Displays only data for “total handoffs” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlhandoff” statistic in the system schema.
rejected

Displays only data for “total calls rejected” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlrejected” statistic in the system schema.
renewal

Displays only data for “total renewal” counters. This is based on the “sess-ttlrenewal” statistic in the system schema.
all-intervals

Displays all available historical information from all samples. This this filter is used by default.
recent-intervals

Displays historical information for only recent samples.
cumulative

Displays total data for all samples up to and including the last one. In this view, values increase over time.
incremental

Displays data changes for each specific sample. The data for each sample is the amount of change since the previous sample. This filter is used by default.
graph

Displays data in graphical form.
table

Displays data in tabular form. This is the default view.
Usage:

This command provides the ability to track key session-related statistic information over time. This information can be used as part of system performance monitoring and capacity planning.

IMPORTANT:

The information provided in the output of this command requires that bulk statistics funtionality be enabled on the system. Refer to the System Administration and Configuration Guide for more information on configuring/enabling bulk statistics support.

The output of this command displays historical data collected at various sample intervals. The interval length is 15 minutes and is not user-configurable. Up to 192 samples (2 days worth of data) are maintained.

IMPORTANT:

Data collection is “best-effort” over these intervals. Data is preserved on SPC/SMC switchovers. As with all counters, certain session failures can cause inaccuracies with counters, including counters which appear to go backwards.

Each sample is identified by a timestamp that displays the approximate time the data was gathered. It is in the format YYYY:MM:DD:HH:MM:SS.

Data acquired during the sample may be marked with an “S” appended to the end of the timestamp or to the counter value. The “S” indicates that the data is suspect (potentially bad). Occurrences of this result from events like changes to the real time clock, which can cause an interval to be an atypical length. Instances of suspect data should be rare. Additionally, there may be occasions in which a sample may be marked as “invalid”. “invalid” identifies bad data, a situation that could result from the polling hasn't run long enough, or because of an unexpected error retrieving data.

Since baseline values must be obtained prior to collecting interval samples, the first interval of data will not be available until up to 2x the interval period.
Example:
The following command displays cumulative total calls arrived information for the most recent intervals and displays the output in graphical format:

    show session counters
    historical arrived recent-intervals cummulative graph

The following command displays historical data for all counters for all intervals and displays the output in tabular format:

    show session counters
    historical all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session counters pcf-summary

Displays the PCF summary which include the number of calls, call types, and Tx/Rx packets/octets statistics.
Product:

PDSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show session counters
    pcf-summary [ call-types | data | wf1
    [ pcf
    pcf_address
    | [ | { grep
    grep_options
    | more } ] ] ]

call-types

Displays the number of calls and the types of calls.
data

Displays the number of successful calls and Tx/Rx packets/octets statistics.
pcf pcf_address

Displays the given PCF summary for a particular address.
wf1

Displays the PCF summary in a single very wide line.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display a summary of all PCFs.
Example:

    show session counters
    pcf-summary

show session disconnect-reasons

Displays a list of the reasons for call disconnects and the number of calls disconnected for each reason.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show session disconnect-reasons [ gprs-only | sgsn-only | mme-only | verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ] ]

gprs-only

Only supported on the SGSN.

This keyword limits the display to session disconnect reasons for the SGSN’s 2G MM and PDP context disconnects.
sgsn-only

Only supported on the SGSN.

This keyword limits the display to session disconnect reasons for the SGSN’s 3G MM and PDP context disconnects.
mme-only

This keyword filters to the list of the session disconnect reasons for MME call disconnects.
verbose

List all disconnect reasons even if the values are zero (0).
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in Command Line Interface Reference .
Usage:

Use this command to display a list of the reasons why calls were disconnected.
Example:
To view session disconnect statistics, enter the following command:

    show session disconnect-reasons

To view a list of the disconnect reasons with verbose output, enter the following command:

    show session disconnect-reasons verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session duration

Displays session duration information for the current context filtered by the options specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show session duration [ session_filter ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

session_filter
Indicates name of the sessions/services/AGWs whose session duration information is to be filtered and displayed. This consist of following:

- asn-peer-address ip_address: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW peer whose IP address is specified by ip_address is to be displayed. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- asngw-service service_name: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW service whose name is specified by service_name is to be displayed.
- asnpc-peer-address ip_address: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC peer whose IP address is specified by ip_address is to be displayed. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- asnpc-service service_name: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC service whose name is specified by service_name is to be displayed.
- apn apn_name: Indicates that only session information for the specified APN will be displayed. apn_name specifies the name of a configured APN that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- cscf-service service_name:Indicates that only session information for the specified CSCF service will be displayed. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

CSCF SIP calls under progress only. Registrations will not be considered a call.

- dhcp-server dhcp_address: Indicates that only session information for the specified DHCP server will be displayed. dhcp_address is the name of the DHCP server and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
- fa fa_address: indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose IP address is specified by fa_address is to be displayed. fa_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- fa-service fa_name: indicates only the session information for the foreign agent service specified by fa_name is to have information displayed.
- ggsn-service ggsn_name: Indicates that only session information for the specified GGSN service will be displayed. ggsn_name specifies the name of a configured GGSN service that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- gprs-only: Limits the display to the session information for the SGSN’s 2G MM and PDP contexts.
- ha ha_address: indicates only the session information for the home agent whose IP address is specified by ha_address is to be displayed. ha_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- ha-service ha_name: indicates only the session information for the home agent service specified by ha_name is to be displayed.
- hsgw-service service_name: indicates only the session information for the HSGW service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- lma-service service_name: indicates only the session information for the LMA service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing {MA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- mme-service service_name: indicates only the session information for the MME service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- mag-service service_name: indicates only the session information for the MAG service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- pcf pcf_address: indicates only the session information for the packet control function with IP address pcf_address is to be displayed. pcf_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- pdsn-service pdsn_name: indicates only the session information for the packet data service specified by pdsn_name is to have information displayed.

IMPORTANT:

If no PCF address or PDSN service is specified the session information for all sessions is displayed.

- sgsn-address sgsn-address: Indicates that only session information for the specified SGSN will be displayed. sgsn_address is the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
- sgsn-only: Limits the display to the session information for the SGSN’s 3G MM and PDP contexts.
- sgw-service service_name: indicates only the session information for the S-GW service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the session information to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring for orphaned sessions.
Example:
The following commands display the duration information for the session connected to the packet control function with address 1.2.3.4, packet data service sampleService, and for all sessions, respectively.

    show session duration pcf 1.2.3.4show session duration pdsn-service sampleServiceshow session duration

The following is a sample of the output.

    In-Progress Call Duration
    Statistics
           <1min              3         <2min
                44
           <5min              126         <15min
                32
           <1hr               3         <4hr
                1
           <12hr              0         <24hr
                0
           >24hr              0

The column on the left lists various time intervals ranging from less than ( < ) 1 minute to greater than ( > ) 24 hours. The column on the right categorizes the number subscriber sessions that are currently in progress into the appropriate time interval.
show session progress

Displays session progress information for the current context filtered by the options specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show session
    progress [ asn-peer-address
    ip_address | asngw-service
    service_name | asnpc-service
    service_name | asnpc-peer-address
    ip_address | apn
    apn_name | cscf-service
    service_name |
    dhcp-server
    dhcp_address | fa
    fa_address | fa-service
    fa_name
    |
    ggsn-service
    ggsn_name  |
    ha
    ha_adress | ha-service
    ha_name |
    hsgw-servie service_name |
    lma-service service_name |
    mag-service service_name |
    mme-address mme_address
    |
    pcf { pcf_address | all } | pdsn-service
    pdsn_name  |

    pgw-address ip_address |
    sgsn-address
    sgsn_address |
    sgw-service service_name ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

progress [ asn-peer-address ip_address | asngw-service service_name | asnpc-service service_name | asnpc-peer-address ip_address | apn apn_name | cscf-service service_name | dhcp-server dhcp_address | fa fa_address | fa-service fa_name | ggsn-service ggsn_name | ha ha_adress | ha-service ha_name | hsgw-servie service_name | lma-service service_name | mag-service service_name | mme-address mme_address | pcf { pcf_address | all } | pdsn-service pdsn_name | pgw-address ip_address | sgsn-address sgsn_address | sgw-service service_name ]
progress: indicates session progress information is to be displayed.

- asn-peer-address ip_address: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW peer whose IP address specified by ip_address is to be displayed. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- asngw-service service_name: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW service whose name is specified by service_name is to be displayed.
- asnpc-service service_name: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC service whose name is specified by service_name is to be displayed.
- asnpc-peer-address ip_address: Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC peer whose IP address specified by ip_address is to be displayed. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- apn apn_name: Indicates that only session information for the specified APN will be displayed. apn_name specifies the name of a configured APN that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- cscf-service service_name:Indicates that only session information for the specified CSCF service will be displayed. service_name must be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

IMPORTANT:

CSCF SIP calls under progress only. Registrations will not be considered a call.

- dhcp-server dhcp_address: Indicates that only session information for the specified DHCP server will be displayed. dhcp_address is the name of the DHCP server and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
- fa fa_address: indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose IP address is specified by fa_address is to be displayed. fa_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- fa-service fa_name: indicates only the session information for the foreign agent service specified by fa_name is to have information displayed.
- ggsn-service ggsn_name: Indicates that only session information for the specified GGSN service will be displayed. ggsn_name specifies the name of a configured GGSN service that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
- ha ha_adress: indicates only the session information for the home agent whose IP address is specified by ha_address is to be displayed. ha_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- ha-service ha_name: indicates only the session information for the home agent service specified by ha_name is to have information displayed.
- hsgw-service service_name: Indicates only the session progress information for the HSGW service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- lma-service service_name: Indicates only the session progress information for the LMA service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing {MA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- mag-service service_name: Indicates only the session progress information for the MAG service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
- mme-address mme_address: indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose IP address is specified by mme_address is to be displayed. mme_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- pcf pcf_address: Indicates only the session information for the packet control function with IP address pcf_address is to be displayed. pcf_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- pcf all: indicates the session information for the packet control function for all pcf addresses.
- pdsn-service pdsn_name: indicates only the session information for the packet data service specified by pdsn_name is to have information displayed.

IMPORTANT:

If no PCF address or PDSN service is specified the session information for all sessions is displayed.

- pgw-address ip_address: Indicates only session progress information for the P-GW with an IP address specified by ip_address is to be displayed. ip_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
- sgsn-address sgsn-address: Indicates that only session information for the specified SGSN will be displayed. sgsn_address is the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
- sgw-service service_name: Indicates only the session progress information for the S-GW service specified by the service_name is to be displayed. service_name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the session information to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring for orphaned sessions.
Example:
The following commands display the status information for the session connected to the packet control function with address 1.2.3.4, packet data service sampleService, and for all sessions, respectively.

    show session progress pcf 1.2.3.4

    show session progress pdsn-service sampleService

    show session progress

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session recovery status

Displays session recovery status information for the current context filtered by the options specified.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show session
    recovery status [verbose] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

recovery status

Displays the current status of the system’s ability to recover from a hardware or software fault that requires the recovery of home agent-based Mobile IP session(s).
verbose

Includes per-CPU Session Recovery status.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in Command Line Interface Reference .
Usage:

View the session information for troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring for orphaned sessions.
Example:
To display the session recovery status information, enter the following command:

    show session recovery status

Adding the optional verbose keyword to this command provides more details.

    show session recovery
    status verbose

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session setuptime

Displays session setup time information for all sessions or sessions associated with the specified AGW/node.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Operator
Syntax

    show session setuptime [ mme-only | pcf pcf_address
    |
    gprs-only | sgsn-address sgsn_address|
    sgsn-only ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

[ mme-only | pcf pcf_address | gprs-only | sgsn-address sgsn_address| sgsn-only ]
Displays the call setup times aggregated into basic ranges of time.

- mme-only: Filters and displays the call setup information for MME calls only.
- pcf pcf_address: displays call setup data for the packet control function whose IP address is specified as pcf_address. pcf_address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation. The call setup times for all PCFs is displayed when no specified PCF is specified.
- gprs-only: Displays 2G call setup data for the for the SGSN for the MM and PDP contexts.
- sgsn-address sgsn_address: Displays call setup times for the specified SGSN. sgsn_address is the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation. This keyword is used by the GGSN.
- sgsn-only: Displays 3G call setup data for the for the SGSN for the MM and PDP contexts.

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

View the session information to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring for orphaned sessions.

When no keywords are specified, the information shown is cumulative for all sessions that have been facilitated by the system.
Example:
The following command shows setup time statistics for all sessions from the PCF at IP address 192.168.10.3:

    show session setuptime
    pcf 192.168.10.3

show session subsystem

Displays session information for system subsystems. If no keywords are specified, information for all subsystems is displayed.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show session
    subsystem [ full | facility
    facility [ all | instance
    id ] ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more }]

[ full | facility facility [ all | instance id ] ]

- full: Indicates that a full statistics summary of all subsystems is to be displayed.
- facility facility: Specifies the facility for which subsystem statistics is to be displayed where facility is specified as one of:
  - a11mgr: A11 Manager
  - aaamgr: Accounting and Authentication Manager
  - aaaproxy: AAA Proxy Manager
  - asngwmgr: ASN Gateway Manager
  - asnpcmgr: ASN Paging/Location-Registry Manager
  - cscfmgr: SIP CSCF Manager
  - dgmbmgr: Diameter Gmb Application Manager
  - diamproxy: Diameter Proxy Application Manager
  - egtpegmgr: EGTP Egress Demux Manager
  - egtpinmgr: EGTP Ingress Demux Manager
  - famgr: Foreign Agent Manager
  - gtpumgr: GTPUMGR Demux Manager
  - gtpcmgr: GTPC Manager
  - hamgr: Home Agent Manager
  - hnbmgr: HNBGW HNB Manager
  - imsimgr: SGSN IMSI Manager
  - ipsgmgr: IP Services Gateway Manager
  - l2tpdemux: L2TP Demux Manager
  - l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager
  - linkmgr: SGSN/SS7 Master Manager
  - magmgr: Mobile Access Gateway Manager
  - megadiammgr: Mega Diameter Manager
  - mmedemux: MME Demux Manager logging facility
  - mmemgr: MME Manager logging facility
  - mmgr: SGSN/SS7 Master Manager
  - phsgwmgr: PHS Gateway Manager
  - phspcmgr: PHS Paging Controller Manager
  - sessmgr: Session Manager
  - sgtpcmgr: SGSN GTPC Manager
- all | instance id: the keyword all indicates all instances of the specified facility are to be displayed whereas the keyword instance specifies a specific instance for which information is to be displayed where id must be specified as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295. If all or instance is not specified summary statistics are displayed.

verbose

Displays everything the show session subsystem command output displays with the exception that the Setup Time statistics are reported in 100 ms increments from <100 ms up to 9600 ms.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating the Command Output section in the Command Line Interface Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

View the session information to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring for orphaned sessions.

If this command is entered with no keywords, the information displayed is cumulative for all sessions facilitated by the system.
Example:

The following commands display the statistics information summarized for all sessions, then for the famgr facility (all sessions), and finally only for the session with ID 127589 for the hamgr subsystem.

    show session subsystem full

    show session subsystem
    facility a11mgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility aaamgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility asngwmgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility famgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility hamgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility sessmgr all

    show session subsystem
    facility aaaproxy all

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show session trace

Displays status and statistics for the session trace application.
Product:

MME, P-GW, S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show session trace { statistics | subscriber network-element { mme | pgw | sgw } trace-ref value | tce-address ip_address tce-index num | tce-summary | trace-summary }  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

statistics

Displays summary statistics of the session trace subsystem.
subscriber network-element { mme | pgw | sgw } trace-ref value

Displays status and statistics of a specified session trace using the network element type and the trace reference. value must be a valid trace reference 12 characters in length.
tce-address ip_address tce-index num

Displays status and statistics of a specified Trace Collection Entity (TCE) connection. ip_address must be a valid existing collection entity IPv4 address and is specified in dotted decimal notation.
tce-summary

Displays a summary of all active TCE connections.
trace-summary

Displays a summary of all active session traces.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

Please refer to the Regulating the Command Output section in this reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:

Use this command to display status and statistics for the session trace application.
Example:
The following command displays status and statistics for a subscriber session trace on a P-GW with a trace reference of 32223398765:

    show session trace
    subscriber network-element pgw trace-ref 32223398765

The following command displays status and statistics for a subscriber session trace on an MME with a trace reference of 32221234567:

    show session trace
    subscriber network-element pgw trace-ref 32223398765

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show sgsn-operator-policy

Displays configuration information for the SGSN features bundled into the SGSN Operator Policy and includes operational configuration for features such as GPRS Attach, GPRS RAU Inter, and PTMSI-Realloc Service Request (Signalling).
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgsn-operator-policy
    ( all | full | name op-pol-name } +

all

Displays information for all configured SGSN operator policies.
full

Display all details of the configuration for the specified SGSN Operator Policy.
name op-pol-name

Identifies a specific operator policy. op-pol-name must be a combination of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
Usage:

This command can be used to display all of the operator policies that have been configured or all of the configuration information for a specific operator policy.
Example:
The following command displays information for all configured SGSN operator policies:

    show sgsn-operator-policy all

show sgsn-service

This command displays information about the configured SGSN services in the current context.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgsn-servie { all | name srvc_name }

all

Displays information for all SGSN services in the current context.
name srvc_name

Displays information for the specified SGSN service in the current context. srvc_name must be the name of a configured SGSN service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command displays information for all SGSN services in the current context:

    show sgsn-service all

The following command displays information for an SGSN service in the current context that is named sgsn1:

    show sgsn-service name sgsn1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show sgsn sessmgr

This command displays session manager (SMGR) statistics specific to the SGSN service.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgsn sessmgr { all | instance }

all memory statistics

Displays all SMGR statistics specific to the system’s SGSN service.
instance smgr_inst memory statistics

Displays the statistics for a specific session manager instance of the SGSN service.

smgr_inst must be an integer between 1 and 10000000.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command displays GPTP-U statistics for the traffic between an SGSN and a connected RNC.

    show sgtpu statistics
    rnc-address 123.1.2.3

show sgtp-service

This command displays information about the configured SGTP services in the current context, including GTP-C and GTP-U operational configuration.
Product:

SGSN

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgtp-service { all | ggsn-table | sgsn-table | name srvc_name }

all

Displays configuration information for all of the SGTP services defined for the current context.
ggsn-table

Displays GGSN information configured for the SGTP service in the current context.
sgsn-table

Displays SGSN information configured for the SGTP service in the current context.
name srvc_name

Displays information for the specified SGTP service in the current context. srvc_name must be the name of a configured SGTP service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command displays information for all SGTP services in the current context:

    show sgtp-service all

The following command displays the GGSN information in SGTP services in the current context:

    show sgtp-service ggsn-table

The following command displays the SGSN information in SGTP services in the current context:

    show sgtp-service sgsn-table

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show sgtpc statistics

This command displays all statistics, for SGTPC interface parameters, collected since the last restart or last use of a clear command.
Product:

SGSN

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgtpc statistics [ all | gsn-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name ] [ verbose ]

all

Displays configuration information for all of the SGTP services defined for the current context.
gsn-address ipv4_address

ipv4_address Displays statistics for a specific SGSN identified by the SGSN’s IPv4 address. specified in dotted decimal notation.

Note this must be an existing and active interface.
sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name

Displays statistics for the specified SGTP service in the current context.

sgtp_srvc_name must be the name of a previously configured and active SGTP service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
verbose

Causes the system to displays more detailed level of statistics.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command displays statistics for the SGTP service named sgtp1:

    show sgtpc statistics
    sgtp-service sgtp1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show sgtpu statistics

This command displays all transmission and reception statistics, for pre-defined and active GTP-U interfaces, collected since the last restart or last use of a clear command.
Product:

SGSN

PDG/TTG
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show sgtpu statistics [ ggsn-address ipv4_address | iups-service iups_srvc_name | rnc-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name |
    gprs-service
    gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id ]

ggsn-address ipv4_address

ipv4_address Displays statistics for a specific GGSN identified by the GGSN’s IPv4 address. specified in dotted decimal notation.
iups-service iups_srvc_name

Displays statistics for the specified IuPS service in the current context.

iups_srvc_name must be the name of a previously configured and active IuPS service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
rnc-address ipv4_address

ipv4_address Displays statistics for a specific RNC identified by the RNC’s IPv4 address. specified in dotted decimal notation.
sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name

Displays statistics for the specified SGTP service in the current context.

sgtp_srvc_name must be the name of a previously configured and active SGTP service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
gprs-service gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id

Displays the statistics for a specific NSEI-based GTPU statistics associated with the specified GPRS service in the current context.

gprs_srvc_name must be the name of a previously configured and active GPRS service and must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.

nse_id must be an integer from 0 to 65535.
Usage:

Use this command to display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command displays GPTP-U statistics for the traffic between an SGSN and a connected RNC.

    show sgtpu statistics
    rnc-address 123.1.2.3

show sgw-service

Displays configuration information and/or service statistics for Serving Gateway (S-GW) services on this system.
Product:

S-GW
Privilege:

Inspector
Syntax

    show sgw-service { all | name service_name | statistics { all | name service_name } } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configuration information for all S-GW services configured on this system.
name service_name

Displays configuration information for a specific S-GW service configured on this system.

service_name must be an existing S-GW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
statistics { all | name service_name }

Displays statistics for all S-GW services on this system or for a specified service. service_name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numerics characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.

A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of the grep and more commands, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configuration information and/or service statistics for S-GW services on this system.
Example:
The following command displays service statistics for the S-GW service named sgw1:

    show sgw-service statistics
    name sgw1

show snmp

Displays information on the Simple Network Management Protocol servers and interfaces.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show snmp { accesses | communities | contexts | notifies | server | transports | trap [ history | statistics ] | views }  [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

accesses

Displays SNMP server usage statistics.
communities

Displays SNMP community strings.
contexts

Displays SNMP information per context.
notifies

Displays SNMP event trap and notification statistics.
server

Displays SNMP server configuration information.
transports

Displays trap destination configuration information.
trap [ history | statistics {verbose}{wide}]

history: displays SNMP event trap history. trap history shows up to 5000 time-stamped trap records stored in a buffer. The buffer may be cleared by entering the clear snmp history command.

statistics: displays SNMP event trap and notification statistics.

verbose: displays rows for every defined trap, even if never generated.

wide: shows trap statistics data in excess of 80 columns.
views

Displays SNMP views.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display SNMP information as part of system verification and troubleshooting.
Example:
The following commands display the usage statistics, community string information, event trap and notification data, server information, and trap destination configuration, respectively.

    show snmp communities

    show snmp transport

    show snmp server

    show snmp accesses

    show snmp notifies

    show snmp trap history

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show srp

Displays the Service Redundancy Protocol information.
Product:

HA, PDSN GGSN PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show srp { call-loss
    statistics | checkpoint statistics [ verbose ] | info | statistics } | [ grep
    grep_options | more ]

call-loss statistics

Displays history of lost calls during switchover.
checkpoint statistics [ verbose ]

Displays check pointing statistics on session redundancy data (session mangers, current call recovery records, etc.).

verbose: Displays cumulative information for all session managers in tabular output.
info

Displays Service Redundancy Protocol information (context, chassis state, peer, connection state, etc.).
statistics

Displays Service Redundancy Protocol statistics (hello messages sent, configuration validation, resource messages, switchovers, etc.).
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

The output of this command may be considered as part of a periodic system auditing program by verifying the Service Redundancy Protocol performance. For more information, refer to the Interchassis Session Recovery chapter of the Administration and Configuration Guide and the Service Redundancy Protocol Configuration Mode chapter of the Command Line Reference.
Example:

The following command shows Service Redundancy Protocol information:
show srp call-loss statistics

    show srp info

    show srp checkpoint statistics

    show srp statistics

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show srp monitor

Displays the Service Redundancy Protocol monitor information.
Product:

HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show srp monitor [ all | authentication-probe | bgp | [ grep
    grep_options
    |
    more
    ] ]

all

Displays monitor information for all types (authentication-probe and bgp).
authentication-probe

Displays authentication probe monitor information.
bgp

Displays BGP monitor statistics.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

The output of this command may be considered as part of a periodic system auditing program by verifying the Service Redundancy Protocol performance. For more information, refer to the Interchassis Session Recovery chapter of the Administration and Configuration Guide and the Service Redundancy Protocol Configuration Mode chapter of the Command Line Reference.
Example:
The following command shows Service Redundancy Protocol monitor information:

    show srp monitor

show ss7-routing-domain

This command displays the configuration information for the defined SS7 routing domains. As SS7 routing domains conglomerate a large number of operational parameters, this command enables you to narrow your displays to specific protocol parameters on a specific link.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show ss7-routing-domain { all | ss7rd_id { m3ua | mtp2 | mtp3 | qsaal | routes [ adjacent ] | sctp
    asp { all | instance asp_id } | sscf } }show ss7-routing-domain ss7rd_id m3ua { statistics { gen | peer-server { all | id peer-server_id peer-server-process { all | instance psp_instance } } } | status { address-translation-
    table | destination-point-code { all | ss7_dpc } | gen | peer-server peer-server_id [ peer-server-process instance psp_id | verbose ] }show ss7-routing-domain
    1 sscf { statistics linkset { all | id linkset_id link { all | id link_id } } | status
    linkset { all | id linkset_id link { all | id link_id [ verbose ] } } }

ss7-routing-domain { all | ss7rd_id }

Specifies whether the display will output information for all SS7 routing domains or only for a specifically identified SS7 routing domain.

ss7rd_id must be an integer value from 1 through 12.
m3ua

Provides access to statistics or status information for the SS7 MTP3 User Adaptation Layer (M3UA) the specified SS7 routing domain.
mtp2

Provides access to statistics or status information the SS7 Message Transfer Part-2 (MTP2) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
mtp3

Provides access to statistics or status information the SS7 Message Transfer Part-3 (MTP3) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
qsaal

Provides access to statistics or status information for the Service Specific Connection-Oriented Protocol (SSCOP) sub-layer of the Quasi Signaling Application Adaptation Layer (QSAAL) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
routes [ adjacent ]

Displays the destination point code (DPC) routing table.

adjacent - If this keyword is used with the routes keyword, then it provides access to the statistics and status information for configured adjacent point codes.
sctp asp { all | instance asp_id }
Provides access to the status or statistics of Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) application server processes (ASP) in the specified SS7 routing domain for all or a specified SCTP ASP instance.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all SCTP application server process instances for specific SS7 routing domain.
- instance asp_id : Specified the specific SCTP application server process instance where instance_id must be an integer value from 1 through 4.

sscf

Provides access to the statistics or status information for the Service Specific Coordination Function (SSCF (q.2140)) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
peer-server [all | id peer-server_id ]
This keyword filters the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain for all or specific peer server id.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all peer servers for specific protocol.
- id peer-server_id : Specified the specific linkset identifier where peer-server_id must be an integer value from 1 through 49.

peer-server-process [all | instance instance_id ]
This keyword filters the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain for all or specific instance of peer-server process.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all peer server process instances for specific protocol.
- instance instance_id : Specified the specific peer server process instance where instance_id must be an integer value from 1 through 4.

destination-point-code [all | dest_point_code]
This keyword filters the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain for all or specific destination point code.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all destination point codes in SS7 routing domain.
- dest_point_code: Specified the specific destination point code in SS7 routing domain.

gen

This keyword displays the general information for the specific protocol for the specified SS7 routing domain.
verbose

This keyword enables the display of maximum information for a protocol statistics/status.
linkset [ all | id linkset_id ]
This keyword filters the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain for all or specific link set.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all linksets for specific protocol.
- id linkset_id : Specified the specific linkset identifier where linkset_id must be an integer value from 1 through 49.

link [ all | id link_id ]
This keyword filters the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain for all or specific link set.

- all: This keyword displays the information for all links for specific protocol.
- id link_id : Specified the specific linkset identifier where link_id must be an integer value from 1 through 16.

Usage:

Use this command to display the SS7 routing domain and different layer protocol information for SGSN service.
Example:
Following command displays the information/statistics of all SCTP application server processes of peer server id 17 and peer server process instance 1 in SS7 routing domain 12:

    show ss7-routing-domain
    12 sctp asp all status peer-server id 17 peer-server-process instance 1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show ssh key

Displays the secure shell public key information.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show ssh key [ type { v1-rsa | v2-rsa | v2-dsa } ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

[ type { v1-rsa | v2-rsa | v2-dsa } ]

Specifies the type of SSH key information to display. If type is not specified, information for all types is displayed.

v1-rsa: SSH v1 RSA host key only

v2-rsa: SSH v2 DSA host key only

v2-dsa: SSH v2 RSA host key only
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Show the secure shell key information for all types to verify installed keys.
Example:
The following command shows information for all SSH V1 and SSH V2 keys:

    show ssh key

The following command shows information for only SSH V2 RSA host keys:

    show ssh key type
    v2-rsa

show subscribers

Shows information for subscriber sessions defined by the specified keywords. Keywords described under Command Keywords below are base commands that display distinctive type of data. Keywords described under Filter Keywords are filters that modify or filter the output of the base commands. Not all filter keywords are available for all command keywords commands. Each command keyword lists the filter keywords that it accepts.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax

    show subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

Command Keywords

The following keywords are base commands that each have a distinct display output. Only one Command Keyword can entered on the command line.
aaa-configuration

Shows AAA configuration information for subscriber sessions defined by the specified filter keywords. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active, all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant, fa, fa-service, ggsn-service, ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data, username, verbose, grep, more
access-flows { accounting | dynamic | pre-provisioned | static }

Shows the ip-flows for the subscribers defined by the specified filter keywords.

accounting: Use this keyword to display the accounting type of access flows for a subscriber.

dynamic: Use this keyword to display the dynamic type of access flows for a subscriber.

pre-provisioned: Use this keyword to display the pre-provisioned type of access flows for a WiMAX subscriber.

static: Use this keyword to display the static type of access flows for a subscriber.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    active, active-charging-service,
    all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
    asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
    card-num, ccoa-only, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
    fa, fa-service, flow-type, ggsn-service,
    gsm-traffic-class, ha, ha-ipsec-only, ha-service, idle-time, imsi,
    ip-address, ip-pool, ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-address, l3-tunnel-remote-address,
    lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mip-udp-tunnel-only,
    msid, msiddn, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdsn-service,  plmn-type, rulebase,
    rx-data, session-time-left,
    sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
    username, verbose, grep, more

activity

Display subscribers link activity percentage. When no Filter Keywords are specified, the output is a summary of all subscriber activity. When Filter Keywords are specified, the link activity percentage is displayed as graphs in which one is displayed using a high sampling rate, a 10 second interval between samples, and a low sampling rate, a 15 minute interval between samples
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
    asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
    card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
    fa, fa-service, ggsn-service,
    ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
    lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, pcf,
    pdsn-service,  plmn-type, rx-data,
    session-time-left,
    sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
    username, grep, more

asn-peer-address ip_address

Displays information for subscribers on an ASN GW trusted peer.

ip_address is the IPv4 address of the ASN GW peer server in dotted decimal notation.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    all, counters all,
    asngw-service, full, summary, grep, more

asngw-service service_name

Displays counters for subscribers accessing the ASN GW service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    all, counters all,
    full, summary, grep, more

asnpc-service service_name

Displays counters for subscribers accessing the ASN Paging Controller and Location Registry service.

service_name must be an existing ASN PC service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    all, counters all,
    full, summary, grep, more

bearer-establishment { direct-tunnel | normal | pending }

Selects Bearer Establishment type defined by the specified filter keywords.

direct-tunnel: Select subscribers having direct tunnel establshed with the RNC.

normal: Select subscribers having bearer established with SGSN.

pending: Select subscribers for whom bearer is not fully established.
configuration

Display current configuration for all subscribers or a specified subscriber. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

all, username, grep, more
counters

Show the counters associated with the subscriber. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service, asn-peer-address, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant, fa, fa-service, ggsn-service, ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data, username, grep, more
cscf-only

Displays information for CSCF subscribers only.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    aaa-configuration,
    access-flows, active, activity, all, bearer-establishment, callid,
    card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, cscf-service, data-rate, dormant,
    fa, full, gtp-version, ha, idle-time, ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address,
    ip-alloc-method, ip-pool   ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr,
    l3-tunnel-remote-addr, long-duration-time-left, mipv6ha-service,
    msid, network-type, policy, rx-data, session-time-left, smgr-instance,
    subscription, summary, tft, tx-data, username, wf1

cscf-service service_name

Displays information for subscribers accessing the specified CSCF service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    bearer-establishment,
    callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, cscf-service,  fa, gtp-version, ha, idle-time,
    ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address, ip-alloc-method, ip-pool, ipv6-address,
    ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr, l3-tunnel-remote-addr, long-duration-time-left,
    mipv6ha-service, msid, network-type, rx-data, session-time-left,
    smgr-instance, subscription, tx-data, username

css-delivery-sequence

IMPORTANT:

This is a restricted keyword. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
css-service csssvc_name

IMPORTANT:

This is a restricted keyword. In StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
data-rate [ summary | full ] [ verbose | graph { high | low } ] [ high | low ]

Indicates how to display subscriber throughput data.

IMPORTANT:

This keyword is best used for individual subscriber output.

summary: Combine statistics for the matching subscriber and show a summary in text form.

full: Display a separate output for each matching subscriber separately in tabular form.

verbose: Display cumulative information for all matching subscribers in tabular output.

graph { high | low }: Display the throughput data as a graph using either a high sampling rate of every 30 seconds or a low sampling rate of every 15minutes. The graph contains data points over the last 24 hours, if available. The command displays a graph each for the transmit and receive peak, average, and sustained throughput for a total of six graphs.

high: Display the raw data collected for the throughput analysis using a high sampling rate (smaller interval). The data displayed uses a sampling interval of 30 seconds and includes the data collected over the last 24 hours, if available.

low: Display the raw data collected for the throughput analysis using a low sampling rate (larger interval). The data displayed uses a sampling interval of 15 minutes and includes the data collected over the last 24 hours, if available.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
    asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
    card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
    fa, fa-service, ggsn-service,
    ha, ha-service, hsgw-only, hsgw-service, idle-time, imsi,
    ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lma-service, lns,
    lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mag-service, mme-address, mme-service, msid,
    network-requested, pcf, pdsn-service,  plmn-type, rx-data,
    session-time-left,
    sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
    username, grep, more

debug-info { callid id | msid id | username name }

Displays internal call troubleshooting information for subscriber sessions defined by the specified keywords.

callid id: Displays subscriber information for the call specified by id. The call ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.

msid id: Displays information for the mobile user identified by id. id must be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.

username name: Displays information for connections for the subscriber identified by name. The user must have ben previously configured. name must be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example; ‘$’.
fng-only

Displays FNG context information for the session.
fng-service service_name

Displays information for subscribers accessing the specified FNG service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
full

Shows all available subscriber information. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service, asn-peer-address, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant, fa, fa-service, ggsn-service, ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data, username, grep, more
ggsn-only

Displays only GGSN-specific subscriber context information.
gprs-only

Displays only 2G SGSN subscribers/contexts. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

aaa-configuration, active, active-charging-service, activity, all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, data-rate, full, ggsn-address, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi, msid, msisdn, partial, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, summary, tx-data, grep, and more.
gtp-version { 0 | 1 }

Displays the specific GTP version number. Must be followed by one of the supported GTP versions (0 or 1).

The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active-charging-service, apn,bearer-establishment, callid, dhcp-server, fa, fa-service, ggsn-service, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, msid, msisdn, plmn-type, sgsn-address, sgsn-service, smgr-instance, tx-data, username, grep, more.
hsgw-only

Displays HSGW subscriber session information.
The following filters/keywords are valid with this command:

    all, full, summary

hsgw-service svc_name: Displays subscriber information based on the HSGW service name. svc_name must be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
hsgw-service svc_name

Displays subscriber information based on the HSGW service name. svc_name must be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
ip-alloc-method {aaa-assigned | dhcp [ relay-agent | proxy-client ] | dynamic-pool | l2tp-lns-assigned | mip-ha-assigned | ms-provided-static | not-ms-provided-static | static pool }

Displays the specific IP Allocation Method. Must be followed by one of the IP Allocation Methods:

aaa-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by AAA.
dhcp: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by DHCP.

- relay-agent: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP Relay Agent
- proxy-client: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP Proxy Client

dynamic-pool: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a dynamic IP address pool.

l2tp-lns-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol Network Server.

mip-ha-assigned: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Mobile IP Home Agent.

ms-provided-static: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were provided by the Mobile Station.

not-ms-provided-static: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were not provided by the Mobile Station.

static-pool: Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a static IP address pool.
ipsg-only

Displays IPSG subscriber session information.
lma-service svc_name

Displays subscriber information based on the LMA service name. svc_name must be an existing LMA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
mag-only

Displays MAG subscriber session information.
The following filters/keywords are valid with this command:

    all, full, summary

mag-service svc_name: Displays subscriber information based on the MAG service name. svc_name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
mag-service svc_name

Displays subscriber information based on the MAG service name. svc_name must be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
mme-address

Displays subscriber information based on the MME IP address. ip_address must be an existing MME IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
mme-only

Displays MME subscriber session information.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

    all, full, summary

mme-service svc_name: Displays subscriber information based on the MME service name. svc_name must be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

mme-address ip_address: Displays subscriber information based on the MMM IP address. ip_address must be an existing MME IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdg-only

Displays a summary of PDG subscriber statistics.
pdg-service name

Displays statistics for users associated with a specific PDG service name.
pdif-only

Displays a summary of PDIF subscriber statistics.
pdif-service name

Displays connection statistics for users associated with a specific pdif-service name.
pgw-only

Displays P-GW subscriber session information.
The following filters/keywords are valid with this command:

    all, full, summary

pgw-service svc_name: Displays subscriber information based on the P-GW service name. svc_name must be an existing P-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

sgw-address ip_address: Displays subscriber information based on the S-GW IP address. ip_address must be an existing S-GW IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
qci number

Displays subscriber session information based on the QCI value assigned to the subscriber. number must be an integer value from 0 to 9.
s1u-state { active | idle | idle-active }

Displays session information based on the subscriber’s S1-U state. The S1-U interface is the interface from the eNodeB to the S-GW.

active: Displays session information for subscribers with an S1-U state set to active.

idle: Displays session information for subscribers with an S1-U state set to idle.

idle-active: Displays session information for subscribers with an S1-U state set to idle-active.
s5-proto { gtp | pmip }

Displays subscriber session information based on the S5 interface protocol used. Choose either GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) or Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP).
sgsn-only

Displays only 3G SGSN-specific subscriber context information. The following filters are valid with this command:

aaa-configuration, active, active-charging-service, activity, all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, data-rate, full, ggsn-address, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi, msid, msisdn, partial qos [requested | netogitated ] , plmn-type, rnc, rx-data, session-time-left, summary, tx-data, grep, and more.
sgw-only

Displays S-GW subscriber session information.
The following filters/keywords are valid with this command:

    all, full, summary

sgw-service svc_name: Displays subscriber information based on the S-GW service name. svc_name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.

pgw-address ip_address: Displays subscriber information based on the P-GW IP address. ip_address must be an existing P-GW IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
sgw-service svc_name

Displays subscriber information based on the S-GW service name. svc_name must be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
subscription { aor address | callid id | full }

Displays subscription information for defined subscribers, based on defined parameters.

aor address: Clear session(s) by Address of Record.

callid id: Specific Call Identification Number.

full: Displays all available information.
summary

Only display a summary of the subscriber information. The following filter keywords are valid with this command:

active, activity, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service, asn-peer-address, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant, enodeb-address, fa, fa-service, ggsn-service, ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, sgsn-address, tx-data, username, grep, more
tft

Displays the current Traffic Flow Template (TFT) associated with the subscriber session.
tx-data

Bytes transmitted by the subscriber.
wf1
Displays subscriber information in wide format number 1. Wide format number 1 includes the following information for each listed subscriber session:

- Access Type
- Access Technology
- Call State
- Link Status
- Network Type
- Call ID
- MSID
- Username
- IP Address
- Time-Idle
- Access Peer Address
- Service Address
- Network Peer Address
- Connect Time

filter_keywords

The following keywords are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords. Not all filters are available for all Command Keywords. Multiple Filter Keywords can be entered on a command line.

When multiple Filter Keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the Filter Keywords specifications.

For example; if you enter the following command:

show subscribers counters ip-pool pool1 card-num 1

Counters for all subscriber sessions that were assigned an IP address from the IP pool named pool1 and also are being processed by the PAC/PSC in slot 1 is displayed. Information for all other subscribers is not displayed.
active

Only display information for those subscribers who currently have active sessions.
active-charging-service acs_service

Displays information for subscribers under active charging service processing.

acs_service must be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
all

If no keywords are specified before all, information for all subscribers is displayed. If keywords are specified before all, all information is displayed with no further options being allowed.
apn name

Displays subscribers currently facilitated by the Access Point Name (APN) template called name configured on the system. This command is for GGSN only.
asngw-only

Displays counters for subscribers accessing the ASN GW service only.
asnpc-only

Displays counters for subscribers accessing the ASN Paging Controller and Location Registry service only.
callid id

Displays subscriber information for the call specified by id. The call ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num

The slot number of the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. pac_num is a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
ccoa-only

Displays the subscribers that registered a MIP colocated COA directly with the HA.

This option is only valid when MIPHA session license is enabled.
configured-idle-timeout [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Shows the idle timeout that is configured for the specified subscriber. A value of 0 (zero) indicates that the subscribers idle timeout is disabled.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Shows how long the subscriber has been connected. <: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
cscf-only

Displays information for CSCF subscribers only.
cscf-service service_name

Displays information for subscribers accessing the specified CSCF service.

service_name must be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
dhcp-server address

Displays subscribers currently accessing the system that have been provided an IP address by the DHCP server specified by address. This command is for GGSN only.
dormant

Shows information for subscriber sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
enodeb-address IPv4_ddress

Displays information for EPS subscribers connected to the eNodeB specified by IPv4_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
fa address

Displays information for subscribers connected to the foreign agent specified by address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
fa-only

Only display FA-specific context information.
fa-service name

Displays information for subscribers connected to the foreign agent service specified by name. The foreign agent service name must have been previously defined.
firewall { not-required | required }

Displays information for the specified subscribers:

not-required: Subscribers for whom firewall processing is not required.

required: Subscribers for whom firewall processing is required.
firewall-policy fw_policy_name

This keyword is obsolete.
fw-and-nat policy fw_nat_policy

IMPORTANT:

This option is customer-specific and is only available in StarOS 8.1.

Displays information for subscribers using the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.

fw_nat_policy specifies the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
ggsn-address ip_address

Displays information for subscribers connected to the GGSN with specific IP address specified by ip_address. The GGSN IP address ip_address must have been previously defined.

ip_address: must use dotted decimal notation.

This keyword is for SGSN only.
ggsn-preservation-mode

Displays information for subscribers connected to the GGSN service with preservation mode enabled. This filter keyword is for GGSN only.
ggsn-service name

Displays information for subscribers connected to the GGSN service specified by name. The GGSN service name must have been previously defined. This keyword is for GGSN only.
gsm-traffic-class { background | conversational | interactive | streaming }
Displays information for subscriber traffic that matches the specified 3GPP traffic class.

- background: 3GPP QoS background class.
- conversational: 3GPP QoS conversational class.
- interactive: 3GPP QoS interactive class. Must be followed by a traffic priority.
- streaming: 3GPP QoS streaming class.

ha address

Displays information for subscribers connected to the home agent specified by address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
ha-ipsec-only

Only display information for subscriber sessions that are using IP-Security.
ha-only

Only display HA-specific context information.
ha-service name

Displays information for subscribers connected to the home agent service specified by name. The home agent service name must have been previously defined.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Displays how long the subscriber session has been idle or display subscriber sessions that meet the idle time criteria specified.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ims-auth-service service_name

Displays information for subscribers with specified IMS Authorization Service. service_name must have been previously defined.
imsi id

Shows the subscriber with the specified id. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
ip-address [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] address

Displays information for subscribers connected to the specified address.

<: Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address lower than the specified address is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address higher than the specified address is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address higher than the specified address is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address lower than the specified address is displayed.

address: The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation. Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than. If the ip address is specified without a qualifier then only subscribers with the specified IP address have their information displayed.
ip-pool name

Displays information for subscribers assigned addresses from the IP address pool name. name must be the name of an existing IP pool or IP pool group.

IP pool name will be either ipv4 or ipv6 according to call line setup for specified pool name.
ipv6-address address

Displays information for subscribers connected to the specified address.
ipv6-prefix prefix

Displays information for subscribers connected to the specified address and prefix.
lac address

Displays information for calls to the peer LAC (L2TP access concentrator) specified by address.
lac-only

Show L2TP LAC specific information only.
lac-service name [ local-tunnel-id id | remote-tunnel-id id ]

Displays information for calls associated with the LAC service named name. This is a string of 1 to 63 characters.

local-tunnel-id id : Specifies a specific local tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in the range of 1 to 65535.

remote-tunnel-id id : Specifies a specific remote tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in the range of 1 to 65535.
l3-tunnel-local-addr ip_address

Specific layer 3 tunneling interface specified by ip_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
l3-tunnel-remote-addr ip_address

Specific layer 3 tunneling peer specified by ip_address. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
lns address

Displays information for calls to the peer LNS (L2TP network server) specified by address.
lns-only

Show L2TP LNS specific information only.
lns-service name [ local-tunnel-id id | remote-tunnel-id id ]

Displays information for calls associated with the LNS service named name. This is a string of 1 to 63 characters.

local-tunnel-id id : Specifies a specific local tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in the range of 1 to 65535.

remote-tunnel-id id : Specifies a specific remote tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in the range of 1 to 65535.
long-duration-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

Shows how much time is left for the maximum duration of a specified subscriber session.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
mip-udp-tunnel-only

Displays the subscribers that negotiated MIP-UDP tunneling with the HA.

This option is only valid when MIP NAT Traversal license is enabled.
mipv6ha-only

Shows MIPV6HA-specific context information for the session.
mipv6ha-service service_name

Displays specific configured MIPV6 Home Agent service. service_name must have been previously defined.
msid id

Displays information for the mobile user identified by id. id must be from 7 to 16 hexadecimal digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example: ‘$’.

In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this filter will show subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.

show subscribers msid ABCD0123456789 or

show subscribers msid 0123456789

will show any subscriber with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplid, i.e. 0123456789.
msisdn msisdn

Displays information for the mobile user identified by the Mobile Subscriber ISDN Number (MSISDN).

msisdn must be 7 to 16 digits; specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address | nat-realm nat_realm ] }

Displays information for the specified subscribers.

not-required: Subscribers for whom Network Address Translation (NAT) processing is not required.

required: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is required.

IMPORTANT:

The nat-ip keyword is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.

nat-ip nat_ip_address: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address specifies the NAT IP address and must be a standard IPv4 address.

nat-realm nat_realm: Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the specified NAT realm. nat_realm specifies the NAT realm name and must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
network-requested

Display information for currently active subscribers whose sessions were initiated by the GGSN network requested create PDP context procedure.
network-type { gre | ipip | ipsec | ipv4 | ipv6 | l2tp | mobile-ip | proxy-mobile-ip }
Displays network type information for the subscriber session. The following network types can be selected:

- gre : Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) per RFC 2784
- ipip : IP-in-IP encapsulation per RFC 2003
- ipsec : IPSec
- ipv4: Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4)
- ipv6: Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)
- l2tp: Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol encryption per RFC 2661
- mobile-ip : Mobile IP
- proxy-mobile-ip : Proxy Mobile IP

nsapi nsap_id

Displays session information for the mobile user identified by network service access point identifier (NSAPI) between MS and SGSN. NSAPI is also used as part of the Tunnel Identifier between GPRS Support Nodes (GSNs). The user identity IMSI and the application identifier (NSAPI) are integrated into the Tunnel Identifier (GTPv0) (TID) or Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTPv1) (TEID) that uniquely identifies the subscriber’s sublink between the GSNs (SGSN and GGSN). The NSAPI is an integer value within the PDP context header.

nsap_id must be an integer value from 5 through 15.
partial qos { negotiated | requested }

This filter is specific to the SGSN.

Is limits the display of information to requested or negotiated QoS information for the subscriber.

This filter can be used in combination with further defining filters: active, active-charging-service, all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, ggsn-address, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi, msid, msisdn, negotiated, plmn-type, requested, rx-data, session-time-left, tx-data
pcf [ < | > | less-than | greater-than] ipv4_address [[ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address ]
Displays information for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a specific or range of IP address ipv4_ddress. The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.

- <: Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- >: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- less-than:Filters output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4 address value is displayed.

Note: It is possible to define a limited range of IP addresses by using the less-than and greater-than options to define minimum and maximum values.
pdsn-only

Show PDSN specific information only.
pdsn-service name

Displays information for subscribers connected to the packet data service name. The packet data service must have been previously configured.
plmn-type

Displays subscriber type (HOME, VISITING, or ROAMING).

This keyword is for the GGSN or the SGSN only.
policy

Displays the current policies associated with the subscriber session.
rnc id rnc_id mcc mcc_num mnc mnc_num

Displays information for subscribers connected to the SGSN via a specific RNC (radio network controller) identified by the RNC ID, the MCC (mobile country code), and the MNC (mobile network code).

This keyword is for SGSN only.
rx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

The number of bytes received by the specified subscriber.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
session-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

How much session time is left for the specified subscriber.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
smgr-instance number

Specific sessmgr instance. number must be in the range of 1 to 4294967295.
sgsn-address address

Shows information for subscribers whose PDP contexts are currently being facilitated by the SGSN specified by address. This command is for GGSN only.
sgsn-service srvc_name

Shows subscriber information for a specified 3G SGSN service.

srvc_name must be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a configured SGSN service.

This command is for SGSN only.
tx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value

The number of bytes transmitted by the specified subscriber.

<: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

>: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

greater-than: Filters output so that only information greater than the specified value is displayed.

less-than: Filters output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.

value: Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is displayed. If value is not specified all data is displayed. value must be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
username name

Displays information for connections for the subscriber identified by name. The user must have been previously configured. name must be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example; ‘$’.
verbose

Display detailed information.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view information about subscriber sessions.

The output of this command may be considered for part of a periodic system auditing program by verifying active and dormant subscribers.

The Command Keywords may be used standalone to display detailed information or you may use one or more of the various Filter Keywords to reduce the amount of information displayed.

CAUTION:

Executing this command may negatively impact performance if multiple instances are executed while the system is under heavy load and simultaneously facilitating multiple CLI sessions.
Example:
The following command displays information for all subscriber sessions:

    show subscribers all

The following command displays information for all ggsn-only subscriber sessions:

    show subscribers ggsn-only all

The following command displays information for all subscriber sessions in wide format 1:

    show subscribers wf1 all

    show subscribers aaa-configuration

    show subscribers counters
    username isp1user1

The following command displays information for subscriber in GGSN service:

    show subscribers ggsn-only allshow subscribers ggsn-only full

The following command displays information for all subscriber with SGSN session having partial QoS requests:

    show subscribers sgsn-only
    partial qos requested

The following command displays information for all subscriber with MME session connected to MME service having IP address as 1.1.1.1:

    show subscribers mme-only
    mme-address 1.1.1.1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show super-charger

Lists subscribers with valid super charger configuration.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show super-charger { imsi
    imsi | all }

imsi

Defines a specific subscriber’s international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) number.

imsi - up to 15 digits This number includes the MCC (mobile country code), the MNC (mobile network code) and the MSIN (mobile station identification number),
all

Instructs the SGSN to display super charger subscription information for all subscribers.
Usage:

Use this command to determine if a single subscriber, identified by the IMSI, has a super charger configuration. Also, this command can display the list of all subscribers with a super charger configuration. If a subscriber has super charger as part of the configuraiton, then subscriber data is backed up (using the IMSI Manager) after the subscriber detaches and the purge timer expires.
Example:
The following command displays the super charger configuration information for the subscriber identified by the IMSI 90121882144672.

    show super-charger
    imsi 90121882144672

show support details

This command outputs a comprehensive list of system information that is useful for troubleshooting purposes. In most cases, the output of this command is requested by the technical support team.
Product:

All
Privilege:

All
Syntax

    show support details [ to file
    url
    ]

to file url
Specifies the location where a tar file with the support detail information should be created. url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.

If the filename is not specified with a .tar extension, it is automatically appended to the filename when the file is created and a message is generated.
The content of the tar file is a follows:

- support_summary - An ASCII text file that contains the support detail information.
- information.minicores.tar - A tar file that contains any minicore files found on the system. Minicore files contain memory core dumps that are captured during some events. These core dumps provide specific memory locations and other information about the event. This information is useful to the technical support team in identifying specifically where an event occurred and its probably cause.

Usage:

Use this command to obtain extensive system information for use in troubleshooting. This command does the work of over 30 separate commands, which saves time and ensures that all of the information needed is collected and displayed in the same order every time. The output of the following commands is included:

- show version verbose
- show config
- show context
- show ip pool
- show ip interface
- show ip route
- show boot
- show boot initial-config
- show system uptime
- show license information
- show card hardware
- show card info
- show card diag
- show card table all
- show port table all
- show port info
- show port npu counters
- show port datalink counters
- show fans
- show hardware version fans
- show power chassis
- show alarm audible
- show alarm central-office
- show alarm outstanding
- show alarm statistics
- show asngw-service statistics
- show asnpc-service statistics
- show content-filtering category database
- show cpu table
- show cpu info verbose
- show resources
- show task table
- show task resources
- show task resources max
- show crash list
- show snmp trap history
- show logs level error
- show logs level error inactive
- show ppp statistics
- show session disconnect-reasons
- show apn statistics all
- show pdsn-service all
- show ha-service all
- show dhcp-service all
- show ggsn-service all
- show lac-service all
- show lns-service all
- mme-hss-service
- mme-service
- show session progress
- show rp statistics
- show mipfa statistics
- show mipha statistics
- show srp info
- show srp checkpoint statistics
- show srp checkpoint statistics verbose
- show gtpc statistics verbose
- show gtpp accounting servers
- show gtpp statistics verbose
- show gtpp storage-server
- show session recovery status verbose
- show clock all
- show radius counters all
- show ntp associations all
- show charging-service all (if the Enhanced Charging Service license is installed)
- show qos npu inter-subscriber traffic bandwidth-sharing
- timestamps
- no timestamps

In addition to the information provided by the above commands, the show support details command includes information that is not otherwise accessible to users but that is helpful in the swift resolution of issues.
Example:
The following command displays the system information on your console.

    show support details

The following command displays the information on your console and also writes it to the local device (pcmcia1 in this case) and includes the mini core dumps, using the filename r-p_problem.tar.

    show support details
    to file /pcmcia1/r-p_problem.tar

The following command displays the information on your console and also writes it to an FTP server (named host), placing the file in the dir directory and includes the mini core dumps, using the filename re_problem.tar.

    show support details
    to file ftp://host/dir/re_problem.tar

show system uptime

Shows the system the amount of time the system has been operational since the down time (maintenance or otherwise).
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show system
    uptime [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

uptime

Indicates only the system up time is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the system up time to check for the possibility of anomalous behavior related to longer up times.
Example:
The following commands display the system basic information and up time only, respectively.

    show system uptime

show task

Displays information about system tasks.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show task { info | resources | table } [ card
    card_num ]  [ facility
    facility { all | instance id } ] [ process
    process_name
    all ] [ max ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

{ info | resources | table }

Specifies type of information to be displayed and scope of tasks to include in output.

info: Display detailed task information.

resources: Display resource allocation and usage information for all tasks.

table: Display identification information in tabular format for all tasks.
card card_num

Default: all powered on cards.

Specifies a single card for which task information is to be displayed where card_num must be from 1 to 48.
facility facility { all | instance id }

Default: all facilities.
Specifies the list of facilities for which task information may be displayed. A specific instance of the facility may be displayed as specified by id or all instances may be displayed. The value of id must be in the range of 0 through 100000. facility must be one of:

- a11mgr: A11 Interface Manager facility
- aaamgr: AAA Manager Facility
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy manager Facility
- acsctrl: Active Charging Service (ACS) Controller Facility
- acsmgr: Active Charging Service (ACS) Manager Facility
- asngwmgr: ASN Gateway Manager
- asnpcrmgr: ASN Paging/Location-Registry (ASN-PC) Manager
- bgp: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Facility
- bulkstat: Bulk Statistics Manager Facility
- cdrmod: Charging Detail Record Module
- cli: Command Line Interface Facility
- cscfmgr: SIP CSCF Manager
- cspctrl: Card Slot Port controller Facility
- cssctrl: Content Service Steering Controller
- dcardctrl: IPSEC Daughtercard Controller Logging Facility
- dcardmgr: IPSEC Daughtercard Manager Logging Facility
- dhmgr: Distributed Host Manager
- drvctrl: Driver Controller Facility
- egtpegmgr: EGTP Egress Demux Manager
- egtpinmgr: EGTP Ingress Demux Manager
- evlogd: Event Log Daemon Facility
- famgr: Foreign Agent Manager Facility
- gtpcmr: GTP-C Protocol Logging facility (GGSN product only)
- h248prt: H.248 Protocol Task
- hamgr: Home Agent Manager Facility
- hatcpu: High Availability Task CPU Facility
- hatsystem: High Availability Task Facility
- ipsecctrl: IP Security Controller Facility
- ipsecmgr: IP Security Manager Facility
- ipsgmgr: IP Services Gateway Facility
- l2tpdemux: L2TP Demultiplexor (LNS) Facility
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager Facility
- magmgr: Mobile Access Gateway Manager
- megadiammgr: MegaDiameter Manager
- mmedemux: MME Demux Manager logging facility
- mmemgr: MME Manager logging facility
- mmgr: SGSN/SS7 Master Manager
- mptest: Migration Performance Test on Packet Accelerator Card
- netwstrg: Network Storage Manager
- npuctrl: Network Processor Unit control Facility
- npumgr: Network Processor Unit Manager Facility
- nputst: Network Processor Unit Tester
- nsctrl: Charging Service Controller
- nsmgr: Charging Service Process Manager
- orbns: Object Request Broker Notification Server Facility
- orbs: Object Request Broker System Facility
- ospf: Open Shortest Path First Facility
- rct: Recovery Control Task Facility
- rdt: Redirect Task Facility
- rip: Routing Information Protocol Facility
- rmctrl: Resource Manager Controller Facility
- rmmgr: Resource Manager Facility
- sct: Shared Configuration Task Facility
- sessctrl: Session Controller Facility
- sessmgr: Session Manager Facility
- sft: Switch Fabric Monitoring Task
- sipcdprt: Sip Call Distributor Task
- sitmain: System Initialization Task Main Facility
- sitparent: Card based system initialization facility that applies to Packet Accelerator Cards and Switch Processor Cards

IMPORTANT:

sitparent replaces the facilities sitpac, sitspc and sittac.

- snmp: SNMP Protocol Facility
- srdb: Static Rating Database
- threshold: Threshold Server Facility
- vpnctrl: Virtual Private Network Controller Facility
- vpnmgr: VPN Manager Facility
- zebos: ZEBOS™ OSPF Message Facility

all: Display information for all instances of the specified facility.

instance id: Display information for the specified instance of the specified facility only. id must be an integer from 0 through 10000000.
process process_name all
Display information for all instances of the specified process. must be one of the following process names:

- ftpd: File Transfer Protocol Daemon
- inetd: Internet Super-server Daemon
- nsproc: NetSpira Packet Processor
- ntpd: Network Time Protocol Daemon
- orbnsd: Object Request Broker Notification Server
- ping: Ping
- pvmd-wrapper: NetSpira Messenger Daemon
- pvmgs: NetSpira Messenger Daemon
- rlogin: Remote Login
- sftp-server: Secure File Transfer Protocol Server
- sitreap: System Initialization Task Cleanup Process
- sn_resolve: DNS Resolver Process
- ssh: Secure Shell
- sshd: Secure Shell Daemon
- telnet: Telnet
- telnetd: Telnet Daemon
- tftpd: Trivial File Transfer Protocol Daemon
- traceroute: Traceroute

max

Default: current usage levels are displayed.

Displayed the maximum usage levels for tasks as opposed to the current usage levels.

The keyword max is valid only in conjunction with the resources keyword.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display task information as part of system troubleshooting unexpected behavior.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands provide some examples of the combinations of options that may be used to display task information.

    show task info facility hatspc all

    show task info facility hatspc instance 456

    show task resources
    facility zebos all

    show task table facility ospf

    show task table card 8 facility cli all

    show task resources
    facility rip all max

show temperature

Displays the current temperature on all installed application and line cards. Also displays the temperature of upper and lower fan trays. Temperature readings are acquired from sensors located on theses components.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show temperature [ verbose] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose

Indicates that the output is to contain detailed information.
Usage:

Verify current temperature of components in chassis.
Example:

    show temperature

    show tempterature verbose

show terminal

Displays the current terminal settings for number of lines in length and number of characters in width.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show terminal [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Verify current terminal settings in case the output displayed appears to have line breaks/wraps in unexpected places.
Example:

    show terminal

show threshold

Displays thresholding information for the system.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show threshold [ default ]

[ default ]

Used to display the system’s thresholding default values.
Usage:

Use this command to display information on threshold value configuration and activity.
Example:
The following command displays configuration information pertaining to threshold values configured on the system:

    show threshold

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show timing

Displays the information configured to define a transmit timing source other than the system clock. The display includes related information (such as port status, timing source priority, timing alarms, etc.) for all of the ports configured for either BITS or line timing.
Product:

SGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show timing

Usage:

Use this command to determine which line cards are recovering receive timing clocks.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command displays timing configuration and status information for the timing-configured ports.

    show timing

show upgrade

Displays the status of an on-going on-line software upgrade.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show upgrade

Usage:

Use this command to show the status of an on-going on-line software upgrade.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
show url-blacklisting database

This command displays URL Blacklisting static database configurations.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show url-blacklisting
    database [ all | url url | facility
    acsmgr { all | instance instance } ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

all

Displays configurations of all URL Blacklisting databases present in the default or override directory.
facility acsmgr { all | instance instance }

Displays configurations of URL Blacklisting database configuration per facility/ACSMgr instance.

all: Displays URL Blacklisting database configuration of all ACSMgrs.

instance instance: Displays URL Blacklisting database configuration of the specified instance. instance must be instance number of the database, and must be an integer from 1 through 10000000.
url url

Displays configurations of the URL Blacklisting database specified in the URL.

url must be the database’s URL, and must be a string of 1 through 512 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to view configurations associated with in-memory and on-flash Blacklisting database. The show url-blacklisting database command displays the active database that is loaded, and is the one set by either the default or override CLI commands.
Example:
The following command displays configurations of all the databases present in default or override directory, indicating one as ACTIVE and rest as NOT LOADED:

    show url-blacklisting
    database all

The following command displays configurations of the /flash/bl/optblk.bin database:

    show url-blacklisting
    database url /flash/bl/optblk.bin

The following command displays database configuration for the ACSMgr instance 1:

    show url-blacklisting
    database facility acsmgr instance 1

IMPORTANT:

Output descriptions for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show version

Displays the version information for the current system image or for a remote image.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    show version [ url ] [ all | verbose ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

url
Specifies the location of a configuration file to display version information for. The url may refer to a local or a remote file. url must be entered using one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

username is the user to be authenticated.

password is the password to use for authentication.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
all | verbose

all: indicates all image information is to be displayed.

verbose: indicates the output is to contain detailed information.

The verbose keyword may not be used in conjunction with a URL specification.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Display the version information to verify the image versions loaded in preparation for maintenance, upgrades, etc.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands display the version information with the basic level of output and the detailed level, respectively.

    show version

    show version verbose

shutdown

Terminates all processes within the chassis.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    shutdown [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Remove a chassis form service for maintenance activities.

CAUTION:

Issuing this command will cause the system to become unavailable for session processing.
Example:

    shutdown

    shutdown -noconfirm

sleep

Pauses the CLI interface.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    sleep
    seconds

seconds

Specifies the number of seconds to pause. The number of seconds must be a value in the range from 1 through 3600.
Usage:

Sleep is a command delay which is only useful when creating command line interface scripts such as predefined configuration files/scripts.
Example:
The following will cause the CLI to pause for 30 seconds.

    sleep 30

srp initiate-switchover

This command changes the device status on the primary and backup HA or GGSN systems configured for Interchassis Session Recovery support.
Product:

HA, GGSN PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    srp initiate-switchover [ post-processing-timeout | reset-route-modifier | timeout
    seconds ]
    [ -noconfirm ]

post-processing-timeout

Specifies the timeout value in seconds to initiate the post-switchover process. The value must be an integer from 0 through 3600.
reset-route-modifier

During a switchover, reset the route-modifier to the initial value.
timeout seconds

Default: 300

Specifies the number of seconds before a forced switchover occurs. seconds must be a value in the range from 0 through 65535.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

This command executes a forced switchover from active to inactive. The command must be executed on the active system and switches the active system to the inactive state and the inactive system to an active state.
Example:
The following initiates a switchover in 30 seconds.

    srp initiate-switchover
    timeout 30

srp reset-auth-probe-fail

This command resets the auth probe monitor failure information.
Product:

HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    srp reset-auth-probe-fail

Usage:

This command resets the auth probe monitor failure information to 0.
srp terminate-post-process

This command forcibly terminates the post-switchover of primary and backup HA or GGSN systems configured for Interchassis Session Recovery (ICSR) support.
Product:

HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    srp terminate-post-process [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Use this command to force the termination of post-switchover process.
Example:

    srp terminate-post-process

srp validate-configuration

Initiates a configuration validation check from the ACTIVE chassis.
Product:

HA, GGSN PDIF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    srp validate-configuration

Usage:

Validates the configuration for an active chassis.
ssh

Connects to a remote host using a secure interface.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    ssh { host_name | host_ip_address } [ port
    port_num ]  [ user
    user_name ]

host_name | host_ip_address

Identifies the remote node to attempt to connect to.

host_name: specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
port port_num

Specifies a specific port to connect to where port_num must be a value in the range 1025 through 10000.
user user_name

Specifies a user name to attempt to connect as.
Usage:

SSH connects to a remote network element using a secure interface.
Example:
The following connects to remote host remoteABC as user user1.

    ssh remoteABC user user1

The following connects to remote host 1.2.3.4 without any default user.

    ssh 1.2.3.4

The following connects to remote host 1.2.3.4 via port 2047 without any default user.

    ssh 1.2.3.4 port 2047

start crypto security-association

Initiates IKE negotiations.
Product:

PDSN, HA, GGSN
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    start crypto security-association
    cryptomap

cryptomap

This is the name of the crypto map policy to use when starting the IKE negotiations. cryptomap must be the name of an existing crypto map entered as an alpha and/or numeric string of from 1 to 127 characters.
Usage:

Use this command to start IKE negotiations for IPSEC.
Example:
The following command starts the IKE negotiations using the parameters set in the crypto map named crytpomap1:

    start crypto security-association cryptomap1

telnet

Connects to a remote host using the terminal-remote host protocol.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax

    telnet { host_name | host_ip_address } [ port
    port_num ]

host_name | host_ip_address

Identifies the remote node to attempt to connect to.

host_name: specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
port port_num

Specifies a specific port to connect to where port_num must be a value in the range 1025 through 10000.
Usage:

Telnet to a remote node for maintenance activities and/or troubleshooting when unable to do so directly.

IMPORTANT:

telnet is not a secure method of connecting between two hosts. ssh should be used whenever possible for security reasons.
Example:
The following connects to remote host remoteABC.

    telnet remoteABC

The following connects to remote host 1.2.3.4 port 2047.

    telnet 1.2.3.4 port 2047

terminal

Sets the number of rows or columns for output.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    terminal { length
    lines | width
    characters }

length lines | width characters

length lines: sets the terminal length in number of lines (rows) of text from 5 to 4294967295 lines or the special value of 0 (zero). The value 0 sets the terminal length to infinity.

width characters: sets the terminal width in number of characters from 5 to 512 characters.
Usage:

Set the length to 0 (infinite) when collecting the output of a command line interface session which is part of a scripted interface.
Example:
The following sets the length then width in two commands.

    terminal length 66

    terminal width 160

The following command sets the number of rows of the terminal to infinity.

    terminal length 0

test alarm

Tests the alarm capabilities of the chassis.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    test alarm { audible | central-office { critical | major | minor } }

audible | central-office { critical | major | minor }

audible: indicates the internal alarm on the SPC/SMC is to be tested for 10 seconds. The alarm status is returned to its prior state, i.e., if the audible alarm was enabled prior to the test, the alarm will again be enabled following the test.

central-office { critical | major | minor }: indicates the central office alarms are to be tested for the specified CO alarm.
Usage:

Test the alarm capabilities of the chassis as periodic maintenance to verify the hardware for generation of the internal audible alarms is functional.
Example:

    test alarm audible

    test alarm central-office critical

    test alarm central-office major

    test alarm central-office minor

timestamps

Enables/disables the generation of a timestamp in response to each command entered. The timestamp does not appear in any logs as it is a CLI output only. This command affects the current CLI session only. Use the timestamps command in the Global Configuration Mode to change the behavior for all future CLI sessions.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    timestampsno timestamps

no

Disables generation of timestamp output for each command entered. When omitted, the output of a timestamp for each entered command is enabled.
Usage:

Enable timestamps when logging a CLI session on a remote terminal such that each command will have a line of text indicating the time when the command was entered.
traceroute

Collects information on the route data will take to a specified host.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector

IMPORTANT:

Inspector privileges are granted for all variables except count and port. To initiate a traceroute count or to target a specific port for a traceroute, you must have a minimum privilege level of Operator.
Syntax

    traceroute { host_name | host_ip_address } [ count
    packets ] [ df ] [ maxttl
    max_ttl ] [ minttl
    min_ttl ] [ port
    port_num ] [ size
    octet_count ] [ src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address } ] [ timeout
    seconds ] [ | { grep
    grep_options | more } ]

host_name | host_ip_address

Identifies the remote node to trace the route to.

host_name: specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
count packets

Default: 3

Specifies the number of UDP probe packets to send.
df

Indicates the packets for the tracing of the route should not be fragmented. If a packet would require fragmenting then it is dropped and the result is the ICMP response “Unreachable, Needs Fragmentation” is received.
maxttl max_ttl

Default: 30

Specifies the maximum time to live, in seconds, for the route tracing packets. max_ttl must be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255. It is an error if max_ttl is less than min_ttl whether min_ttl is specified or defaulted.

The time to live (TTL) is the number of hops through the network, i.e., it is not a measure of time.
minttl min_ttl

Default: 1

Specifies the minimum time to live, in seconds, for the route tracing packets. min_ttl must be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255. It is an error if min_ttl is greater than max_ttl whether max_ttl is specified or defaulted.

The time to live (TTL) is the number of hops through the network, i.e., it is not a measure of time.
port port_num

Default: 33434

Specifies a specific port to connect to where port_num must be a value in the range 1 through 65535.
size octet_count

Default: 40

Specifies the number of bytes each packet. octet_count must be a value in the range 40 through 32768.
src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address }

Default: originating system’s IP address

Specifies an IP address to use in the packets as the source node.

src_host_name: specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.

src_host_ip_address: specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
timeout seconds

Default: 5

Specifies the maximum time to wait for a response from each route tracing packet. seconds must be a value in the range 2 through 100.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Trace an IP route when troubleshooting network problems where certain nodes are having significant packet delays or packet loss. This can also be used to identify bottlenecks in the routing of data within the network.
Example:
The following traces the route to remote host remoteABC and sends the output to the more command.

    traceroute remoteABC | more

The following command traces the route to remote host 1.2.3.4’s port 2047 waiting a maximum of 2 seconds for responses.

    traceroute 1.2.3.4 port 2047 timeout 2

update active-charging

This command updates specified active charging option(s) for the matching sessions.
Product:

ACS, FW, NAT
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax

    update active-charging { switch-to-fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy | switch-to-rulebase rulebase } { all | callid call_id
    | fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy| imsi imsi | ip-address ipv4_address | msid msid | rulebase rulebase | username user_name } [ -noconfirm ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

switch-to-fw-and-nat-policy

Switch to the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.

fw_nat_policy must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
switch-to-rulebase

Switch to the specified rulebase.

rulebase must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
all

Updates rulebase for all subscribers.
callid call_id

Specific Call identification number.

call_id must be an eight-digit HEX number.
fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy

Specific Firewall-and-NAT policy.

fw_nat_policy must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
imsi imsi

Specific International Mobile Subscriber Identification (IMSI).

imsi must be 3 digits of MCC (Mobile Country Code), 2 or 3 digits of MNC (Mobile Network Code), and the rest with MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification Number). The total should not exceed 15 digits. For example, 123-45-678910234 can be entered as 12345678910234.
ip-address ipv4_address

Specific IPv4 IP address.

ipv4_address must be IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid

Updates rulebase for a specific MSID.

msid must be a string of 1 through 24 characters in length.
rulebase rulebase

Updates rulebase for sessions matching the specified rulebase.

rulebase must be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
username user_name

Updates rulebase for a specific user.

user_name must be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$' and '*')> - string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
-noconfirm

Specifies that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
| { grep grep_options | more }

Specifies that output of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send the output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to change specified active charging option(s) for the matching sessions.
Example:
The following command changes the rulebase for sessions using the rulebase named standard to use the rulebase named super:

    update active-charging
    switch-to-rulebase super rulebase standard

update cscf

This command will cause a NOTIFY to be triggered from S-CSCF with contact event as “shortened” and indicating the expiry timer value for each contact as “reauthentication-time” provided from CLI. The subscriber is supposed to send a fresh REGISTER message within “reauthentication-time”, which will be challenged by S-CSCF in order to accomplish reauthentication. If reauthentication does not occur/fails, the subscriber will be cleared after “reauthentication-time”.
Product:

SCM (S-CSCF)
Privilege:

Administrator
Syntax

    update cscf subscriber { all | username user_name } cscf-service service_name reauthentication-time seconds  [ verbose ]

subscriber { all | username user_name }

Updates cscf subscriber data.

all: Updates data for all subscribers within a specified S-CSCF service.

username user_name: Name of specific user within current context. can be between 1 and 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
cscf-service service_name

Specific configured S-CSCF service. service_name can be between 1 and 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
reauthentication-time seconds

Specify the time within which subscriber is expected to reauthenticate. seconds must be an integer from 1 to 86400 seconds.
verbose

Show detailed information.
Usage:

This command is only applicable for an S-CSCF service.

IMPORTANT:

reauthentication-time should be greater than the current expiry time of the contact so that S-CSCF will initiate the NOTIFY message.
Example:

The following command sets the reauthentication time for all CSCF subscribers in the scscf1 S-CSCF service to 500 seconds:

    update cscf subscriber
    all cscf-service scscf1 reauthentication-time 500

update firewall policy

This command is obsolete.
update ip

When you update an IP Access list, this command forces the new version of the access list to be applied to any subscriber sessions that are currently using that list.
Product:

PDSN, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    update ip access-list list_name subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]

list_name

This is the name of the IP Access list that you want to apply to the subscriber.
[ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]

These are the same command keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to force existing subscriber sessions that are already using a specific IP Access list to have that IP Access list reapplied. This is useful when you edit an IP Access list and want to make sure that even existing subscriber sessions have the new changes applied.
Example:
To apply the IP Access list named ACLlist1 to all existing subscribers that are already using that IP Access list, enter the following command:

    update ip access-list ACLlist1 subscribers all

update qos policy map

Updates QoS profile information based on specific subscriber policy maps.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    update qos policy-map map_name use-granted-profile-id id1  [ id2 ] [ id3 ] subscribers [ command_keyword ]  [ filter_keywords ] [ -noconfirm ] [ verbose ]  [ match-requested-profile-id ] [ | { grep grep_options |  more } ]

map_name

Specifies the name of the policy map. map_name can be from 1 to 15 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
use-granted-profile-id id1 [ id2 ] [ id3 ]

Specifies the profile IDs to update. Up to 3 different profile IDs can be specified.

Each profile ID is specified as a hexadecimal value from 0x0 and 0xFFFF.
subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]

These are the same command keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
[ -noconfirm ]

Updates matching subscribers without prompting for confirmation.
[ verbose ]

Displays details for the profile updates.
[ match-requested-profile-id ]

Causes the system to send session-updates only with profile-ids matching the profile-ids in the requested list.
grep grep_options | more

Indicates the output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A command to send output to must be specified.

For details on the usage of grep and more, refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:

Use this command to update subscriber session profile IDs based on the specified criteria.
Example:
The following command updates profile IDs 0x3E and 0x4C for all subscriber sessions and sends session-updates with the IDs:

    update qos policy-map test use-granted-profile-id 0x3E 0x4C subscribers all match-requested-profile-id

update qos tft

Updates the subscribers TFT associated with the flow ID and direction.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    update qos tft flow-id flow-id flow-dir {forward | reverse} use-granted-profile-id id1
    [
    id2
    ] [
    id3
    ] subscribers  [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ][-noconfirm ]  [ verbose ] [ match-requested-profile-id ]  [ | { grep
    grep_options | more }

flow-id flow-id

When flow-id is specified, the session update will be sent only when the flow ID matches the flow-id and flow-direction.

The flow-id must be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255.
flow-dir {forward | reverse}

The direction of the tft flow.
subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]

These are the same command keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
Usage:

Supports QoS updates based on subscriber TFTs.
Example:

    update qos tft flow-id
    0 flow-dir reverse use-granted-profile-id 0x0 subscribers all -noconfirm

upgrade

This command installs major software releases to the system.
Product:

All
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    upgrade { online | patch } image_url
    config
    cfg_url  [ -noconfirm ]

online

Perform a software upgrade from one release version to another. The online upgrade is only available for software release 3.5 and higher.
patch

Install an interim, or patch, software release.

IMPORTANT:

Software Patch Upgrades are not supported in this release.
image_url
Specifies the location of a image file to use for system startup. The URL may refer to a local or a remote file. The URL must be formatted according to one of the following formats:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ tftp: ]//{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
  - [ http: | tftp: ]//{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name

directory is the directory name.

filename is the actual file of interest.

host is the IP address or host name of the server.

port# is the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.

IMPORTANT:

The ST16 and ST40 platforms require different software image files. The name of the image file indicates whether it is intended for use on an ST16 or an ST40. A file intended for use on an ST16 uses the convention xxxxx.st16.bin where xxxxx is the software build information. Alternatively, a file intended for use on an ST40 uses the convention xxxxx.st40.bin.

IMPORTANT:

When using the TFTP, it is advisable to use a server that supports large blocks, per RFC 2348. This can be implemented by using the “block size option” to ensure that the TFTP service does not restrict the file size of the transfer to 32MB.
config config_path
Specifies the location of a configuration file to use for system startup. This must be formatted according to the following format:

- ST16:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /path ]/filename

- ST40:
  - [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /path ]/filename

Where path is the directory structure to the file of interest, and filename is the name of the configuration file. This file typically has a .cfg extension.
-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Use the upgrade online command to perform a software upgrade when upgrading from one software release version to another, providing that both versions support this feature. For example, you can use this method to upgrade from release version 3.5 (any build number) to version 4.0 (any build number), but you cannot use this method to upgrade from release version 3.0 to version 3.5 since version 3.0 does not support the feature.

IMPORTANT:

Software Patch Upgrades are not supported in this release.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command performs a major software release upgrade from an older version to a newer version. In this example the new software image file is in a subdirectory on a tftp server, and the configuration file is in a subdirectory on the local flash.tftp://host[/path]/filename

    upgrade online tftp://imageserver/images/image.bin
    config /flash/configurations/localconfig.cfg

upgrade content-filtering

This command upgrades the Static Rating Database (SRDB) for Category-based Content Filtering application.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    upgrade content-filtering category { database | rater-pkg }

upgrade content-filtering category database

This command triggers upgrade of the Category-based Content Filtering Static Rating Database (SRDB).
upgrade content-filtering category rater-pkg

This command triggers manual upgrade of the Dynamic Content-Filtering Rater Package (rater.pkg file).

The rater.pkg file contains the models and feature counters that are used to return the dynamic content rating. The upgrade will trigger distribution of the rater.pkg to all the SRDBs.
Usage:

Use this command to load the Static Rating Database (SRDB) in to memory for Category-based Content Filtering application, and/or to load the rater.pkg file.

If the default directory of /cf does not exist on the flash, it will create the same. It also locates the recent full database and loads it into memory. This command also clears the old and excess incremental databases.

IMPORTANT:

This command is not supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command upgrades the SRDB for the Category-based Content Filtering application:

    upgrade content-filtering
    category database

upgrade url-blacklisting database

This command upgrade the URL Blacklisting database.
Product:

CF
Privilege:

Security Administrator, Administrator
Syntax

    upgrade url-blacklisting
    database [ -noconfirm ]

-noconfirm

Indicates that the command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
Usage:

Use this command to upgrade and load URL Blacklisting database whenever required.
Example:

    upgrade url-blacklisting database